Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Biotechnology / Oxford Biomedica

Oxford Biomedica

oxb · LSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker oxb
Exchange LSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Biotechnology
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Oxford Biomedica
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
O

x

f

o

r

d

B

i

o

m

e

d

i

c

a

p

l

c

|

S

a

v

i

n

g

l

i

v

e

s

|

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

TRANSFORMING LIVES THROUGH 
CELL AND GENE THERAPY

Annual report and accounts 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents

STRATEGIC REPORT

Our purpose 
Chair’s statement 
Operational highlights delivered in 2022 
Market overview 
Group at a glance 
Business model 
Client portfolio 
The group’s stakeholders 
Stakeholder case study 
2022 performance review 
Management team 
Financial review 
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) 
—  Sustainability report 
—  Analysis of material ESG issues 
—  Our people 
—  Community 
—  Innovation 
—  Supply chain 
—  Environmental 
Principal risks, uncertainties and risk management  

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE

Board of Directors 
Corporate Governance Report 
Audit Committee Report 
Nomination Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Report 

FINANCIAL  
STATEMENTS

Independent Auditors’ Report  
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Statement of financial positions 
Statements of cash flows 
Statements of changes in equity attributable  
to owners of the parent 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

OTHER INFORMATION

Glossary 
Advisors and contact details 

2
4
6
8
10
11
12
14
18
20
26
28
40
40
42
43
48
49
51
52
64

70
72
78
85
89
115

122
134
135
136

137
138

179
182

Terminology
This report uses financial reporting 
definitions, and terminology specific 
to both science and Oxford 
Biomedica. An explanation of these 
can be found in the glossary on pages  
179 to 181.

1

OXFORD BIOMEDICA IN BRIEF

A QUALITY AND 
INNOVATION-LED  
VIRAL VECTOR CDMO 
FOCUSED ON DELIVERING 
LIFE CHANGING THERAPIES 
TO PATIENTS

One of the original pioneers in cell and gene therapy, Oxford Biomedica plc and its 
subsidiaries (the Group) has more than 25 years of experience in viral vectors; the 
driving force behind the majority of gene therapies. Oxford Biomedica collaborates 
with some of the world’s most innovative pharmaceutical and biotechnology 
companies, providing viral vector development and manufacturing expertise in 
lentivirus, adeno-associated virus (AAV) and adenoviral vectors. Oxford Biomedica’s 
world-class capabilities span from early-stage development to commercialisation. 
These capabilities are supported by robust quality-assurance systems, analytical 
methods and depth of regulatory expertise.

Oxford Biomedica is headquartered in Oxford, UK. It has locations across 
Oxfordshire, UK and a US-based subsidiary, Oxford Biomedica Solutions LLC 
(Oxford Biomedica Solutions), based near Boston, MA, US.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements2

OUR PURPOSE

TRANSFORMING LIVES  
THROUGH CELL AND GENE 
THERAPY

Read more about our culture and values

 — In this report 

Sustainability report, page 40

 — On our website 

www.oxb.com/environmental-social-governance-esg

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Strategic Report

3

STRATEGIC 
REPORT

Contents

Our purpose 
Chair’s statement 
Operational highlights delivered in 2022 
Market overview 
Group at a glance 
Business model 
Client portfolio 
The group’s stakeholders 
Stakeholder case study 
2022 performance review 
Management team 
Financial review 
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) 
—  Sustainability report 
—  Analysis of material ESG issues 
—  Our people 
—  Community 
—  Innovation 
—  Supply chain 
—  Environmental 
Principal risks, uncertainties and risk management  

2
4
6
8
10
11
12
14
18
20
26
28
40
40
42
43
48
49
51
52
64

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Strategic Report

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements4

CHAIR’S 
STATEMENT

We are committed to delivering 
innovative services to our clients, 
partnering with them to develop  
and deliver new cell and gene therapies 
that transform patients’ lives. 

Dr. Roch Doliveux
Chair

Commitment to our purpose of transforming  
lives through cell and gene therapy
In 2022, Oxford Biomedica made significant progress towards 
establishing a global leadership position in viral vector development 
and supply. We broadened our viral vector CDMO offering and 
expanded our business into the US and into new viral vector 
types, building on our recognised expertise in lentiviral vectors. 
Our transformational deal with Homology Medicines, Inc. 
(Homology Medicines) allowed us to capitalise on our successful 
work developing and producing the adenovirus-based Oxford 
AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine and immediately took us into the 
fast-growing AAV market with our first US-based business, Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions. With this move we expanded our innovative 
development and manufacturing expertise, enabling more biotech 
and pharma clients to deliver life-saving therapies to patients. 

Importantly, in November 2022, we announced that Dr. Frank Mathias 
would join us as our new Chief Executive Officer. Frank’s experience 
and track record of success running both an innovative biopharma 
company and a high-performing CDMO will be key to the Group 
as we build on our leading position and cell and gene therapy 
continues on its rapid growth trajectory. 

Enhancing our position as a global quality and  
innovation-led CDMO
Viral vectors are the most established and powerful delivery 
mechanism for cell and gene therapies. As the driving force behind 
the majority of approved gene therapy trials, viral vectors unlock 
the possibility of safe and targeted one-time treatments. 

Over the last year, Oxford Biomedica has expanded its viral vector 
capabilities into all key viral vector types including lentivirus, 
adenovirus and AAV. Our AAV business has grown from strength 
to strength already, with five clients at the end of 2022, exceeding 
our initial expectations. In late 2022, we also significantly upgraded 
our commercial organisation with new key hires. The momentum 
we are seeing in business development activities across lentivirus, 
AAV and adenoviruses validates client confidence in the business, 
team, and our capabilities. With the lentiviral vector and AAV 
manufacturing markets poised for projected 27% and 28% CAGRs 
respectively from 2018–2026 (Source: Mordor Intelligence, 
2021), our expansion into the US AAV market and the growing 
lentivirus segment will enable our success in our aim for market 
leadership in viral vector CDMO services. Despite the challenging 
macroeconomic backdrop, we have a strong and diversified 
business development pipeline, and our business has continued 
to thrive with new client agreements and expanded remits from 
existing clients. Our annual revenues and number of clients have 
more than doubled since 2017, with 18 clients (including three 
added post period) now across multiple viral vector types.

Looking to the future, we have positioned ourselves to capitalise 
on the expected wave of cell and gene therapy approvals. It is 
estimated that there could be up to 14 cell and gene therapy 
regulatory decisions in 2023 in the US alone (Source: Alliance 
for Regenerative Medicine). Furthermore, favourable regulatory 
tailwinds with regard to efficiencies in underlying manufacturing 
processes lead us to believe there will be a step-up in appetite 
for cell and gene therapy approvals and a need to make the 
manufacturing process for gene therapies more efficient. To ensure 
that we are efficiently and properly resourced for future growth, 
we have right-sized our business while maintaining our financial 
strength. We are in a strong cash position, ending 2022 with our 
strongest ever year-end cash position, which allows us to respond 
effectively to the external environment and position ourselves for 
continued success, as we build our market share in anticipation 
of the expected demand for quality, innovation-led viral vector 
manufacturing capabilities. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report5

Over the last year, Oxford Biomedica has expanded its viral 
vector capabilities into all key viral vector types including 
lentivirus, adenovirus and AAV.

Governance
Throughout the year, we made significant strides in strengthening 
and diversifying our leadership team and Board, ensuring that  
we are well-positioned to drive the Company through its next 
phase of growth. After more than 13 years of dedicated service and 
leadership to Oxford Biomedica, and following the announcement 
of our AAV acquisition in the US, John Dawson stepped down  
as Chief Executive Officer and I assumed the role of Interim CEO,  
in addition to my existing role as Chair, to ensure continuity. 

Furthermore, we are proud of the progress we made to diversify 
the Board during the year, which now comprises 40% women, 
collectively possess a diverse range of skills and expertise, and 
come from a variety of ethnic and societal backgrounds.

Growing a sustainable business for our employees, 
clients and patients
At Oxford Biomedica, we are committed to upholding our values  
of integrity, inspiration, and innovation, embedded in everything  
we do. This includes a responsible and sustainable approach  
to our business, managing people, engaging with communities, 
protecting the environment and governing our operations. We 
are proud of our inclusion in the FTSE4Good index in 2022, in 
recognition of our commitment to responsible business practices.

We empower our diverse and inclusive workforce to find innovative 
solutions that benefit our business and the patients we serve. We 
are dedicated to continuously improving our processes to minimise 
our impact on the planet and engage with our communities to 
create partnerships that benefit everyone.

The future: delivering on our mission of enabling our 
clients to deliver life-changing therapies to patients 
Having sharpened our strategic focus to be a quality and 
innovation-led CDMO, we have decided to fund our therapeutics 
portfolio externally, to realise the transformational potential of our 
gene therapeutics assets that have emanated from our lentiviral 
platform.

I am looking forward to continuing to work with Dr. Frank Mathias, 
our new CEO. Under Frank’s leadership, we will make further 
investments in scalability and leverage automation to deliver even 
more innovative services to our biopharma clients enabling them to 
discover and deliver therapies that transform patients’ lives.  
Our focus will remain on client acquisition, innovation, people, and 
most importantly, improving the lives of patients in need. 

We have a clear strategy and vision for a successful, sustainable, 
long-term future at Oxford Biomedica as it continues to build  
as a world-leading quality and innovation-led viral vector CDMO. 
As we look forward, we are more excited than ever to continue 
delivering on our mission of enabling our clients to deliver life-
changing therapies to patients around the world. 

Dr. Roch Doliveux
Chair

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements6

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS 
DELIVERED IN 2022

Established Oxford  
Biomedica Solutions

Continued momentum  
in partner agreements

Vaccine manufacturing 
 — In July 2022, Oxford 

 — In March 2022, Oxford 

Biomedica entered into an 
agreement with Homology 
Medicines to establish Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions, an 
innovative service provider 
and AAV product developer 
with complete end-to-end 
chemistry, manufacturing 
and controls capabilities and 
expertise, from preclinical 
development through to 
clinical drug supply.

 — Under the agreement, 

Oxford Biomedica acquired 
an 80% ownership interest 
in the newly formed AAV-
focused manufacturing 
and innovation business for 
US$130 million (£97 million) 
cash consideration, and a 
US$50 million (£38.2 million) 
capital injection into Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions to fund 
the entity to break even. 

 — Significantly increased client  
base with 13 new or expanded  
client relationships across 
lentiviral vectors and AAV 
(including three post-period). 

LentiVector® platform 
 — In July 2022, Oxford 

Biomedica announced it had 
amended and expanded the 
original License and Clinical 
Supply Agreement signed 
with Juno Therapeutics, 
Inc. (Juno) a wholly owned 
subsidiary of Bristol Myers 
Squibb Company, to 
include two new viral vector 
programmes.

 — In January 2022, Oxford 
Biomedica announced 
a License and Supply 
Agreement with Philadelphia, 
US-based Cabaletta Bio 
(Cabaletta) for their lead 
product candidate, DSG3-
CAART, currently being 
investigated in a pivotal 
Phase 2 study.

 — In July 2022, Oxford 

Biomedica announced a 
new Licence and Supply 
Agreement with a US-based 
private biotechnology 
company advancing a new 
generation of adoptive cell 
therapies, for their lead 
CAR-T programme.

 — In September 2022, Oxford 
Biomedica announced 
a further Licence and 
Supply Agreement with an 
undisclosed US-based late-
stage cell and gene therapy 
company, for their lead 
programme, a cell-based 
therapy targeting a rare 
indication.

Biomedica announced the 
signing of a new three-
year Master Services and 
Development Agreement 
with AstraZeneca UK 
Ltd (AstraZeneca) to 
facilitate potential future 
manufacturing opportunities 
for the Oxford AstraZeneca 
COVID-19 vaccine.

 — In 2022, Oxford Biomedica 
signed a 10-year MSDA 
with Serum Life Sciences 
Ltd (Serum), a subsidiary of 
Serum Institute of India, for 
the manufacture of a variety 
of vaccine and protein-based 
therapeutic products.

AAV 
 — In 2022, Oxford Biomedica 

Solutions signed agreements 
with four U.S. based 
biotechnology companies, 
in addition to Homology 
Medicines, to provide its full 
platform offering to support 
the new clients’ pre-clinical 
gene therapy programmes. 

 — Post-period end, in 2023, 

Oxford Biomedica Solutions 
signed additional agreements 
with three new clients.

Platform Innovation
 — Process C, which utilises 

perfusion-mode production 
was proven and rolled 
out at 200L scale in 
GMP, with several clients 
adopting or evaluating the 
next-generation lentiviral 
manufacturing platform due 
to the evident gains in vector 
quantity and quality it affords.

Therapeutics
 — The Group has reviewed 
strategic options and is 
now exploring external 
funding opportunities for 
its therapeutics portfolio to 
realise the potential of its 
innovative and differentiated 
programmes that address 
unmet medical needs. 

Setting firm foundations 
for growth
 — In March 2022, the Group 

entered into an US$85 million 
(£64.9 million) short-term 
loan facility with Oaktree 
Capital Management, L.P. 
(Oaktree) to finance a portion 
of the transaction with 
Homology Medicines to 
establish Oxford Biomedica 
Solutions. 

 — In October 2022, the Group 
refinanced the US$85 million 
(£64.9 million) loan facility 
and the Company partially 
repaid the outstanding 
amounts and amended the 
facility into a new senior 
secured US$50 million 
(£42.9 million) four-year 
term loan facility provided 
by Oaktree.

 — In November 2022,  

the Group completed the 
sale and leaseback of its 
Windrush Court facility in 
Oxford to Kadans Science 
Partner (Kadans) for 
£60 million, exceeding the 
£55 million which the Group 
was initially seeking. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report 
7

Corporate  
and organisational 
development
 — In January 2022, John Dawson  
stepped down as CEO after 
13 years and simultaneously 
Dr. Roch Doliveux assumed 
the role of Interim CEO, 
in addition to his existing role 
as Chair.

 — Post-period end, in March 
2023 the Group welcomed 
Dr. Frank Mathias as CEO and 
Dr. Roch Doliveux stepped 
down as Interim CEO and 
resumed as Chair.

 — Namrata Patel was appointed  
to the Board as an Independent  
Non-Executive Director, 
bringing a wealth of 
international experience 
in manufacturing and 
end-to-end supply chain 
management.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements8

MARKET 
OVERVIEW

Cell and gene therapies are bringing 
a new wave of breakthroughs in 
medicines and creating a new paradigm 
for healthcare where there are few 
treatment options and no cures.  
Since the approval of Kymriah® in 2017, 
the cell and gene therapy market  
has continued to grow strongly with 
the number of cell and gene therapy 
candidates in development growing 
from 652 in 2015 to 2,817 in 2022,  
and the majority of big pharma are now 
active in the space (Source: Citeline, 
2023; McKinsey & Company, 2020). 

There are currently 28 cell and gene therapies approved by the FDA 
targeting a broad range of disease indications, and it is estimated 
that there could be up to 14 regulatory decisions expected in the US 
in 2023 alone. Viral vectors play a critical role in the delivery of cell 
and gene therapies to patients, but due to insufficient manufacturing 
capacity and a leap in clinical progress since 2015, a coming wave of 
near-term approvals will exacerbate the already limited viral vector 
supply. (Source: Alliance for Regenerative Medicine, 2023).

Lentivirus
The Group has capabilities across all key vector types with its 
LentiVector® platform focusing on lentiviral vectors. 

The number of clinical trials are seen as a leading indicator of future 
potential CDMO deal flow, and in the period from 2015 to 2022 the 
lentiviral vector clinical trials saw a 23% CAGR, growing from 17 in 
2015 to 74 in 2022. (Source: Citeline, 2022).

Adeno-associated virus (AAV)
AAV is the most widely used vector for areas outside of oncology 
and vaccines, with 70% of gene therapies using it. The AAV sector 
saw a 32% CAGR in clinical trial initiations between 2015 and 2022, 
growing from 7 to 49 respectively. 

Adenovirus
Adenoviral vectors are commonly utilised in vaccines due to their 
ability to generate a strong immune response, their versatility, as 
well as their ability to be produced quickly and on a large scale.

The adenoviral vector supply market saw a 24% CAGR in clinical 
trial initiations between 2015 to 2022, growing from 28 to 125 
respectively. The increase in 2020 and 2021 was driven by clinical 
trials for vaccines for COVID-19, which accounted for 36 clinical 
trial initiations in 2020 and 194 in 2021. In contrast, the number of 
trials for COVID-19 decreased by 81% from 194 in 2021 to 37 in 
2022. (Source: Citeline, 2023).

Number of cell and gene therapy  
candidates in development

7
1
8
2

3
2
5
2

8
2
0
2

3
2
6
1

8
5
2
1

5
4
0
1

3,000

2,000

1,000

2
1
9

2
5
6

0

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

(Source: Citeline, 2023)

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report 
CELL AND GENE THERAPY  
CANDIDATES IN 
DEVELOPMENT
The number of cell and gene therapy  
candidates in development grew 
from 652 in 2015 to 2,817 in 2022

+2,165

AAV USAGE
Outside of oncology 
and vaccines, 70%  
gene therapies currently 
use AAV

MARKETED 
PRODUCTS
There are currently 
28 cell and gene therapies 
approved and marketed 
in international markets 
targeting a broad range 
of disease indications

ADENOVIRAL 
VECTOR SUPPLY
The adenoviral vector supply 
market saw a 24% CAGR 
in clinical trial initiations 
between 2015 to 2022

9

28

70%

24%

LENTIVIRAL 
VECTOR SUPPLY
Since 2015 the lentiviral 
vector supply market has 
witnessed a 23% CAGR in 
clinical trial initiations

APPROVALS
Approvals for cell and gene 
therapies are gathering pace. 
It is estimated that there 
could be up to 14 regulatory 
decisions expected in the US 
in 2023 alone

23%

+14

Clinical trial initiations by vector type 

250

200

150

100

50

0

6
7

4
7

9
5

9
4

2
4

3
2

9
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

7
1

5
1
0
2

6

7

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

2
1

7
1
0
2

4
2

8
1
0
2

9

9
1
0
2

7
1

0
2
0
2

2
5 2
1

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

7

6

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

Lenti

γγ-Retro

8
3

0
2
0
2

9
4

9
4

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

1
2

7
1
0
2

8
2

4
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

AAV

8
2

5
1
0
2

0
2

8
1

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

6
1

8
1
0
2

7
3

9
1
0
2

Adeno

Source: Citeline, 2023

Note: This data includes Open, Planned, Completed and Closed trials, and excludes Terminated trials

8
3
2

5
2
1

2
6

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements10

GROUP AT A GLANCE

Large pharma and 
innovative biotech  
clients include:

WHO IS OXFORD BIOMEDICA?
—  Oxford Biomedica is a quality and innovation-
led CDMO and leader in viral vectors, enabling 
the delivery of life-saving cell and gene 
therapies to patients

—  Vector agnostic with innovative capabilities 
spanning lentivirus, adenovirus and AAV

—  Proprietary platform technology protected  

by IP, patents and know-how

—  Multiple partnerships with leading companies 
and proven commercial supply capabilities; 
approvals spanning over 30 countries

—  Sole global supplier of lentiviral vector for 

Novartis’ Kymriah®

—  Manufacturer of >100m doses of the 

adenovirus-based Oxford AstraZeneca 
COVID-19 vaccine

Key stats

30+

Client programmes 

904

Number of  
employees*

18

Number of clients 
(including three added 
post-period)

9

Number of facilities 

* 

 As at 31 December 2022, including 
140 employees in Boston, US.

WHERE IS OXFORD BIOMEDICA BASED?

Facilities and locations
At the end of 2022, Oxford 
Biomedica had nine facilities 
spread over eight sites across 
Oxford, UK; Dublin, Ireland and 
Boston, US. The Group’s Boston, 
US, facility was added in March 
2022 with the establishment of 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions, 
which has expanded Oxford 
Biomedica’s footprint into the US. 

 5

 6

 7

            9

 1

 2  3

 4

         8

Oxbox, Oxford, UK (1)
—  4,180 m2 (45,000 ft2) of commercial 

(MHRA) manufacturing space

—  4 x GMP production suites 
—  2 x fill finish suites
–  Warehousing, cold chain, QC 

laboratories

—  Fit out of 20,000 ft2 fallow area is 

now in design phase and will provide 
2 x 2000L GMP further production 
suites 

Windrush Court, Oxford, UK (2)
—  State of the art laboratories totalling 

2,970 m2 (32,000 ft2).

—  Home to the analytical services 
group and process research and 
development

Windrush Innovation Centre, 
Oxford, UK (3) 
—  Future dedicated innovation hub
—  Currently office space with planned 

project to generate 2,970 m2 (32,000 
ft2) of new research laboratories

Harrow House and Chancery 
Gate, Oxford, UK (5)
—  370 m2 (4,000 ft2) of commercial 

(FDA/MHRA) manufacturing space 

—  2 x GMP production suites
—  Microbiology QC laboratory

Corporate Head Office, Oxford, 
UK (6)
—  Located on an 11,000 ft2 site within 

Oxford Business Park

—  Houses SET and various support 

functions

Wallingford warehouse (7)
—  4,181 m2 (45,000 ft2) of warehouse 

space

—  Dedicated storage space for ambient 

raw materials

Patriots Park, Boston, MA, US (8)
—  Facility size c.8,450m2 (91,000 ft2)
—  2 x GMP production suites with 

potential for expansion

Yarnton, Oxford, UK (4)
—  1,700 m2 (18,300 ft2) of commercial 
(FDA/MHRA) manufacturing space
—  1 x GMP production suite, satellite 
warehouse and microbiology QC 
laboratory

Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin, 
Ireland (9)
—  Located in offices within Dublin’s 

city centre

—  Base for quality assurance staff 
to release product within the EU

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report11

BUSINESS MODEL

A QUALITY AND INNOVATION-LED VIRAL VECTOR CDMO

Illustrative Oxford Biomedica revenue streams from viral vector development process

  Cell line  
and process  
development

 Pilot scale 
production

 Early stage  
clinical supply

 Late stage, process 
characterisation  
and validation

 Commercial 
product supply  
and fill / finish

Potential upfront

Licence fee ($–$$$)

Development revenues

$

$

 –

$$$

–

Size of batches*

Up to 5L

Up to 50L

50 to 200L

200 to 1,000L

200 to 1,000L

Bioprocessing revenues

–

$

$ – $$

$$

$$$

Milestones(s)

Royalties

Development & Commercial Milestones ($–$$$)

Low single digit  
royalties of sales

Financial reporting
Collaboration agreements refers to all revenue generating 
contractual arrangements with clients.

 Illustration of potential Oxford Biomedica revenue streams throughout the product 
development process. The timing of Oxford Biomedica revenue recognition 
from executed contracts will vary depending on agreements with partners.

*  Batches dependent on type of therapeutic product and viral vector

Using innovation and 
development to drive 
industrialisation
Innovation and development 
across all viral vector classes 
are core to the Group’s goal 
of industrialising viral vector 
manufacturing. By industrialising 
viral vector production, reducing 
costs and improving quality 
through innovation, the Group 
is broadening the therapeutic 
indications that are amenable 
to treatment with cell and gene 
therapy. It is expected that the 
reduction in cost will help drive 
more projects through clinical 
development and ultimately 
adoption by payors into 
indications where there are a far 
greater number of patients, by 
bringing down the overall cost 
per patient.

Providing innovative 
process development and 
manufacturing services in 
a fast-growing sector
The Group provides innovative 
process development and 
manufacturing services to 
pharmaceutical and biotech 
companies in the fast-growing 
cell and gene therapy sector. 
The Group’s world-leading 
viral vector manufacturing 
expertise in lentiviral vectors, 
AAV and adenoviral vectors 
means that it is able to develop 
and manufacture commercially 
scalable cell and gene therapy 
products for its clients across 
a broad range of therapeutic 
areas.

Gene Therapeutics
The Group has leveraged 
its expertise to develop a 
product portfolio of innovative 
IP-protected cell and gene 
therapeutics focused on in vivo 
lentiviral vector gene therapy 
(see diagram on page 13). These 
innovative and differentiated 
programmes are targeted on 
assets which utilise the unique 
qualities of lentiviral vectors for 
generating in vivo CAR-T cells 
and treating conditions that 
address unmet medical needs.

The Group has reviewed 
strategic options and is now 
exploring external funding 
opportunities for its therapeutics 
portfolio. 

Proprietary platform and 
world leading industry 
expertise delivering 
revenues
The Group’s proprietary 
LentiVector® platform is the first 
commercially approved lentiviral 
based gene delivery system, and 
the IP, patents and know-how, 
along with over 25 years of 
expertise in applying its platform 
technology for both in vivo and 
ex vivo therapies has made the 
Group not only a pioneer in the 
field, but also the global leader 
that it is today. 

The platform innovations 
and arising IP are built into 
agreements with clients to 
support them in bringing 
their cell and gene therapies 
to market. Revenue is 
then generated from 
commercial development 
fees, bioprocessing activities, 
milestone payments and royalty 
streams (see diagram above). 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements   
   
   
   
 
 
12

CLIENT PORTFOLIO

CDMO portfolio at a glance

Cell line, process development and pilot scale production¹  17+
 Early stage clinical supply 

Late stage, process characterisation and validation 

 Commercial product supply and fill / finish 

As at 31 December 2022
¹ 

 Includes undisclosed stage programmes

CDMO portfolio¹
The Group receives multiple revenue streams from work with 
clients including licence fees, process development fees and 
milestones, bioprocessing revenues and royalties on sales once 
a therapy has reached the market.

11

1

2

8

>30

By the end of 2022, Oxford Biomedica 
was working on >30 client programmes 
across early and late stage with large 
pharma and innovative biotechs.

Portfolio

Product

Kymriah®

2nd CAR-T

3rd CAR-T

4th CAR-T

5th CAR-T

1st CAR-T/TCR-T

2nd CAR-T/TCR-T

3rd CAR-T/TCR-T

4th CAR-T/TCR-T

5th CAR-T/TCR-T

6th CAR-T/TCR-T

OTL-201

Other

CAR-T

CART-ddBCMA

2nd CAR-T

DSG3-CAART

TCR-T

Commercial

Client

Indication

Stage

r/r ALL, r/r DLBCL, r/r FL

Cancer (multiple)

Cancer (multiple)

Cancer (multiple)

Cancer (multiple)

Undisclosed

Undisclosed

Undisclosed

Undisclosed

Undisclosed

Undisclosed

Phase I

Phase I

Phase I

Pre-clinical

Pre-clinical

Pre-clinical

Pre-clinical

Pre-clinical

Undisclosed

Undisclosed

MPS-IIIA (Sanfilippo syndrome type A)

Phase I/II

Undisclosed

Cancer (multiple)

r/r Multiple myeloma

Pre-clinical

Pre-clinical

Undisclosed

Pre-clinical

Mucosal Pemphigus Vulgaris (mPV)

Undisclosed

Cell therapy

Undisclosed

Rare indication (undisclosed)

CAR-T

Undisclosed

Undisclosed

BI 3720931

COVID-19 vaccine

Cystic Fibrosis

SARS-CoV-2

Pre-clinical

¹  CDMO pipeline as at 31 December 2022. Excludes AAV client programmes

Read more about the Group’s CDMO portfolio on page 20.

Phase II

Phase I

Phase I

Phase I

Phase III

Commercial

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report13

Gene therapeutics pipeline

5

At the end of 2022, Oxford Biomedica had 
five programmes in its gene therapeutics 
pipeline. 

OXB proprietary unencumbered products

Product

OXB-302

OXB-40X

OXB-40Y

OXB-40Z

Indication

Stage

Acute Myeloid Leukaemia

Undisclosed liver indication

Undisclosed liver indication

Undisclosed liver indication

Pre-clinical

Pre-clinical

Pre-clinical

Pre-clinical

Axo-Lenti-PD1

Parkinson’s disease

Phase II

¹ 

 Sio Gene Therapies (Sio) returned the rights to Axo-Lenti-PD to the Group in March 2022.  
The Group continues to explore outlicensing opportunities for this asset.

Read more about the Group’s gene therapeutics pipeline on page 23.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements14

THE GROUP’S STAKEHOLDERS

The Board believes that, to maximise value and secure long-term success, the Directors must take account  
of what is important to key stakeholders. This is best achieved through proactive and effective engagement.

s172 Companies Act 2006
The following table identifies the Group’s key stakeholder groups, material issues and how the Group engages with them.  
Each stakeholder group requires a tailored engagement approach to foster effective and mutually beneficial relationships.

By understanding the Group’s stakeholders, the Board factors the potential impact of decisions into boardroom discussions  
and considers stakeholders needs and concerns, in accordance with s172 of the Companies Act 2006 (as shown in the case study 
on pages 18 and 19). The Group works effectively with its employees, clients and suppliers, to make a positive contribution to local 
communities and achieve long-term sustainable returns for its investors. Acting in a fair and responsible manner is a core element  
of the Group’s business practice as seen in the Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) report on pages 40 and 63.

Stakeholders

Patients

The Group works on the development 
of innovative products either by 
itself, or with clients to provide life-
changing treatments to patients.

Employees

The Group has an experienced, 
diverse and dedicated workforce, 
which it recognises as a key asset  
of the business. Therefore, it is 
important that the Group continues 
to create the right environment to 
encourage and create opportunities 
for individuals and teams to realise 
their full potential.

How the Board and the wider Group engages

Material issues identified

Addressing material issues in 2022 highlights

Further links

The Clinical Development department, the Chief Scientific Officer, the Chief 
Technical Officer and the Scientific, Technology and Advisory Committee (STAC) 
consults with key clinical opinion leaders, patient advocacy groups and regulatory 
experts to design safe clinical trials for patients in 2022. The Chief Scientific 
Officer, the Chief Technical Officer and STAC regularly update the Board on the 
results of such consultations. The Group is able to scale-up its manufacturing 
capacity to access a broad patient population in line with partner demand.

— Patient safety

—  Thousands of patients treated with the Group’s lentiviral vectors

p. 63 Clinical trials and ethics

— Well-designed clinical trials

—  Introduction of fill/finish capabilities at Oxbox enabling the Group to broaden the Scope of its commercial scale 

p. 18 S,172 fill/finish case study 

—  Progress product candidates to 
the market as quickly as possible

expertise and to roll out its expanded capabilities to new and existing clients ultimately benefiting patients 

(see S.172 case study on page 18).

The Group has an open, collaborative and inclusive management structure and 
engages regularly with employees. The Group does this through the regular 
appraisal process, structured career conversations, management development 
programmes, employee surveys, webinars and webcasts, digital sharing platforms, 
company presentations, town hall meetings, site visits by Board members, email 
briefings and newsletters and its wellbeing programme.

Employee engagement is frequently measured and the Group has designated 
Stuart Henderson as the Board’s representative for gathering the views of the 
workforce and overseeing employee engagement. Mr Henderson attends a 
number of Workforce Engagement Panel meetings per year to obtain employee 
feedback on key issues and to facilitate two-way communication between the 
Board and employees, with the objective of improving Board decision-making.

—  Opportunities for development 

and progression

—  Health, safety and wellbeing

—  Opportunity to share ideas and 

make a difference

— Equality, Diversity and Inclusion

—  Leadership and development

—  Change management 

—  Cost of living 

Clients

The continued performance of 
the Group’s business would not be 
possible without understanding the 
needs and future aspirations of its 
clients. Many clients have come to 
the Group as their businesses have 
moved into the cell and gene therapy 
sector, which is testament to the 
Group’s expertise and leadership in 
the sector. In addition, the Group’s 
manufacturing expertise has attracted 
a broader partner base.

The Group’s Client Programme and Alliance Management department and the 
Business Development team, the Chief Scientific Officer, the Chief Technical 
Officer, the Chief Operations Officer and the Chief Financial Officer regularly 
communicates with existing partners to discuss their goals and incorporate them 
into the Group’s schedules/strategy. The Group does this through meetings, 
engagement events and forums. This active engagement ultimately ensures that 
the Group meets their clients needs and assists them in achieving their business 
goals.

—  Understand clients’ needs to 

refine expertise

—  Deliver to meet clients’ business 

goals

—  Offer expert manufacturing 

capabilities to clients

The Chief Commercial Officer presents a regular update on the Group’s client 
relationships at each Board meeting.

—  Workforce Engagement Panel held nine meetings in 2022.

p. 43 People and wellbeing

—  Stuart Henderson, the Board’s designated representative, attended two Workforce Engagement Panel meetings and 

p. 96  Executive annual bonus, 

has presented feedback to the Board arising from employee surveys and Workforce Engagement Panel discussions. 

organisation and staff

During 2022, Mr Henderson participated in Workforce Engagement Panel discussions relating to, inter alia, employee 

recognition, CEO recruitment and social engagement. The Chair and Vice Chair of the Workforce Engagement Panel 

also presented to the Board during 2022 on two occasions, providing an update to the Board on the topics discussed 

by the panel and allowing an opportunity for the Board to ask questions regarding the panel’s activities.

p. 45 Equality, Diversity and Inclusion

p. 44 Workforce Engagement Panel

—  Consulting with the Workforce Engagement Panel regarding proposals for collecting diversity data as part of the 

Company’s broader Equality, Diversity and Inclusion agenda, and seeking input into the focus areas needed to 

implement year 2 of the 3-year plan to drive an inclusive and diverse culture within the Group.

—  Continued roll-out of the management development programme with additional training delivered to line managers 

to improve their understanding of the Group’s policies to ensure consistency and best practice.

—  Continued leadership development with a series of facilitated away days including a focus on change management.

—  Consulting with the Workforce Engagement Panel regarding the right-sizing of Group’s headcount following the 

easing of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

—  Discussing and generating ideas to improve social engagement for all employees.

—  Cost of living – management decided to make a cost-of-living payment of £1,200 to all UK based employees with 

a base annual salary of under £50,000, payable in two tranches in December 2022 and February 2023. This payment 

was made to 482 employees (63% of the employee population).

—  By understanding clients’ needs and meeting their expectations, the Group was able to establish new client relationships.

p. 20 Performance review

—  Progressed programmes with existing clients in line with agreements.

p. 96 Executive annual bonus

—  Process C, which utilises perfusion-mode production, has been rolled out at 200L scale in GMP, with several clients 

adopting the next-generation lentiviral manufacturing platform.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report 
 
 
15

Key stakeholders
The Group has identified seven key stakeholders 
through a workshop facilitated by an external 
specialist consultant and these are as follows:

Patients

Employees

Clients

 Local communities

 Suppliers

 Regulators

 Shareholders

Stakeholders

Patients

Employees

Clients

How the Board and the wider Group engages

Material issues identified

Addressing material issues in 2022 highlights

Further links

The Group works on the development 

The Clinical Development department, the Chief Scientific Officer, the Chief 

— Patient safety

—  Thousands of patients treated with the Group’s lentiviral vectors

p. 63 Clinical trials and ethics

of innovative products either by 

Technical Officer and the Scientific, Technology and Advisory Committee (STAC) 

itself, or with clients to provide life-

consults with key clinical opinion leaders, patient advocacy groups and regulatory 

changing treatments to patients.

experts to design safe clinical trials for patients in 2022. The Chief Scientific 

Officer, the Chief Technical Officer and STAC regularly update the Board on the 

results of such consultations. The Group is able to scale-up its manufacturing 

capacity to access a broad patient population in line with partner demand.

—  Progress product candidates to 

the market as quickly as possible

— Well-designed clinical trials

—  Introduction of fill/finish capabilities at Oxbox enabling the Group to broaden the Scope of its commercial scale 

p. 18 S,172 fill/finish case study 

expertise and to roll out its expanded capabilities to new and existing clients ultimately benefiting patients 
(see S.172 case study on page 18).

The Group has an experienced, 

diverse and dedicated workforce, 

which it recognises as a key asset  

of the business. Therefore, it is 

The Group has an open, collaborative and inclusive management structure and 

—  Opportunities for development 

engages regularly with employees. The Group does this through the regular 

and progression

appraisal process, structured career conversations, management development 

programmes, employee surveys, webinars and webcasts, digital sharing platforms, 

—  Health, safety and wellbeing

important that the Group continues 

company presentations, town hall meetings, site visits by Board members, email 

to create the right environment to 

briefings and newsletters and its wellbeing programme.

encourage and create opportunities 

for individuals and teams to realise 

their full potential.

Employee engagement is frequently measured and the Group has designated 

Stuart Henderson as the Board’s representative for gathering the views of the 

workforce and overseeing employee engagement. Mr Henderson attends a 

number of Workforce Engagement Panel meetings per year to obtain employee 

feedback on key issues and to facilitate two-way communication between the 

Board and employees, with the objective of improving Board decision-making.

—  Opportunity to share ideas and 

make a difference

— Equality, Diversity and Inclusion

—  Leadership and development

—  Change management 

—  Cost of living 

p. 43 People and wellbeing

p. 96  Executive annual bonus, 

organisation and staff

p. 45 Equality, Diversity and Inclusion

p. 44 Workforce Engagement Panel

—  Workforce Engagement Panel held nine meetings in 2022.

—  Stuart Henderson, the Board’s designated representative, attended two Workforce Engagement Panel meetings and 
has presented feedback to the Board arising from employee surveys and Workforce Engagement Panel discussions. 
During 2022, Mr Henderson participated in Workforce Engagement Panel discussions relating to, inter alia, employee 
recognition, CEO recruitment and social engagement. The Chair and Vice Chair of the Workforce Engagement Panel 
also presented to the Board during 2022 on two occasions, providing an update to the Board on the topics discussed 
by the panel and allowing an opportunity for the Board to ask questions regarding the panel’s activities.

—  Consulting with the Workforce Engagement Panel regarding proposals for collecting diversity data as part of the 
Company’s broader Equality, Diversity and Inclusion agenda, and seeking input into the focus areas needed to 
implement year 2 of the 3-year plan to drive an inclusive and diverse culture within the Group.

—  Continued roll-out of the management development programme with additional training delivered to line managers 

to improve their understanding of the Group’s policies to ensure consistency and best practice.

—  Continued leadership development with a series of facilitated away days including a focus on change management.

—  Consulting with the Workforce Engagement Panel regarding the right-sizing of Group’s headcount following the 

easing of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

—  Discussing and generating ideas to improve social engagement for all employees.

—  Cost of living – management decided to make a cost-of-living payment of £1,200 to all UK based employees with 

a base annual salary of under £50,000, payable in two tranches in December 2022 and February 2023. This payment 
was made to 482 employees (63% of the employee population).

The continued performance of 

The Group’s Client Programme and Alliance Management department and the 

—  Understand clients’ needs to 

—  By understanding clients’ needs and meeting their expectations, the Group was able to establish new client relationships.

p. 20 Performance review

—  Progressed programmes with existing clients in line with agreements.

p. 96 Executive annual bonus

—  Process C, which utilises perfusion-mode production, has been rolled out at 200L scale in GMP, with several clients 

adopting the next-generation lentiviral manufacturing platform.

the Group’s business would not be 

Business Development team, the Chief Scientific Officer, the Chief Technical 

refine expertise

possible without understanding the 

Officer, the Chief Operations Officer and the Chief Financial Officer regularly 

needs and future aspirations of its 

clients. Many clients have come to 

the Group as their businesses have 

communicates with existing partners to discuss their goals and incorporate them 

into the Group’s schedules/strategy. The Group does this through meetings, 

engagement events and forums. This active engagement ultimately ensures that 

moved into the cell and gene therapy 

the Group meets their clients needs and assists them in achieving their business 

—  Deliver to meet clients’ business 

goals

—  Offer expert manufacturing 

capabilities to clients

sector, which is testament to the 

Group’s expertise and leadership in 

the sector. In addition, the Group’s 

manufacturing expertise has attracted 

a broader partner base.

goals.

The Chief Commercial Officer presents a regular update on the Group’s client 

relationships at each Board meeting.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements  
  
  
 
 
 
16

THE GROUP’S STAKEHOLDERS (CONTINUED)

Stakeholders

How the Board and the wider Group engages

Material issues identified

Addressing material issues in 2022 highlights

Local communities

The Group is committed to supporting 
the communities in which it operates, 
including local businesses, residents, 
schools and the wider public.

Suppliers

The Group buys many items from key 
suppliers and outsources some of its 
activities to third-party suppliers and 
providers. As a result, it is crucial that 
the Group develops strong working 
relationships with the Group’s 
suppliers, so the Group can enhance 
the efficiency of the business and 
create value.

Regulators

The Group engages with the local community not only through the planning 
process but also through the Group’s “Helping Hands” forum, with volunteering, 
fundraising and charity work. The Group operates a formal apprenticeship 
programme and employees of the Group attend schools and careers fairs and 
provide work experience opportunities. The Group liaises with industry bodies and 
government organisations to enhance the positive impact the Group has on the 
communities and sector in which it operates. The Board is kept updated on the 
various community initiatives.

— Apprenticeships

— School and careers events

— Fundraising for charity

—  Volunteer for local charities / 

organisations

—  Five apprenticeships offered in 2022.

—  Outreach programme in STEM subjects.

—  £7,068 in employee fundraising for local Oxford charity.

—  Collaborative Training Partnership programme with Oxford University and University College London launched.

p. 49 Innovation

Through effective collaboration, the Group aims to build long-term relationships 
with its suppliers so that both parties benefit. The business development team, 
operations team, Chief Operations Officer and Chief Financial Officer have regular 
supplier meetings and business reviews and in 2022 the Group formalised its 
Supplier Code of Conduct. The team reports any concerns regarding suppliers 
and the broader supply chain to the Board in a timely manner.

—  Long term partnerships

— Collaborative approach

— Open terms of business

—  Quality audits performed by the Group on its suppliers.

—  Due diligence performed by the Group on its suppliers which included regular audits on certain suppliers and quarterly 

business reviews covering the top 5-6 suppliers. 

—  Procurement and supplier functions enhanced to interact with suppliers more effectively.

—  Development of a Supplier Code of Conduct. This Code of Conduct now exists for all suppliers to view with the next 

steps being to roll this out to major suppliers over the course of 2023.

p. 63  Modern Slavery and code 

of conduct

p. 51 Supply chain

The Group operates in a highly 
regulated environment and it is 
important that it engages with the 
regulators as required.

The Chief Scientific Officer, Chief Technical Officer, Chief Operations Officer and 
General Counsel are in contact with government regulatory bodies on a regular 
basis and attend industry forums. The Group has compliance audits performed by 
both government regulatory bodies and by its clients.

The General Counsel arranges for annual Corporate Governance updates to 
the Board from external advisers and provides other regulatory updates as 
appropriate.

—  Engage with regulators in a timely 

—  One audit by a Government regulatory body, including approval of new fill/finish facility.

manner

—  Ensure GMP regulatory 

compliance

—  Protect proprietary company 
information and knowhow

—  Continuity of product supply 
chain into EU post Brexit

—  Compliance with the Corporate 

Governance Code

—  Preparation of drug master files and product specification files.

—  GMP inspection and regulatory training for employees and Directors.

—  Regular review of the Corporate Governance Code.

Shareholders

The Group’s shareholders play 
an important role in monitoring 
and safeguarding the governance 
of the Group.

Through the Group’s investor relations programme, which includes regular 
updates to the Board on one-to-one meetings with investors and investor 
roadshows as well as the Group’s Annual General Meeting (AGM), the Group 
ensures shareholder views are brought into the Boardroom and are considered 
in its decision-making. There was a representative of one major shareholder 
on the Board for the duration of 2022. The Group engages with shareholders 
via the Annual report and accounts and via RNS announcements and the 
corporate website.

—  Corporate governance

—  Business ethics

—  Strategy and business model

—  Financial performance

—  Regular meetings/calls with the investor community held virtually and in person in 2022.

p. 90  Remuneration – annual bonus 

—  Shareholders were invited to listen and attend the AGM and vote by proxy or in person when attending.

Further links

p. 43 People

p. 48 Community

p. 48 Charity

p. 67 Regulatory risk

p. 69 Governance

p. 40 ESG

and LTIP

p. 69 Governance

p. 40 ESG

p. 28 Financial review

p. 133 Financials

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report 
 
 
 
Stakeholders

How the Board and the wider Group engages

Material issues identified

Addressing material issues in 2022 highlights

The Group is committed to supporting 

The Group engages with the local community not only through the planning 

— Apprenticeships

—  Five apprenticeships offered in 2022.

—  Outreach programme in STEM subjects.

17

Further links

p. 43 People

p. 48 Community

—  Collaborative Training Partnership programme with Oxford University and University College London launched.

p. 49 Innovation

—  £7,068 in employee fundraising for local Oxford charity.

p. 48 Charity

The Group buys many items from key 

Through effective collaboration, the Group aims to build long-term relationships 

—  Long term partnerships

—  Quality audits performed by the Group on its suppliers.

suppliers and outsources some of its 

with its suppliers so that both parties benefit. The business development team, 

activities to third-party suppliers and 

operations team, Chief Operations Officer and Chief Financial Officer have regular 

providers. As a result, it is crucial that 

supplier meetings and business reviews and in 2022 the Group formalised its 

the Group develops strong working 

Supplier Code of Conduct. The team reports any concerns regarding suppliers 

relationships with the Group’s 

and the broader supply chain to the Board in a timely manner.

— Collaborative approach

— Open terms of business

—  Due diligence performed by the Group on its suppliers which included regular audits on certain suppliers and quarterly 

business reviews covering the top 5-6 suppliers. 

—  Procurement and supplier functions enhanced to interact with suppliers more effectively.

—  Development of a Supplier Code of Conduct. This Code of Conduct now exists for all suppliers to view with the next 

steps being to roll this out to major suppliers over the course of 2023.

The Chief Scientific Officer, Chief Technical Officer, Chief Operations Officer and 

—  Engage with regulators in a timely 

—  One audit by a Government regulatory body, including approval of new fill/finish facility.

important that it engages with the 

basis and attend industry forums. The Group has compliance audits performed by 

regulators as required.

both government regulatory bodies and by its clients.

General Counsel are in contact with government regulatory bodies on a regular 

manner

The General Counsel arranges for annual Corporate Governance updates to 

the Board from external advisers and provides other regulatory updates as 

appropriate.

—  Preparation of drug master files and product specification files.

—  GMP inspection and regulatory training for employees and Directors.

—  Regular review of the Corporate Governance Code.

—  Ensure GMP regulatory 

compliance

—  Protect proprietary company 

information and knowhow

—  Continuity of product supply 

chain into EU post Brexit

—  Compliance with the Corporate 

Governance Code

p. 63  Modern Slavery and code 

of conduct

p. 51 Supply chain

p. 67 Regulatory risk

p. 69 Governance

p. 40 ESG

Through the Group’s investor relations programme, which includes regular 

—  Corporate governance

—  Regular meetings/calls with the investor community held virtually and in person in 2022.

p. 90  Remuneration – annual bonus 

updates to the Board on one-to-one meetings with investors and investor 

roadshows as well as the Group’s Annual General Meeting (AGM), the Group 

ensures shareholder views are brought into the Boardroom and are considered 

in its decision-making. There was a representative of one major shareholder 

on the Board for the duration of 2022. The Group engages with shareholders 

via the Annual report and accounts and via RNS announcements and the 

corporate website.

—  Business ethics

—  Strategy and business model

—  Financial performance

—  Shareholders were invited to listen and attend the AGM and vote by proxy or in person when attending.

and LTIP

p. 69 Governance

p. 40 ESG

p. 28 Financial review

p. 133 Financials

the communities in which it operates, 

process but also through the Group’s “Helping Hands” forum, with volunteering, 

including local businesses, residents, 

fundraising and charity work. The Group operates a formal apprenticeship 

schools and the wider public.

programme and employees of the Group attend schools and careers fairs and 

provide work experience opportunities. The Group liaises with industry bodies and 

government organisations to enhance the positive impact the Group has on the 

communities and sector in which it operates. The Board is kept updated on the 

various community initiatives.

— School and careers events

— Fundraising for charity

—  Volunteer for local charities / 

organisations

Local communities

Suppliers

suppliers, so the Group can enhance 

the efficiency of the business and 

create value.

Regulators

The Group operates in a highly 

regulated environment and it is 

Shareholders

The Group’s shareholders play 

an important role in monitoring 

and safeguarding the governance 

of the Group.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
18

THE GROUP’S STAKEHOLDERS (CONTINUED)

STAKEHOLDER 
CASE STUDY

Proposal to offer fill/finish services to clients

During 2022, the Group submitted 
an application for MHRA approval 
for the introduction of fill/finish 
services at its Oxbox manufacturing 
site. Approval was received in the 
second half of 2022.

The Board charged management 
to consider and report on the impact  
that the decision to bring fill/finish 
processes in-house would have 
on the stakeholders. The Board 
considered and challenged 
management’s analysis.

Employees
Consideration was given to the effect that 
the process of undergoing MHRA inspection 
in order to obtain approval for fill/finish 
services would have on the Group’s 
employees. It was noted that the expected 
impact on employees would be felt in 
terms of the increased workload for key 
employees involved in the inspection under 
a tight timeframe. Notwithstanding this, in 
balancing such increased workload against 
the expected benefits to other stakeholder 
groups, the Board concluded that it 
would be possible to effectively mitigate 
the impact upon employees in order to 
facilitate the positive impact that offering 
fill/finish services would bring to the wider 
stakeholder population.

Patient population and clients
The Board considered the impact that 
the introduction of fill/finish services 
to Oxford Biomedica’s existing viral vector 
manufacturing offering would have on 
the wider patient population and clients 
and assessed whether it would bring 
benefits to these stakeholders.

The Board concluded that the introduction 
of fill/finish at Oxbox would enable 
the Group to broaden the Scope of its 
commercial scale expertise, roll out its 
expanded portfolio of capabilities to existing 
clients, and to support with marketing 
activities targeting prospective clients. 
Importantly, the Board believed that offering 
fill/finish services in-house would facilitate 
the achievement of the Group’s goal 
of becoming a global viral vector leader, 
providing treatments to patients and 
solutions to its clients. 

The Board also considered that it would 
provide additional benefits to clients and the  
wider patient population by allowing the  
Group to offer an end-to-end manufacturing 
process rather than relying on outsourcing, 
thereby reducing the risk of products being 
damaged or lost in transit to third party 
fill/finish providers and onward shipment 
to external storage providers.

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Strategic Report

19

Local communities
The Board considered whether the 
commencement of fill/finish services 
would have any positive or negative 
effect on local communities. The Board 
concluded that it would have a positive 
impact in terms of providing future job 
security for Oxford Biomedica employees 
in Oxford and in the creation of future  
jobs supporting the fill/finish processes 
at Oxbox. The Board also noted that 
the environmental impact would be reduced  
by removing the need to ship vector 
substance and then vector product from 
Oxford Biomedica to a third party filling 
contractor and a third party storage provider.

Shareholders
The Board considered how the in-house 
fill/finish offering would affect the Group’s 
shareholders and assessed whether it was 
in the shareholders’ best interests to proceed 
with the MHRA application. The Board 
believed that being able to offer clients 
fill/finish processes in-house would align 
with Oxford Biomedica’s publicly stated 
strategy and facilitate the Group’s goal 
of becoming a global viral vector leader. 
In addition, the Board believed that having 
in-house fill/finish capabilities would attract 
further work from existing and potential 
clients, which was expected to have a 
positive impact on future Group revenues.

Following due discussion and consideration, 
the Board concluded that it was in the best 
interests of the Group’s stakeholders, taken 
as a whole, to proceed with the submission 
of the application for MHRA approval and 
with offering fill/finish services to existing 
and potential clients.

Supply chain and regulators
The Board assessed the effect that the 
decision to bring fill/finish in-house was 
expected to have on the Group’s suppliers 
and existing supply chain, as well as on its 
relationships and dealings with regulators. 
The Board decided that the Group’s 
suppliers would not be significantly affected 
by the introduction of fill/finish services 
and that, although there would be some 
additional pressure on the supply chain, 
this could be effectively mitigated by using 
the Group’s Wallingford site as warehouse 
space for an increased strategic level of 
inventory which, it was expected, would 
further allow the Group to negotiate better 
pricing by discussing larger volume orders 
with suppliers. With regard to the Group’s 
existing suppliers of fill/finish services, the 
Board recognised that the decision to bring 
fill/finish operations in-house would result 
in a loss of revenue for such suppliers. 
Notwithstanding this, the Board noted that 
such suppliers provided services to a wide 
variety of other clients and therefore any 
resulting impact on them was expected to 
be short-term in nature.

The Board recognised the additional 
regulatory workload and increased need 
for compliance with the MHRA to ensure 
the application received the necessary 
approvals. The Board concluded that 
increased engagement with the MHRA 
would assist the Group in building its 
relationships with UK regulators.

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Strategic Report

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements20

2022  
PERFORMANCE 
REVIEW

Introduction
2022 was a significant year for Oxford 
Biomedica, as the Group expanded 
internationally and made its first 
strategic acquisition, entering the 
larger and fast-growing adjacent AAV 
market. The core business performed 
strongly, validating the Group’s 
position in the market as a leading 
quality and innovation-led CDMO. 
This success is testament to the Group’s 
world-class capabilities spanning 
early-stage development through 
to commercialisation. 

4

In 2022, Oxford Biomedica Solutions 
signed agreements with four new, 
undisclosed, U.S. based biotechnology 
companies.

Oxford Biomedica Solutions: US-based AAV 
manufacturing and innovation business
In January 2022, Oxford Biomedica announced that it had 
entered into an agreement with Homology Medicines to establish 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions, an innovative service provider and 
AAV product developer with complete end-to-end chemistry, 
manufacturing, and controls capabilities and expertise, from 
pre-clinical development through to clinical drug supply. The 
91,000 sq. ft. facility is located near Boston, US. The transaction 
completed on 10 March 2022 and was immediately accretive 
to the Group’s revenues.

Under the agreement, Oxford Biomedica US, Inc. acquired 
an 80% ownership interest in the newly formed AAV-focused 
manufacturing and innovation business for a US$130 million 
(£97 million) cash consideration, and a US$50 million (£38.2 million) 
capital injection into Oxford Biomedica Solutions to fund the 
entity to break even. 

Following the transaction, the Group immediately benefited from 
a three-year Manufacturing and Supply agreement with Homology 
Medicines as a preferred partner, which provided for minimum 
contracted revenue of c.US$25 million (£21 million) for Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions for the first twelve months post-completion. 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions is targeting double-digit growth in AAV 
manufacturing and clinical development revenues through services 
provided to Homology Medicines, as well as existing and new 
clients during 2023.

Oxford Biomedica Solutions is led by Tim Kelly, Chief Executive 
Officer and Chair of its Board of Directors. The business has 
a robust business development pipeline and in 2022 signed 
agreements with four new, undisclosed, U.S. based biotechnology 
companies, exceeding the previously stated target of two by the 
end of 2022. 

Post-period end, in 2023, Oxford Biomedica Solutions signed 
additional agreements with three new clients.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report21

Juno Therapeutics, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary 
of Bristol Myers Squibb Company) 
Oxford Biomedica has continued to build on its partnership with 
Juno Therapeutics, Inc. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bristol Myers 
Squibb Company), which started in 2020. In July 2022, the Group 
announced it had amended and expanded the original License and 
Clinical Supply Agreement signed with Juno to include two new 
viral vector programmes. This latest agreement demonstrates the 
Group’s ability to expand work with existing partners and took the 
total number of programmes that it is working on with Bristol Myers 
Squibb to six.

Novartis 
The Group continues its strong and long-term relationship with 
Novartis as its sole global supplier of lentiviral vector for Kymriah® 
(tisagenlecleucel, formerly CTL019). 

Kymriah®, which is designed to be a one-time treatment, was 
the first ever FDA-approved CAR-T cell therapy and in May 2022 
expanded into a third indication, after its approval from the FDA 
and European Commission for the treatment of adult patients 
with relapsed or refractory follicular lymphoma , following two or 
more lines of systemic therapy. This is the third B-cell malignancy 
indication for Kymriah®, joining approvals in indications in children 
and young adults with r/r paediatric and young adult acute 
lymphoblastic leukaemia (ALL), and r/r adult diffuse large B-cell 
lymphoma. In June 2022, Novartis announced five-year Kymriah® 
data showing durable remission and long-term survival maintained 
in children and young adults with advanced B-cell ALL.

Kymriah® is available in more than 400 qualified treatment centres 
in 30 countries having coverage for at least one indication. 
The Group is currently working with Novartis on four partner 
programmes, in addition to Kymriah®. 

Vaccine manufacturing
Oxford Biomedica continued to manufacture the Oxford AstraZeneca  
COVID-19 vaccine at the Group’s Oxbox facility during 2022, 
with manufacture of COVID-19 vaccines completing in the last 
quarter of 2022. In July 2022, the Group announced the signing 
of a new three-year Master Services and Development Agreement 
(MSDA) with AstraZeneca to facilitate potential future vaccine 
manufacturing opportunities on an as needed basis beyond 2022.

Oxford Biomedica has signed a 10-year MSDA with Serum Life 
Sciences Ltd (Serum, a subsidiary of Serum Institute of India), for the 
manufacture of a variety of vaccine and protein-based therapeutic 
products. This agreement follows on from the Memorandum of 
Understanding agreed with Serum in 2021. The MSDA allows for 
Serum to access the Group’s Oxbox facility to manufacture a variety 
of vaccines at scales of up to 1,000L. 

Serum is also able to secure exclusive access to one of the two 
new large scale multi 2,000L facilities in the second phase of Oxbox 
facility expansion for a period of 10 years from facility readiness. 
Serum will be required to commit to a minimum order value over 
the relevant period in order to secure exclusive access to the new 
large-scale suite. 

Cabaletta 
In January 2022, Oxford Biomedica announced a License and 
Supply Agreement with Philadelphia, US-based Cabaletta Bio for 
their lead product candidate, DSG3-CAART. DSG3-CAART is being 
evaluated in the DesCAARTes™ Phase I clinical trial as a potential 
treatment for patients with Mucosal Pemphigus Vulgaris and 
is designed to selectively target and kill the B cells that produce 
DSG3 antibodies while preserving the healthy B cells critical to 
immune function. 

In late 2022, Cabaletta released six-month clinical and translation 
data from cohorts A1 through A4 and 28-day safety and persistence 
data from cohorts A1 through A5.

The Group continues its strong 
and long-term relationship with 
Novartis as its sole global supplier 
of lentiviral vector for Kymriah®.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements22

2022 PERFORMANCE REVIEW (CONTINUED)

Further client updates 
In July 2022, Oxford Biomedica announced a new Licence 
and Supply Agreement with an undisclosed US-based private 
biotechnology company advancing a new generation of adoptive 
cell therapies. The Licence and Supply Agreement grants the 
new client a non-exclusive licence to utilise Oxford Biomedica’s 
LentiVector® platform for its application in their lead CAR-T 
programme, and puts in place a three-year Clinical Supply 
Agreement. 

In September 2022, Oxford Biomedica announced a further Licence  
and Supply Agreement with an undisclosed US-based late-stage  
cell and gene therapy company. The Licence and Supply Agreement  
grants the new client a non-exclusive licence to utilise Oxford 
Biomedica’s LentiVector® platform for its application in their lead 
programme, a cell-based therapy targeting a rare indication, 
putting into place a five-year clinical supply arrangement.

The Group continues to actively progress its collaborations 
with Boehringer Ingelheim, Immatics, Arcellx, Orchard and Beam 
Therapeutics with the combined revenues from these client 
relationships expected to contribute meaningfully towards the 
total bioprocessing and commercial development revenues 
in the current financial year. 

In December 2022, Arcellx announced a global strategic 
collaboration with Kite Pharma to co-develop and co-commercialise  
CART-ddBCMA, Arcellx’s lead late-stage product candidate. 
CART-ddBCMA is currently being investigated in a pivotal Phase 2 
study and has been granted Fast Track, Orphan Drug, and 
Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy Designations by the FDA.

Innovation and platform development 
Innovation and the development of the platform are core to 
the Group’s goal of industrialising viral vector manufacturing, 
not just with lentiviral vectors but across all viral vector classes. 
By industrialising viral vector production, reducing costs and 
improving quality through innovation, the Group seeks to broaden 
the therapeutic indications that are amenable to treatment with 
cell and gene therapy. It is expected that the reduction in cost 
per dose brought about through the Group’s combined platform 
and process innovation will help drive more projects successfully 
through clinical development and ultimately adoption by payors 
into indications where there are a far greater number of patients, 
by bringing down the overall cost per patient treated.

Multiple elements of IP and innovation are relevant across all viral 
vector classes. Development of the Group’s technologies such as 
TRiPSystem™, SecNuc™, LentiStable™ and U1 and U2, along with the 
corresponding IP, continue to move ahead. In addition, the Group 
is utilising automation and the use of robotics, artificial intelligence 
and machine learning to further drive productivity and capacity 
improvements. One example is the successful development and 
implementation of automated methods for both the replication 
competent lentivirus assay and the titre (TU/mL) assay, enhancing 
method robustness, providing additional capabilities to meet 
future capacity needs whilst ensuring continuous improvement 
of platform analytics. The Group is expecting to launch a fourth 
generation of lentiviral vectors in the second quarter of 2023 which 
will enable higher expression, have additional safety features and 
a larger capacity to deliver greater amounts of DNA. 

Process C, which utilises perfusion-mode production, as opposed 
to the more typical batch-mode production, coupled with 
improvements in downstream processing into the manufacturing 
process has been proven and rolled out at 200L scale in GMP 
during 2022. Process C works together with production enhancers 
(such as U1, U2) and has resulted in process improvements by as 
much as tenfold, without the need for an increase in bioreactor size, 
and yielding significantly more lentiviral vector per batch. The Group 
has begun to offer Process C commercially, with several clients 
adopting or evaluating the next-generation lentiviral manufacturing 
platform due to the evident gains in vector quantity and quality 
it affords. 

Innovation and the development 
of the platform are core to the 
Group’s goal of industrialising 
viral vector manufacturing, not 
just with lentiviral vectors but 
across all viral vector classes.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report23

Gene therapeutics pipeline
Dr. Ravi Rao joined Oxford Biomedica as Chief Medical Officer 
in April 2022, with responsibility for assessing and developing 
the Group’s therapeutic product strategy. The Group has 
reviewed strategic options and is now exploring external funding 
opportunities for its therapeutics portfolio to realise the potential 
of its innovative and differentiated programmes to address unmet 
medical needs. It is anticipated that this will allow the Group to 
maintain a long-term economic interest in a number of therapeutic 
products. No costs associated with the therapeutics portfolio are 
expected to be carried by the Group post 2023.

The global rights to AXO-Lenti-PD, which the Group had licensed 
to Sio Gene Therapies (Sio) were returned to the Group in 
March 2022, following Sio’s decision to deprioritise the programme 
due to resourcing constraints. The Group continues to explore 
out-licensing opportunities for this asset.

In July 2022, the Group announced that it had initiated a 
new project with Orchard utilising the Company’s proprietary 
LentiStable™ technology. As part of the project, Oxford Biomedica’s 
LentiStable™ technology platform will be used to develop a producer 
cell line capable of stably expressing lentiviral vectors. Orchard is 
exploring the technology to increase the manufacturing efficiency 
and scalability of their investigational haematopoietic stem cell 
(HSC) gene therapy in development for the potential treatment of 
mucopolysaccharidosis type I Hurler syndrome (MPS-IH).

The Group continues development work in the area of in vivo 
CAR-T, which the Group believes would offer greater patient access 
and superior efficacy compared to existing treatment options.

Business development and CDMO pipeline
Oxford Biomedica continues to have strong new business 
momentum and demand for its expertise and services, demonstrated  
by the addition of 11 new clients (majority in AAV) since the end 
of 2021, taking the Group’s total number of clients to 18 (including 
three added post-period). This compares to six clients at the end 
of 2017, when the Group was solely focused on lentiviral vectors. 
The Group’s CDMO portfolio currently comprises more than 
30 programmes for its clients.

In November 2022, the Group welcomed a new Chief Commercial 
Officer, Dr. Sébastien Ribault, to lead the Commercial and Business 
Development team with a focus on the expansion of the Group’s 
client base, complementing the nature of the Group’s CDMO business.  
Dr. Ribault has over 25 years of experience across the biotechnology 
industry and CDMO space, and was previously at Merck Life Sciences,  
where he was Vice President & Head of Biologics and Viral 
Vector CDMO.

Under the leadership of Dr. Ribault, the Commercial team now 
consists of Commercial Operations, Business Development 
and Licensing specialists in multiple locations across the US, UK 
and Europe. 

Process C works together with 
production enhancers (such as U1,  
U2) and has resulted in process 
improvements by as much 
as tenfold, without the need for 
an increase in bioreactor size, 
and yielding significantly more 
lentiviral vector per batch.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements24

2022 PERFORMANCE REVIEW (CONTINUED)

Facilities and capacity expansion 
As part of the transaction to establish Oxford Biomedica Solutions, 
the Group acquired the leasehold to a state-of-the-art AAV 
manufacturing facility based near Boston. The facility covers 
approximately 91,000 sq. ft including GMP space for drug 
substance, drug product, QC testing, quality and warehousing, 
with three 500L single-use bioreactors with proven scalability 
to 2,000L for commercial supply. 

Short-term loan facility 
In March 2022, the Group entered into an US$85 million (£64.9 million)  
secured short-term loan facility with Oaktree. The proceeds were 
used by the Group, together with the Group’s existing cash, to finance  
a portion of the transaction with Homology Medicines to establish 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions. The loan carried an interest rate of 
8.5% with the principal amount due at the facility’s maturity date in 
March 2023. 

Oxbox, the Group’s largest manufacturing facility spanning 
84,000 sq. ft received MHRA approval for its fill finish suite 
in August 2022, bringing this previously outsourced function 
in-house. This high quality, state-of-the art value-added 
capability is now being rolled out to clients.

The second phase of Oxbox development is expected to provide 
additional flexible manufacturing capacity for a variety of viral 
vector-based products, including cell and gene therapy products, 
vaccines, and other advanced therapeutics up to 2,000L scale. 
Design work for this next phase of Oxbox development is 
progressing, with the proceeds from the £50 million investment 
from Serum funding the development. 

With regard to the planned redevelopment of the Windrush 
Innovation Centre into next generation laboratory facilities, the 
Group is currently conducting a review of required capacity and 
alternative laboratory options.

In November 2022, the Group completed the sale and leaseback 
of its Windrush Court facility in Oxford to Kadans for £60 million, 
exceeding the £55 million which the Group was initially seeking. 
Kadans has granted Oxford Biomedica an occupational lease 
of the facility for 15 years. 

To ensure the Group has sufficient warehouse capacity to 
meet expected near-term commercial development from both 
current and future potential clients, the Group has entered into a 
lease agreement in respect of a new 45,000 sq. ft warehouse in 
Wallingford, Oxfordshire to store ambient raw materials. The first 
phase of fit-out is complete, with the site expected to be ready for 
occupation in the second quarter of 2023.

In October 2022, the Group refinanced this US$85 million 
(£64.9 million) loan facility and the Company partially repaid 
the outstanding amounts and amended the facility into a new 
senior secured US$50 million (£42.9 million) four-year term loan 
facility provided by Oaktree. The loan carries a variable interest 
rate, which is capped at 10.25% per annum. The refinanced facility 
also carries the option for Oxford Biomedica, subject to customary 
conditions and available for a three-year period, to drawdown a 
further US$25 million (£21.5 million) from Oaktree to fund certain 
permitted acquisitions.

Corporate and organisational development
During the period, new appointments were made across the Board 
and the Senior Executive Team, adding further expertise to ensure 
that the Group’s leadership is well positioned to drive the next 
phase of growth. 

In January 2022, John Dawson stepped down as CEO after 13 years 
and simultaneously Dr. Roch Doliveux assumed the role of Interim 
CEO, in addition to his existing role as Chair. John Dawson stepped 
down from the Board at the AGM in May 2022 and remained an 
adviser to the Company throughout the year. Post-period end, 
in March 2023 the Group welcomed Dr. Frank Mathias as CEO and 
Dr. Roch Doliveux stepped down as Interim CEO and resumed 
as Chair. Dr. Mathias brings world-class innovation and CDMO 
experience to Oxford Biomedica, and joined the Group from 
Rentschler Biopharma SE, where he had served as CEO since 2016.

In April 2022, Namrata Patel was appointed to the Board as an 
Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Patel brings a wealth 
of international experience in manufacturing and end-to-end 
supply chain management with experience in the commercialised 
regulated industry as well as a wealth of sustainability experience.

Post period-end, Dr. Siyamak (Sam) Rasty informed the Board that 
he will not be standing for re-election at the Company’s AGM in 
June 2023. Dr. Rasty joined the Board in December 2020 and is a 
member of the Scientific and Technology Advisory Committee 
and was a member of the Audit Committee until December 2021.

The Group has acquired the 
leasehold of a new 45,000 sq ft 
warehouse in Wallingford, 
Oxfordshire to store ambient 
raw materials. The first phase 
of fit-out is complete, with the 
site expected to be ready for 
occupation in the second quarter 
of 2023.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report Strategic Report

 Governance

 Group financial statements

25

TRANSFORMING LIVES
ENHANCING OUR 
POSITION AS A 
GLOBAL QUALITY AND 
INNOVATION-LED CDMO

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Strategic Report

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements26

MANAGEMENT TEAM

Roch Doliveux
Chair
Dr. Roch Doliveux was appointed 
to the Board as Non-Executive Chair  
in June 2020. Dr. Doliveux also  
became Interim Chief Executive Officer  
from January 2022 until March 2023,  
following the Company’s announcement  
of John Dawson’s intention to retire 
as Chief Executive Officer and the 
acquisition of the AAV business in the 
US. Dr. Doliveux is currently Chair of 
the Board of Directors at Pierre Fabre  
S.A. and Vice Chair of Pierre Fabre 
Participations. Dr. Doliveux was previously  
the Chief Executive Officer of UCB S.A.  
for ten years during which time he 
transformed the company from a 
diversified chemical group into a global 
biopharmaceutical leader. He was a 
member of the Board of UCB from 
2002 – 2015 and from 2017 – 2021. 
In addition, Dr. Doliveux was a member  
of the Board of Stryker from 2010 – 
2020 and Chair of the Compensation 
Committee from 2016 – 2020. He also  
chaired the Board of Vlerick Business 
School from 2013 – 2017, the Board of  
IMI, the largest healthcare public-private  
partnership in the world from 2012 –  
2015 and GLG Institute from 2016 – 2022.  
Dr. Doliveux is a Veterinary Surgeon by 
training and has an MBA from INSEAD.

Stuart Paynter
Chief Financial Officer
Stuart Paynter joined the Board 
in August 2017 as Chief Financial 
Officer. Mr Paynter has over 22 years’ 
experience in the pharmaceutical 
and healthcare sectors. He qualified 
as a chartered accountant with 
Haines Watts before moving to EDS. 
Mr Paynter subsequently joined 
Steris and worked in a variety of roles 
within the healthcare and life sciences 
divisions prior to becoming the 
European Finance Director. Mr Paynter 
then moved to Shire Pharmaceuticals 
where he became the Senior Director 
of Finance Business Partnering for all  
business outside of the US, transitioning  
to a corporate finance role before 
becoming the Global Head of Internal  
Audit. Prior to joining Oxford Biomedica,  
Mr Paynter was Head of Finance Business  
Partnering at De La Rue plc. He is a 
member of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.

Sébastien Ribault 
Chief Commercial Officer
Dr. Sébastien Ribault joined Oxford 
Biomedica in November 2022 as 
Chief Commercial Officer. He has 
over 25 years of experience across 
the biotechnology industry and CDMO 
space. Dr. Ribault was previously 
at Merck Life Sciences where he was 
Vice President & Head of Biologics 
and Viral Vector CDMO, leading Merck’s 
CDMO expansion project, establishing 
the Services business case and helping 
to establish the Life Science Services 
business unit. Prior to his 17 years with 
Merck KGaA, Dr. Ribault was a 
Gene Therapy Development Scientist 
at Transgene and Head of the R&D 
Laboratory at Hemosystem. He has a 
PhD in Molecular and Cellular Biology 
from the University of Strasbourg.

Kyriacos Mitrophanous 
Chief Scientific Officer
Dr. Kyriacos Mitrophanous joined 
Oxford Biomedica in 1997. He has over 
20 years of lentiviral vector experience 
covering a range of technical disciplines,  
including the development of cell 
and gene therapies, delivery platform 
technologies, bioprocessing and 
analytics. Dr. Mitrophanous is a 
recognised world-class expert in the 
field, a named inventor on numerous 
lentiviral vector patents and an author 
of a number of key papers. In his 
current role, he is responsible for the 
development of Oxford Biomedica’s 
new product candidates and LentiVector®  
platform. He holds a PhD in Molecular 
Biology from University College London 
and has conducted post-doctoral 
research at the University of Oxford.

James Miskin 
Chief Technical Officer
Dr. James Miskin joined Oxford 
Biomedica in 2000. He has more  
than 22 years’ experience in cell 
and gene therapy, 17 of which have 
been in the GxP (good practice) 
environment. In his current role, 
Dr. Miskin has overall responsibility 
for Oxford Biomedica’s Quality 
systems, analytical testing and lentiviral 
based bioprocessing development, as 
well as client programmes and alliance  
management. He is also a named 
inventor on several patents in the field.  
Dr. Miskin holds a Bachelor of Science 
degree and a PhD in Molecular Biology  
from the University of Leeds and 
subsequently conducted post-doctoral  
research at The Pirbright Institute 
for a number of years. He is a member 
of the UK BioIndustry Association 
Manufacturing Advisory Committee 
and is the Advanced Therapies 
workstream lead for The Medicines 
Manufacturing Industry Partnership. 

Nick Page 
Chief Operations Officer
Nick Page joined Oxford Biomedica 
in April 2018. Prior to joining, Mr Page  
held a number of senior operational 
leadership positions in the pharmaceutical 
industry, most recently as Platform 
Head of Anti-infectives within Novartis. 
His 40+ years of industry experience 
include API, Solid oral dose, Sterile, and 
Radiopharmaceutical manufacturing 
in various organisations encompassing 
innovative, generic and contract 
manufacturing. During his career, 
Mr Page spent several years working 
in China and India as well as in 
global roles. He originally qualified 
as a Chartered Chemist and also 
has an MBA from The Open University.

Ravi Rao 
Chief Medical Officer
Dr. Ravi Rao joined the Senior Executive 
Team in April 2022. He divides his time 
between his role at Oxford Biomedica 
and roles he has at SV Health Investors  
and Sitryx. Dr. Rao brings long standing  
bio pharmaceutical and translation 
experience from early stage through 
to launch and life cycle across multiple 
therapeutic areas with different treatment  
modalities. Most recently, Dr. Rao was 
Head of R&D and Chief Medical Officer 
at Swedish Orphan Biovitrum, where he 
oversaw the development and approval 
of multiple medicines in rare diseases 
across immunology and haematology. 
Dr. Rao began his biopharmaceutical 
career at Roche Pharmaceuticals and 
subsequently held senior positions 
in R&D at GlaxoSmithKline and as Chief  
Medical Officer at Aeglea Biotherapeutics.  
He was previously an academic at 
Imperial College and a post-doctoral 
fellow at Harvard University specialising 
in immunology. Dr. Rao received 
his medical degree from Cambridge 
University and his PhD from Imperial 
College. He is a member of the Royal  
College of Physicians and an Honorary  
Member of the Faculty of Pharmaceutical  
Medicine. He is also an independent 
board director of DBV Technologies.

Tim Kelly 
Chief Executive Officer,  
Oxford Biomedica Solutions
Tim Kelly joined as Chief Executive 
Officer of Oxford Biomedica Solutions 
and Chair of its Board of Directors 
in March 2022. Mr Kelly is also part 
of the Senior Executive Team. Mr Kelly 
has over 20 years’ experience in global 
product development and manufacturing 
which he gained whilst working for 
a range of pharmaceutical companies 
in Europe and the US. Prior to joining 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions, Mr Kelly 
was Chief Operating Officer at 
Homology Medicines, Inc. Mr Kelly has 
an MBA from Troy University as well 
as a BSc with emphasis in Engineering 
Mechanics from the United States 
Air Force Academy.

Natalie Walter 
General Counsel
Natalie Walter joined Oxford Biomedica 
in May 2019 as General Counsel 
having worked as a consultant for  
the Company since May 2018. She 
has over 20 years’ experience as a 
corporate lawyer advising life sciences 
companies, including Oxford Biomedica,  
on a range of business and transactional  
issues, equity capital markets transactions, 
mergers and acquisitions and corporate 
governance. Ms Walter has worked for 
a number of UK and US law firms, as 
well as working at Lehman Brothers as 
a Director and Legal Counsel for the 
Equity Capital Markets division. She was 
most recently a Partner with Covington 
& Burling LLP. Ms Walter also sits on the 
Board of C4X Discovery Holdings plc 
as a Non-Executive Director.

Matthew Treagus 
Chief Information Officer
Matthew Treagus joined Oxford 
Biomedica in August 2021 as Chief 
Information Officer, having worked 
as a consultant with the Company since 
2019. He has over 30 years’ experience 
of applying technology to support 
growth, innovation and efficiency.  
Mr Treagus was a co-founder of AKQA,  
a digital services business, now part 
of WPP Group plc, a pioneer of the 
internet services industry. Most recently,  
he was a Partner at Baringa Partners LLP  
with responsibilities in the Customer 
and Digital team working across the 
Retail, Financial Services and Energy  
sectors. Mr Treagus ran his own 
consultancy business for 12 years 
advising a diverse set of clients, 
including Oxford Biomedica. He has 
also served as Interim CIO at Save 
the Children UK.

Lisa James 
Chief People Officer
Lisa James joined the Senior Executive 
Team as Chief People Officer in 
April 2022, having worked with Oxford 
Biomedica since 2016. She joined 
Oxford Biomedica as HR Manager 
and during her seven-year tenure 
was promoted to Head of HR Delivery 
and VP HR Business Partnering and 
Development. Previously, Ms James 
worked as HR Manager for a European 
third-party High-Tech Logistics 
organisation, specialising in medical 
devices. Ms James has over 13 years’ 
experience in Human Resources 
and a CIPD Level 7 Advanced Diploma 
in Human Resource Management.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report27

Roch Doliveux 
Chair

Stuart Paynter 
Chief Financial Officer

Sébastien Ribault 
Chief Commercial Officer

Kyriacos Mitrophanous 
Chief Scientific Officer

James Miskin 
Chief Technical Officer

Nick Page 
Chief Operations Officer

Ravi Rao 
Chief Medical Officer

Tim Kelly 
Chief Executive Officer of Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions

Natalie Walter 
General Counsel

Matthew Treagus 
Chief Information Officer  
and Chief of Staff

Lisa James 
Chief People Officer

Dr. Frank Mathias 
Chief Executive Officer

Full biographies for the Board of 
Directors can be found on pages 70 
and 71.

Dr. Frank Mathias 
Chief Executive Officer 
Dr. Mathias joined the Board as Chief 
Executive Officer in March 2023. 
Further biographical details relating to 
Dr. Mathias are set out on page 71.

Helen Stephenson-Ellis 
Former Chief People Officer 
Helen Stephenson-Ellis served as a 
permanent member of the Senior 
Executive Team from July 2018. She 
stepped down in April 2022.

John Dawson 
Former Chief Executive Officer 
John Dawson served as Chief Executive 
Officer from October 2008 and 
stepped down as a Director at the AGM 
in May 2022. 

Dave Backer 
Former Chief Commercial Officer 
Dave Backer served as a permanent 
member of the Senior Executive team 
from September 2021 and stepped 
down in August 2022.

Dr. Jason Slingsby
Former Chief Business and Corporate 
Development Officer 
Dr. Slingsby served as a permanent 
member of the Senior Executive Team 
from February 2015 and stepped down 
in April 2023.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements28

FINANCIAL 
REVIEW

During 2022, the Group continued 
to focus on growing the underlying 
business by attracting new clients, 
expanding offerings with existing 
clients and expansion through 
acquisition of technologies, 
capabilities and clients.

Setting firm foundations for growth
In 2022, the Group expanded its capabilities beyond lentiviral 
vectors and evolved into a multi-vector, quality and innovation-
led CDMO. Oxford Biomedica is incredibly proud of its work in 
producing the Oxford AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine and the 
lives that were saved in this effort, which afforded the Group the 
opportunity to broaden its viral vector CDMO offering and expand 
the business into the US. During 2022, the Group continued to 
focus on growing the underlying business by attracting new clients, 
expanding offerings with existing clients and expansion through 
acquisition of technologies, capabilities and clients. 

In March 2022, the Group acquired an 80% ownership interest 
in Oxford Biomedica Solutions, an AAV-focused manufacturing 
and innovation business for US$180 million (£137.4 million), 
with Homology Medicines retaining a 20% ownership stake. 
Concurrently with the Oxford Biomedica Solutions transaction, 
the Group entered into a manufacturing and supply agreement 
with Homology Medicines. Subsequently four new AAV client 
agreements were signed in 2022, exceeding the previously stated 
target of two for the year, which are expected to generate further 
revenues in the future. Oxford Biomedica Solutions generated 
revenues of £23.7 million in the year since completion of the 
transaction in March 2022. 

Throughout 2022 the Group continued to form new client 
relationships whilst also expanding existing client agreements. 
The Group is currently working with 18 clients (including three 
added post-period) compared to 10 clients at the end of 2021. 
Lentiviral vector manufacturing volumes have continued their 
post-pandemic upward trajectory, with revenues from the core 
LentiVector® business achieving strong double-digit revenue 
growth compared to 2021. As expected, COVID-19 vaccine 
bioprocessing volumes were lower reflecting the exceptional 
results achieved in 2021 when vaccine manufacturing was at full 
pace during the pandemic. 

During the period, the Group announced new or expanded licence 
and supply agreements with Cabaletta, Juno, two undisclosed 
US-based private biotechnology companies, and four new AAV 
clients, in addition to Homology Medicines. These agreements are 
expected to bolster the Group’s development and manufacturing 
pipeline over the coming years. In June, the Group also expanded 
its original supply and development agreement with AstraZeneca 
to facilitate potential future manufacturing opportunities for the 
AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine on an as-needed basis beyond 2022. 

Stuart Paynter 
Chief Financial Officer

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

Year-end headcount

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

Revenue
£m

 Licence, milestones and grants 
(light tints)
 Bioprocessing and process 
development (dark tints)

29

The Group achieved total revenues of £140.0 million and an 
Operating EBITDA¹ profit of £1.6 million in 2022 compared to 
revenues of £142.8 million and an Operating EBITDA profit of 
£35.9 million in the prior year. Total revenues were broadly flat 
compared to the prior year despite lower COVID-19 vaccine 
bioprocessing volumes, due to revenues achieved by Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions in 2022. At a cost level, there was an increase 
in operating expenditure as a result of increased personnel and 
other operational expenditure incurred due to the consolidation of 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions, acquisition-related due diligence costs 
of £5.1 million and inflationary operational cost increases including 
employee salary increases to help ensure the Group continues 
to attract and retain high quality employees. Oxford Biomedica 
Solutions’ operating expenditure continues to be fully funded from 
the US$50.0 million (£38.2 million) capital injection into the new 
business.

In order to fund the Oxford Biomedica Solutions transaction, 
the Group raised gross proceeds of £80.0 million through a 
placing of shares, and secured a short-term loan facility of 
US$85.0 million (£64.9 million) which was repayable 12 months 
after the closing date. In October, the Group repaid US$35 million 
of the US$85 million short term loan facility as part of extending 
the relationship with Oaktree via a new four-year term loan facility 
of US$50 million. Interest is payable quarterly and the principal 
outstanding amount is repayable at the end of the four-year 
term. The Group also secured the option to draw down a further 
US$25 million from Oaktree to fund certain permitted acquisitions.

The Group ended the year with its strongest-ever year-end cash 
position. Throughout the year, the Group has been strategically 
investing in the future growth of the business while also taking 
proactive steps to manage operating costs, particularly given 
the easing of the COVID-19 pandemic, which had required the 
Group to increase employee numbers significantly to help meet 
demand. This included right-sizing its employee base, which 
was successfully completed without the need for compulsory 
redundancies, as well as a headcount freeze for non-critical hires, 
further supporting the Group’s cost management efforts.

In November, the Group completed a sale and leaseback of its 
Windrush Court facility for £60 million to Kadans Science Partner. 
The sale proceeds of £60 million exceeded the target offer 
figure of £55 million that the Group previously announced it was 
seeking. Under the agreement, Kadans have granted the Group 
an occupational lease of the property for 15 years at a rent of 
£3.5 million per annum rising to £4.7 million per annum after five 
years, with a market rent review at 10 years. In the year the Group 
has recognised a profit on the sale of £21.4 million, a right of use 
asset of £5.9 million and a lease liability of £35.6 million. 

The Group’s balance sheet expanded with the establishment of 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions through the recognition of identifiable 
net assets of £133.2 million. The transaction was funded through a 
combination of £77.0 million of net equity raised in two tranches, and 
drawing down the Oaktree loan of US$85.0 million (£64.9 million). 
The transaction also involved the recognition of a put option liability 
of US$51.1 million (£39.0 million) that, if exercised, requires the Group 
to acquire the remaining 20% of Oxford Biomedica Solutions from 
Homology Medicines. Further, as a result of the sale and leaseback of 
the Windrush Court facility, the Group’s cash position strengthened 
to £141.3 million at the end of December 2022. 

¹ 

  Operating EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, 
revaluation of investments and assets at fair value through profit and loss, and 
Share Based Payments) is a non-GAAP measure often used as a surrogate for 
operational cash flow as it excludes from operating profit or loss all non-cash 
items, including the charge for share based payments. However, deferred 
bonus share option charges are not added back to operating profits in 
the determination of Operating EBITDA as they may be paid in cash upon 
the instruction of the Remuneration Committee. A reconciliation to GAAP 
measures is provided on page 34.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
30

FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)

SELECTED HIGHLIGHTS OF THE 
GROUP’S FINANCIAL RESULTS
TOTAL REVENUES

OPERATING LOSS

Total revenues were broadly in line with the prior year due to revenues 
recognised by Oxford Biomedica Solutions, despite lower COVID-19 
vaccine bioprocessing volumes; total revenue decreased by 2% to 
£140.0 million (2021: £142.8 million).

Operating loss of £30.2 million (2021 operating profit of £20.8 million) 
decreased as a result of the lower levels of vaccine manufactured  
for AstraZeneca, consolidation of the investment in Oxford Biomedica 
Solutions and one-off acquisition-related due diligence costs of  
£5.1 million.

£140.0m

BIOPROCESSING AND COMMERCIAL 
DEVELOPMENT REVENUE

Revenues from the underlying bioprocessing and commercial 
development ² activities were maintained at £128.1 million (2021: 
£128.4 million) driven by an anticipated reduction in COVID-19 vaccine 
manufacturing revenues offset by an increase in revenues from 
lentiviral vector and AAV commercial development and manufacturing 
activities. This included aggregate vaccine revenues in excess of 

£40.0 million. £128.1m

REVENUES FROM MILESTONES, 
LICENCES AND ROYALTIES

Revenues from milestones, licences and royalties ², which, in the 
prior year, included recognition of a £4.0 million licence fee 
from Boehringer Ingelheim, decreased by 17% to £11.9 million 
(2021: £14.4 million); this decrease was driven by lower licence 
fees from new partner programmes.

£30.2m

PLATFORM DIVISION

The Platform division made an Operating EBITDA¹ profit of 
£11.7 million (2021: £45.3 million profit) and an operating loss  
of £17.9 million (2021: £31.4 million profit) helped by the profit  
on the sale of the Windrush Court facility of £21.4 million.

£11.7m

CASH

Cash at 31 December 2022 was £141.3 million (2021:£108.9 million) 
and £139.1 million at 31 March 2022; Net cash at 31 December 2022 
was £101.5 million.

£11.9m

£141.3m

OPERATING EBITDA¹

Operating EBITDA¹ profit of £1.6 million (2021 Operating EBITDA profit 
of £35.9 million) decreased as a result of the lower levels of vaccine 
manufactured for AstraZeneca, consolidation of the investment in 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions and one-off acquisition-related due 
diligence costs of £5.1 million.

£1.6m

¹ 

  Operating EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, 
revaluation of investments and assets at fair value through profit and loss, and 
Share Based Payments) is a non-GAAP measure often used as a surrogate for 
operational cash flow as it excludes from operating profit or loss all non-cash 
items, including the charge for share based payments. However, deferred bonus 
share option charges are not added back to operating profits in the determination 
of Operating EBITDA as they may be paid in cash upon the instruction of the 
Remuneration Committee. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided  
on page 34.

²  Please refer to page 32 where a reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided.

50

40

30

20

10

0

–10

–20

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

Cash (used in)/generated from operations 
£m

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report31

Selected highlights of the Group’s financial results are as follows:
 — Total revenues were broadly in line with the prior year due to revenues recognised by Oxford Biomedica Solutions, offset by lower 

COVID-19 vaccine bioprocessing volumes; total revenue decreased by 2% to £140.0 million (2021: £142.8 million). 

 — Revenues from the underlying bioprocessing and commercial development activities ² were maintained at £128.1 million (2021: 

£128.4 million) driven by an anticipated reduction in COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing revenues offset by an increase in revenues from 
lentiviral vector and AAV commercial development and manufacturing activities. This included aggregate vaccine revenues in excess of 
£40.0 million.

 — Revenues from milestones, licences and royalties ², which, in the prior year, included recognition of a £4.0 million license fee from 

Boehringer Ingelheim, decreased by 17% to £11.9 million (2021: £14.4 million); this decrease was driven by lower license fees from new 
partner programmes.

 — The launch of Oxford Biomedica Solutions, enabling entry into the fast-growing AAV market whilst also establishing a key strategic 

presence in the US, drove an increase in operating expenses to £123.0 million (2021: £62.5 million) which included one-off 
acquisition-related costs. Active cost control initiatives were initiated to reduce the Group’s operating cost base as the COVID-19 
pandemic eased.

 — Operating EBITDA¹ and operating profit benefited from a profit on sale of the Windrush Court facility of £21.4 million.

 — Operating EBITDA¹ profit and operating loss of £1.6 million and £30.2 million respectively (2021 Operating EBITDA profit and  

operating profit of £35.9 million and £20.8 million respectively) decreased as a result of the lower levels of vaccine manufactured  
for AstraZeneca, consolidation of the investment in Oxford Biomedica Solutions and one-off acquisition-related due diligence  
costs of £5.1 million. 

 — The Platform division made an Operating EBITDA¹ profit of £11.7 million (2021: £45.3 million profit) and an operating loss of 

£17.9 million (2021: £31.4 million profit) helped by the profit on the sale of the Windrush Court building of £21.4 million, whilst the 
Product division made an Operating EBITDA loss of £10.0 million (2021: £9.4 million loss) and an operating loss of £12.3 million 
(2021: £10.6 million loss).

 — Cash burn of £33.0 million in 2022 (2021: £16.0 million cash inflow) reflected decreased cash inflows from vaccine production, 

increased capital expenditure and operational cash flows, and due diligence fees paid in connection to the Homology Medicines 
transaction.

 — Gross proceeds of £80.0 million (net proceeds £77.0 million) were raised through a placing of shares, and the Group secured  

a short-term loan facility of US$85.0 million (£64.9 million). Subsequently, in October, the Group repaid US$35 million and entered 
into a new four-year term loan facility of US$50 million (2021: £108.9 million).

 — Cash at 31 December 2022 was £141.3 million (2021:£108.9 million) and £139.1 million at 31 March 2023; Net cash at 31 December 2022 

was £101.5 million. 

¹ 

  Operating EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, revaluation of investments and assets at fair value through profit and loss, and Share Based 
Payments) is a non-GAAP measure often used as a surrogate for operational cash flow as it excludes from operating profit or loss all non-cash items, including the charge 
for share based payments. However, deferred bonus share option charges are not added back to operating profits in the determination of Operating EBITDA as they may 
be paid in cash upon the instruction of the Remuneration Committee. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided on page 34.

²  Please refer to page 32 where a reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided.

Key Financial and Non-Financial Performance Indicators
The Group evaluates its performance by making use of alternative performance measures as part of its Key Financial Performance 
Indicators (refer to the table at the top of the next page). The Group believes that these Non-GAAP measures, together with the relevant 
GAAP measures, provide a comprehensive, accurate reflection of the Group’s performance over time. The Board has taken the decision 
that the Key Financial Performance Indicators against which the business will be assessed are Revenue, Operating EBITDA and Operating 
profit/(loss). The figures presented within this section for prior years are those reported in the Annual report and accounts for those years 
and have not been restated where a change in accounting standards may have required this.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
32

FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)

£m
Revenue

Bioprocessing/commercial development
Licences, milestones and royalties

Operations

Operating EBITDA¹
Operating (loss)/profit

Cash flow

Cash (used in)/generated from operations
Capex²
Cash (burn)/inflow ³

Financing
Cash
Loan

Non-Financial Key Indicators
Headcount
Year-end
Average

2022

128.1
11.9
140.0

1.6
(30.2)

(13.2)
16.3
(33.0)

141.3
39.8

904
929

2021

128.4
14.4
142.8

35.9
20.8

24.5
9.5
16.0

108.9
–

815
759

2020

68.5
19.2
87.7

7.3
(5.7)

(3.9)
13.4
(7.8)

46.7
–

673
609

2019

47.3
16.8
64.1

(5.2)
(14.5)

(6.6)
25.8
(26.3)

16.2
–

554
500

2018

40.5
26.3
66.8

13.4
13.9

9.2
10.1
(1.9)

32.2
41.2

432
377

¹ 

² 

³ 

 Operating EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, revaluation of investments and assets at fair value through profit and loss, and Share Based 
Payments) is a non-GAAP measure often used as a surrogate for operational cash flow as it excludes from operating profit or loss all non-cash items, including the 
charge for share based payments. However, deferred bonus share option charges are not added back to operating profits in the determination of Operating EBITDA as 
they may be paid in cash upon the instruction of the Remuneration Committee. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided on page 34. 
 This is Purchases of property, plant and equipment as per the cash flow statement which excludes additions to Right-of-use assets. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is 
provided on page 135.
 Cash burn/(inflow) is net cash generated from operations plus net interest paid plus capital expenditure. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided on page 35.

Revenue
The Group’s revenues decreased by 2% to £140.0 million (2021 £142.8 million). Revenues generated from bioprocessing/commercial 
development were maintained at £128.1 million (2021: £128.4 million) despite a decrease in the volume of vaccine batches manufactured 
for AstraZeneca. This was partially offset by an increase in revenues from lentiviral vector and AAV commercial development and 
manufacturing activities. Bioprocessing and commercial development activities performed on behalf of the Group’s other clients have 
increased due to increased development and manufacturing activities performed on behalf of Boehringer Ingelheim, Juno, Arcellx, 
Homology Medicines and other new clients.

Revenues from licence fees, milestones and royalties of £11.9 million (2021: £14.4 million), decreased by 17% when compared to prior 
year. In 2021 a licence fee from Boehringer Ingelheim of £4.0 million was recognised.

Operating EBITDA 

£m
Revenue
Other income
Gain on sale of property
Total expenses³
Operating EBITDA¹
Non cash items²
Operating (loss)/profit

2022
140.0
2.3
21.4
 (162.0)
1.6
(31.8)
(30.2)

2021
142.8
0.9
–
(107.8)
35.9
(15.1)
20.8

2020
87.7
0.8
–
(81.2)
7.3
(13.0)
(5.7)

2019
64.1
0.9
–
(70.2)
(5.2)
(9.3)
(14.5)

2018
66.8
1.1
–
(54.5)
13.4
0.5
13.9

¹ 

² 

³ 

 Operating EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, revaluation of investments and assets at fair value through profit and loss, and Share Based 
Payments) is a non-GAAP measure often used as a surrogate for operational cash flow as it excludes from operating profit or loss all non-cash items, including the 
charge for share based payments. However, deferred bonus share option charges are not added back to operating profits in the determination of Operating EBITDA as 
they may be paid in cash upon the instruction of the Remuneration Committee. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided on page 34.
 Non-cash items include depreciation, amortisation, revaluation of investments, fair value adjustments of available-for-sale assets and the share based payment charge. A 
reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided on page 34.
 Total expenses are operational expenses including cost of goods incurred by the Group. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided on page 33.

Revenue decreased by 2% in 2022 whilst the Group’s cost base grew by 50% to £162.0 million due to an increase in operational spend 
due to the consolidation of the results of Oxford Biomedica Solutions, as well as inflationary increases and acquisition-related due 
diligence costs of £5.1 million. The Group benefited from a profit on the sale of its Windrush Court facility of £21.4 million in a sale and 
leaseback transaction. The Operating EBITDA profit of £1.6 million is therefore £34.3 million lower than the £35.9 million Operating 
EBITDA profit generated in 2021 as a result of the decrease in revenues, profit on sale of building and an increased cost base.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report 
 
 
33

Total Expenses
In order to provide the users of the accounts with a more detailed explanation of the reasons for the year on year movements of 
the Group’s operational expenses included within Operating EBITDA, the Group has added together research and development, 
bioprocessing and administrative costs and has removed depreciation, amortisation and the share option charge as these are non-cash 
items which do not form part of the Operating EBITDA alternative performance measure. As Operating profit/(loss) is assessed separately 
as a key financial performance measure, the year on year movement in these non-cash items is then individually analysed and explained 
specifically in the Operating and Net profit/(loss) section. Expense items included within Total Expenses are then categorised according to 
their relevant nature with the year on year movement explained in the second table.

£m
Research and development¹,⁴
Bioprocessing costs⁴
Administrative expenses⁴,⁵
Operating expenses
Depreciation
Amortisation
Share option charge 
Adjusted Operating Expenses²
Cost of sales
Total Expenses³

2022
60.9
33.9
28.2
123.0
(20.3)
(6.1)
(5.4)
91.2
70.8
162.0

2021
40.2
7.2
15.1
62.5
(12.4)
–
(2.5)
47.6
60.2
107.8

2020
29.7
10.7
11.3
51.7
(9.8)
–
(2.4)
39.5
41.7
81.2

2019
22.6
7.4
11.9
41.9
(5.8)
–
(1.6)
34.5
35.7
70.2

2018
18.0
1.2
7.4
26.6
(4.3)
–
(1.1)
21.2
33.3
54.5

Includes the RDEC tax credit.

¹ 
²  Research, development, bioprocessing and administrative expenses excluding depreciation, amortisation and the share option charge.
³  Cost of goods plus research, development, bioprocessing and administrative expenses excluding depreciation, amortisation and the share option charge.
⁴ 
⁵ 

Includes operational expenditure for Oxford Biomedica Solutions from March 2022 onwards.
Included £5.1 million in one-off acquisition-related due diligence costs relating to the transaction to acquire Oxford Biomedica Solutions.

£m
Raw materials, consumables and other external 
bioprocessing costs
Manpower-related
External R&D expenditure
Due diligence costs
Other costs
RDEC tax credit
Total expenses¹

2022

45.6
84.4
3.6
5.1
27.8
(4.5)
162.0

2021

34.2
55.0
2.5
1.2
20.0
(5.1)
107.8

2020

2019

2018

22.0
45.3
1.4
–
17.1
(4.6)
81.2

22.8
35.2
1.4
–
12.0
(1.2)
70.2

18.3
26.7
1.9
–
7.6
–
54.5

¹  Total expenses are operational expenses including cost of goods incurred by the Group. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided above.

 —  Raw materials, consumables and other external bioprocessing costs have increased as a result of increased LentiVector® batch 

manufacturing and also materials used by Oxford Biomedica Solutions during 2022, as compared to 2021. 

 —  The increase in manpower-related costs is due to the increase in the average headcount from 759 in 2021 to 929 in 2022 primarily 
as a result of 124 employees gained as part of the transaction to establish Oxford Biomedica Solutions but also reflecting employee 
salary increases. 

 — External R&D expenditure increased as a result of additional research and development project spend incurred in both the platform 

and product divisions. 

 —  Due diligence costs in both years relate to the establishment of Oxford Biomedica Solutions.

 —  Other costs were higher as a result of the inclusion of the administrative expenditure of Oxford Biomedica Solutions, and inflationary 

increases. 

 —  The RDEC credit has decreased to £4.5 million (2021: £5.1 million) due to a decrease in the level of eligible research and development 

expenditure, mainly employee costs and raw materials. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements34

FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)

Operating and Net profit/(loss) 

£m
Operating EBITDA¹
Depreciation, Amortisation and share option charge
Change in fair value of assets at fair value 
through profit and loss
Operating (loss)/ profit
Interest
Forex
Taxation
Net (loss)/profit

2022
1.6
(31.8)

–
(30.2)
(7.8)
(8.0)
0.8
(45.2)

2021
35.9
(14.9)

(0.2)
20.8
(0.9)
–
(0.9)
19.0

2020
7.3
(12.2)

(0.8)
(5.7)
(0.8)
–
0.3
(6.2)

2019
(5.2)
(7.4)

(1.9)
(14.5)
(5.4)
(1.0)
4.8
(16.1)

2018
13.4
(5.5)

6.2
13.9
(6.2)
(2.7)
2.5
7.5

¹ 

 Operating EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, revaluation of investments and assets at fair value through profit and loss, and Share Based 
Payments) is a non-GAAP measure often used as a surrogate for operational cash flow as it excludes from operating profit or loss all non-cash items, including the 
charge for share based payments. However, deferred bonus share option charges are not added back to operating profits in the determination of Operating EBITDA as 
they may be paid in cash upon the instruction of the Remuneration Committee. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided above.

In arriving at Operating (loss)/profit it is necessary to deduct from Operating EBITDA the non-cash items referred to above. The 
depreciation (£20.3 million) and amortisation (£6.1 million) charge was higher in 2022 due to acquisition of the fixed assets of Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions, as well as amortisation of intangible assets recognised as a result of the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions 
in March 2022. The share option charge increased by £2.9 million due to the increased employee headcount of the Group, mainly as a 
result of the Oxford Biomedica Solutions acquisition.

The impact of these charges resulted in an operating loss of £30.2 million in 2022 compared to a profit of £20.8 million in the prior year.

The interest charge increased by £6.9 million largely due to interest charges on the Oaktree loan, as well as IFRS 16 interest on the lease 
liability related to the Oxford Biomedica Solutions Boston facility. Forex increased by £8.0 million due to foreign exchange movements 
on the Oaktree loan. The corporation tax expense in 2022 decreased as the corporation tax charge in 2022 is limited to the notional tax  
charge on the RDEC tax credit included within research and development costs and the release of the deferred tax on the Oxford Biomedica 
Solutions intangible assets arising on acquisition. 

Other Comprehensive Income
The Group recognised other comprehensive income in 2022 of £10.6 million (2021: nil) in relation to movements on the foreign currency 
translation reserve. The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements 
of foreign operations, including gains arising from monetary items that, in substance, form part of the net investment in foreign operations.

Segmental analysis
The Group reports its results within two segments, namely:

I.   the ‘Platform’ segment which includes the revenue generating bioprocessing and process development activities for third parties 

(i.e. the client programmes CDMO business), and internal technology projects to develop new potentially saleable technology, improve 
the Group’s current processes, and bring development and manufacturing costs down within the LentiVector® and AAV platforms.

II. the ‘Product’ segment, which includes the costs of research and development of new gene therapeutic product candidates. 

£m
2022
Revenue
Operating EBITDA¹
Operating (loss)/profit

2021
Revenue
Operating EBITDA¹
Operating profit/(loss)

Platform

Product

139.9
11.7
(17.9)

142.7
45.3
31.4

0.1
(10.0)
(12.3)

0.1
(9.4)
(10.6)

Total

140.0
1.6
(30.2)

142.8
35.9
20.8

¹ 

 Operating EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, revaluation of investments and assets at fair value through profit and loss, and Share Based 
Payments) is a non-GAAP measure often used as a surrogate for operational cash flow as it excludes from operating profit or loss all non-cash items, including the 
charge for share based payments. However, deferred bonus share option charges are not added back to operating profits in the determination of Operating EBITDA  
as they may be paid in cash upon the instruction of the Remuneration Committee. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided on page 34.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report 
35

In 2022 the Platform segment experienced a decrease in revenue of 2% from £142.7 million to £139.9 million due to the lower volumes 
of vaccine batches manufactured for AstraZeneca partly offset by increased manufacturing volumes for lentiviral and AAV clients. 
Commercial development revenues increased due to activities performed on behalf of existing clients Arcellx, Boehringer Ingelheim, 
Homology Medicines and other clients. Operating results were negatively impacted by the lower revenues as well as Oxford Biomedica 
Solutions’ operational expenditure in the period since they were acquired, but positively impacted by a gain of £21.4 million on the sale 
and leaseback of the Windrush Court facility. 

The Product segment has generated revenues of £0.1 million (2021: £0.1 million) and an Operating EBITDA loss and operating loss of 
£10.0 million and £12.3 million respectively (2021: loss of £9.4 million and £10.6 million respectively). Product operating expenses were 
higher due to increased research, development and pre-clinical product expenditure, but also increased manpower costs.

In the first quarter of 2023, the Senior Executive Team has re-assessed the reporting segments to reflect the way the business will be 
managed in future. Management reporting is currently being reworked to align with these new segments going forward and the Group 
expects to be able to report on these new segments during 2023 and thereafter. No changes from the current basis have been reflected in 
the 2022 Annual report and accounts.

Cash flow
The Group held £141.3 million of cash at 31 December 2022, having begun the year with £108.9 million. Significant movements across the 
year are explained below.

£m
Operating (loss)/profit
Non-cash items¹ included in operating loss
Operating EBITDA²
Working capital movement ⁵
Cash (used in)/generated from operations
R&D tax credit received
Net cash (used in)/generated from operations
Interest paid, less received
Sale of investment asset
Capex³
Cash (burn)/inflow⁴
Acquisition of subsidiary
Sale of building
Net proceeds from financing ⁶
Movement in year⁷

2022
(30.2)
31.8
1.6
(14.8)
(13.2)
0.6
(12.6)
(4.1)
–
(16.3)
(33.0)
(99.2)
60.0
104.6
32.4

2021
20.8
15.1
35.9
(11.4)
24.5
1.0
25.5
–
–
(9.5)
16.0
–
–
46.2
62.2

2020
(5.7)
13.0
7.3
(11.2)
(3.9)
7.0
3.1
–
2.5
(13.4)
(7.8)
–
–
38.3
30.5

2019
(14.5)
9.3
(5.2)
(1.4)
(6.6)
3.1
(3.5)
(3.3)
6.3
(25.8)
(26.3)
–
–
10.3
(16.0)

2018
13.9
(0.5)
13.4
(4.2)
9.2
3.7
12.9
(4.7)
–
(10.1)
(1.9)
–
–
19.8
17.9

¹ 
² 

³ 

 Depreciation, Amortisation, revaluation of investments and assets at fair value through profit and loss, and Share Based Payments.
 Operating EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, revaluation of investments and assets at fair value through profit and loss, and Share Based 
Payments) is a non-GAAP measure often used as a surrogate for operational cash flow as it excludes from operating profit or loss all non-cash items, including the 
charge for share based payments. However, deferred bonus share option charges are not added back to operating profits in the determination of Operating EBITDA 
as they may be paid in cash upon the instruction of the Remuneration Committee. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided on page 34.
 This is Purchases of property, plant and equipment as per the cash flow statement which excludes additions to Right-of-use assets. A reconciliation to GAAP measures 
is provided on page 136.

⁴  Cash (burn)/inflow is net cash generated from operations plus net interest paid plus capital expenditure. 
⁵ 

 The working capital movement includes the movement in trade and other receivables (–£17.9 million), trade and other payables (+£17.0 million), deferred income 
(–£0.7 million), contract liabilities (+£5.9 million), inventory (+£0.7 million), as well as adding the amortisation of loan fees (+£0.6 million), the deferred bonus portion 
of the share option charge (+£1.0 million), and the gain on sale and leaseback (+21.4 million) as outlined on page 174.
 Net proceeds from financing consists of Proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital, Costs of share issues, Payment of lease liabilities, Loans received, Other direct 
costs in relation to leases and Loan arrangement fees as outlined on page 136.
 The movement in the year is made up out of the  net increase in cash and cash equivalents of £29.5 million and the effect of movements in exchange rates on cash held 
of £2.8 million.

⁶ 

⁷ 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements36

FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)

 — The negative working capital movement of £14.8 million is driven mainly by adding back the profit on the sale of the Windrush Court 

facility of £21.4 million offset by an increase in trade payables and contract liabilities due to the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions 
and a decrease in trade and other receivables.

 — Interest paid less interest received increased by £4.1 million due to interest paid on the Oaktree loan.

 — The Group received £0.6 million from an SME R&D tax claim related to the 2020 financial year. 

 — Purchases of property, plant and equipment increased from £9.5 million to £16.3 million, mainly as a result of the purchase of 

manufacturing and laboratory equipment required by Oxford Biomedica Solutions for its activities.

 — The Group acquired an 80% ownership stake in Oxford Biomedica Solutions for £99.2 million net of cash acquired.

 — The Group sold its Windrush Court facility in a sale and leaseback transaction, receiving net proceeds of £60.0 million. 

 — The net proceeds from financing during 2022 was £104.6 million, consisting of £77.0 million equity share placement in two tranches, 
£33.4million in loans received from Oaktree, share option equity issued of £0.2 million and foreign exchange gains on cash held of 
£2.8 million, reduced by lease payments of £4.2 million and loan arrangement fees of £4.6 million in the year. 

 — The result of the above movements is a net increase in cash of £32.4 million from £108.9 million to £141.3 million.

Statement of financial position review
The most notable items on the Statement of financial position, including changes from 31 December 2021, are as follows:

 — Intangible assets increased from £0.1 million to £105.9 million due mainly to £102.9 million of technology assets and £0.6 million of 

goodwill acquired as part of the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions. 

 — Property, plant and equipment has increased by £64.0 million to £133.8 million due to £58.9 million of property plant and equipment 
acquired as part of the transaction to establish Oxford Biomedica Solutions, £29.3 million of capital expenditure incurred, positive 
foreign exchange movements of £4.9 million, offset by depreciation of £20.3 million, change in estimate of £1.3 million and 
£7.5 million as a result of the disposal of the Windrush Court facility.

 — Inventories have increased from £9.5 million to £12.6 million due to inventory balances held by Oxford Biomedica Solutions at year end.

 — Trade and other receivables increased from £44.7 million to £61.6 million due to invoices raised at year end for contracted 

bioprocessing and process development activities.

 — Trade and other payables have increased from £19.1 million at the start of the year to £36.6 million due to the inclusion of the trade 

and other payables of Oxford Biomedica Solutions.

 — Contract liabilities increased from £12.6 million in 2021 to £18.4 million due to invoices raised at the end of 2022 for future process 

development activities. 

 — Deferred Income decreased from £2.7 million in 2021 to £2.0 million due to the release of amounts deferred as part of the Innovate 

UK capex grant funding.

 — Provisions increased by £2.2 million as a result of the recognition of an decreased liability for the costs of restoring existing properties 

to their original state, as well as the recognition of a liability for the costs of restoring the newly leased Windrush Court head office and 
laboratories, and Wallingford warehouse property to its original state at the end of the lease term.

 — Lease liabilities increased by £65.2 million to £74.5 million due to the inclusion of the lease liabilities for Windrush Court, as part of the 

sale and leaseback of the building, the Bedford, Massachusetts, property lease as part of the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions, 
and the new Wallingford warehouse lease.

 — Loans have increased from £nil to £39.8 million as the Group entered into a 4 year US$50 million loan facility with Oaktree in October, 

after repaying US$35 million of the initial one year US$85 million (£64.9 million ) loan entered into in March 2022.

 — Put option liability – the Group has recognised a liability of £38.2 million for the put option to acquire the remaining 20% of  

Oxford Biomedica Solutions that it does not already own.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report37

Financial outlook
The Group is building a quality and innovation-led, high growth, global viral vector leader, operating across all viral vector types. To achieve 
this, the Group is targeting new client relationships for lentiviral vector and AAV while also broadening existing client relationships. Oxford 
Biomedica has a strong, diversified and growing business development pipeline and has seen a strong increase in pipeline opportunities in 
the last quarter, giving the Group confidence in growth prospects. 

In 2023, the Group is targeting double digit growth in lentiviral vector manufacturing and commercial development revenues driven by the 
successful progression, development and expansion of existing client programmes. Further, the Group is expecting to secure multiple new 
agreements across both lentiviral vector and AAV. 

Oxford Biomedica Solutions is targeting double-digit growth in AAV manufacturing and clinical development revenues through services 
provided to existing and new clients. 

Overall, the Group expects total revenues to be marginally lower in 2023 than 2022 due to the cessation of COVID-19 vaccine 
manufacturing which generated in excess of £40 million of revenues in 2022. However, the Group expects to deliver strong double-digit 
growth in both lentiviral vector and AAV related revenues in 2023. 

Cost of goods, which includes material costs and the transfer of bioprocessing manpower and overheads, is expected to be at similar 
levels to 2022, with the impact of marginally lower revenues offset by ongoing inflationary pressures. Bioprocessing and research and 
development costs are expected to increase due to the full year impact of Oxford Biomedica Solutions. Administrative expenditure is 
expected to decrease due to one-off costs related to the Oxford Biomedica Solutions transaction not recurring and successful cost 
containment measures.

Oxford Biomedica Solutions continues to be funded through the Group’s US$50 million (£38.2 million) capital injection into the business 
in March 2022 and is expected to break even on an Operating EBITDA basis during 2025 as previously indicated. As a result of the financial 
consolidation of this initially loss-making part of the Group, the Group expects to deliver an Operating EBITDA loss in 2023. 

With the significant revenue growth targeted in the Group’s viral vector business, the cost base has been right-sized to anticipate future 
growth and the Group maintains a strong balance sheet. Progress is being made on potential external funding for the therapeutics 
portfolio. No costs associated with the therapeutics portfolio are expected to be carried by the Group after 2023.

Capex levels are expected to be similar to those incurred in 2022 with the Group taking a suitably cautious approach to planning 
significant new projects. The Group will continue to invest in new technologies in order to maintain its competitive edge in lentiviral 
vectors, and to continue to build a leading position in AAV. 

Building on its leading position in lentiviral vectors, the Group aims to ultimately have a market leading position in the viral vector 
outsourced supply market across all key vector types, with long term revenue growth rates exceeding the broader market. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements38

FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)

Going concern
The financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are described in the strategic report and notes to these financial 
statements.

The Group made a loss for the year ended 31 December 2022 of £45.2 million and consumed net cash flows from operating activities for 
the year of £12.6 million. The Group also:

 — raised £77.0 million (net of £3 million of share issue cost) in cash from an equity fundraise in January and March 2022; 

 — entered into a one year US$85 million (£63 million) loan facility with Oaktree as part of the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions 
in March 2022 which was then converted into a four-year term loan facility together with repayment of US$35 million of the initial 
principal amount in October 2022; 

 — during November 2022, sold its Windrush Court facility in a sale and leaseback transaction for £60 million to Kadans, whilst also 

agreeing an occupational lease of the property for 15 years; and

 — ended the year with cash and cash equivalents of £141.3 million. 

In considering the basis of preparation of the Annual report and accounts, the Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts for a period 
of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements, based in the first instance on the Group’s 2023 annual 
budget and forecasts for 2024. The Directors have undertaken a rigorous assessment of this base case forecast and have also assessed 
the potential impact from the principal risks and uncertainties outlined in the strategic report of the Group’s Annual report and accounts, 
taking into consideration the magnitude and likelihood of these risks and uncertainties occurring to prepare a downside scenario with 
associated mitigated actions. 

The cash flow forecast prepared for the severe but plausible downside scenario with mitigating actions assumes the following:

 — Commercial challenges leading to a substantial manufacturing and development revenue downside affecting both the LentiVector® 

platform and AAV businesses;

 — Significant decreases in forecasted existing client milestone and royalty revenues;

 — The product development spin out strategy taking longer, or ultimately being unsuccessful; and

 — The potential impacts of the current ongoing war in Ukraine on the Group and its clients including expected revenues from existing 

clients under long term contracts.

Under both the base case and mitigated downside scenario, the Group and parent company has sufficient cash resources to continue in 
operation for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements.

In the event of the downside scenarios crystallising, the Group would continue to meet its existing loan covenants until June 2024 
without taking any mitigating actions, but the Board has mitigating actions in place that are entirely within its control that would enable 
the Group to reduce its spend within a reasonably short time-frame to increase its cash covenant headroom as required by the loan 
facility with Oaktree Capital Management. The Board has confidence in the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for the 
following reasons:

 — The Group has cash balances of £141.3 million at the end of December 2022 and £139.1 million at the end of March 2023;

 — Approximately two thirds of 2023 forecasted revenues are covered by binding purchase orders which give certainty to revenues over 

the next 12 months;

 — The Group’s history of being able to access capital markets including raising £77 million of equity during 2022;

 — The Group’s history of being able to obtain loan financing when required for purposes of both capital expenditure and operational 

purposes, as recently evidenced by the US$85 million one-year facility and US$50 million replacement four-year facility obtained with 
Oaktree;

 — The Group’s ability to continue to be successful in winning new clients and building its brand as demonstrated by successfully entering 
into new and expanding existing Client agreements with AstraZeneca, Juno Therapeutics (a wholly owned subsidiary of Bristol Myers 
Squibb Company), Homology Medicines and multiple other new partners over the last twelve months.

Taking account of the matters described above, the Directors are confident that the Group and parent company will have sufficient 
funds to continue to meet their liabilities as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements and 
therefore have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.

Stuart Paynter
Chief Financial Officer

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportOBJECTIVES SET FOR 2023

The Group’s corporate objectives are set out in the table 
below. In addition to these Corporate objectives, the Group 
sets annual ESG objectives, which involve every part of the 
business. Details of the ESG Objectives for 2023 are set out 
in the five pillars for responsible business on pages 40 to 63. 

Objective

Headlines

Growth

Achieve the 2023 budget. 
—  Hit revenue, EBITDA and cash balance targets as set out in the Group’s 2023 budget.

Order Book / Backlog. 
— Acquire new clients. 
—  Expand partner relationships with new projects.

Productivity. 
—  Focus on efficiency and value-adding tasks to increase output and improve margin.

Client Satisfaction. 
—  Focus on delivering solutions to clients. 
—  Bringing great teams and innovative technologies to bear on client problems.

Proposition. 
—  Increase the Group’s service catalogue to better meet needs of existing clients. 
—  Raise awareness in market and communicate value proposition to target segments.

Innovation

People

Corporate

Technology and Platform.
—  Directly connect research and development activity with client challenges, and market needs  

across all vector types: safety, quality, capacity, yield, transgene expression and COGs.

Collaboration.
—  Share knowledge across functions and sites to invent, innovate and commercialise Oxford Biomedica’s  

science where it accelerates solutions for clients or advances the Group’s technology platforms.

People.
—  Connect people to the Group’s purpose. 
—  Provide a clear vision and strategy in pursuit of it.
—  Every employee must become an advocate and promoter for Oxford Biomedica’s business.

Development.
—  Give every employee the opportunity to develop and make their greatest contribution.

Retention.
—  Retain the Group’s highest performers and core capability to deliver to clients.

39

Weighting

40%

20%

20%

Establish TherapyCo. 
—  Unleash the value of the Oxford Biomedica product programmes.
—  Create an in vivo CAR-T, and potentially liver, therapeutics business funded and operated independently, 

in which Oxford Biomedica will be a strategic shareholder.

20%

Brexit Preparedness.
—  Mitigate risk of Brexit in Oxford Biomedica’s abilities to continue to serve clients without interruption.

Investors.
—  Strengthen relationship with US and other high-quality institutional shareholders in confirmation of the Group’s 

strategic shift to a 100% CDMO business.

Environment.
—  Make material progress on Oxford Biomedica’s long-range commitments.

Note: The Remuneration Committee has overriding discretion over the assessment of the achievement of the above objectives and can determine the extent to which 
each is met, partially met or exceeded. The Remuneration Committee will also take into consideration the circumstances in which the objectives were achieved, 
for example, the market conditions or if achieved on time and to budget.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
40

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG)

SUSTAINABILITY
REPORT

The Group’s ESG mission is to deliver 
life changing therapies to patients in an 
ethical and socially responsible way.

Five pillars 
of Responsible 
Business

Oxford Biomedica’s ESG mission
Oxford Biomedica’s ESG mission is to deliver life-changing 
gene therapies to patients in an ethical and socially responsible 
way. This mission has become firmly embedded, both in terms 
of the areas of focus of the business, but also how the Group 
does business. 

During 2022, Oxford Biomedica continued to focus on ways 
to increase sustainability initiatives across the Group, and 
continued to build momentum in its mission-led approach 
to incorporate sustainable practices in regular, day-to-day 
business activities.

The Group’s commitment to responsible business practices 
were recognised with inclusion in the FTSE4Good index 
in June 2022. Created by the global index provider FTSE 
Russell, the FTSE4Good Index Series is designed to measure 
the performance of companies demonstrating strong ESG 
practices. The FTSE4Good indices are used by a wide variety 
of market participants to create and assess responsible 
investment funds and other products.

People 

Innovation 

Community 

Supply Chain

Environment

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Strategic Report

 
4141

Values
Oxford Biomedica’s three values govern the way that the Group 
does business, how the Group works together and the interactions 
the Group has with all its stakeholders.

Oxford Biomedica’s values and the associated behaviours are 
embedded throughout its people processes, including recruitment 
practices, seeking evidence that job candidates share the Group’s 
values upon appointment. The values are an important feature in 
the Group’s reward principles, whilst its performance management 
processes ensure values behaviours are measured so they are 
appropriately recognised and rewarded.

Each year the Group celebrates employees who consistently 
demonstrate the Company values via its annual ‘Living our Values 
Awards’ ceremony. Employees have the opportunity to nominate 
colleagues who have achieved great things by living the Company 
values for individual and team awards.

Oxford Biomedica’s ESG Committee
The Group’s ESG Committee is responsible for the governance 
and oversight of the ESG commitments. The ESG Committee 
had previously been led by the CEO who chaired the committee 
meetings and reported to the Board. Following John Dawson’s 
decision to step down as CEO in January 2022, Nick Page – in his 
capacity as Chief Operations Officer – assumed the role of Chair 
of the ESG Committee. Following the Group’s newly appointed 
CEO, Dr. Frank Mathias, joining the Board in March 2023,  
the ESG Committee will continue to be chaired by Mr Page, with  
Dr. Mathias in regular attendance.

The ESG Committee is responsible for tracking progress against 
the objectives and providing regular progress reports to the Senior 
Executive Team every quarter. Progress updates are also shared in 
all-company meetings, and to the Board.

Deliver innovation

We deliver ground-breaking scientific 
excellence by nurturing exceptional 
talent. Together, we continually 
improve by generating new ideas and 
creative ways of working to bring about 
better solutions for patients.

Be inspiring
We succeed together through our 
passion, commitment and teamwork. 
Through our actions and behaviours, 
we create an environment which 
positively challenges, engages and 
excites us.

Have integrity
We always do the right thing. Whatever 
the situation and consequences, 
we do what’s right for employees, 
patients and clients. We make objective 
decisions and can be trusted to deliver 
on our commitments.

Our 
Values

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Strategic Report

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements42

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG)

ANALYSIS OF MATERIAL  
ESG ISSUES

The Group conducted an analysis to identify and prioritise ESG-related 
issues that are most critical to the organisation, as described in the 
diagram below. This analysis was used to create the five pillars for the 
Group’s ESG strategy.

t
n
a
v
e
l
e
r

t
s
o
M

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
s
o
t
e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

ESG materiality matrix

19

18

20

1

3

17

11

12

13

6

2

5

8

4

7

9

10

14

15

16

Assessed impact on Oxford Biomedica’s business

Most impact

People
5  Employee safety and wellbeing
8  Talent attraction and retention
15  Anti-bribery and corruption
19  Brexit

Community
3 

 Outreach, engagement and  
early talent development

14   Human rights and labour  

standards

20   Transparent reporting and  

communications

Responsible Innovation
1 

 Intellectual property, product 
and technological innovation

2  Product safety
4  Privacy and data security
6  Regulatory compliance
7  Business continuity
13  Ethical supplier standards
16  Animal testing 
17  Ethics
18  Clinical trial conduct

Environment
9  Waste and recycling
10  Water use and water effluent
11  Energy use and climate change
12  Single use plastics

ESG ratings

Our commitment to responsible 
business practices has been 
recognised with Prime status  
(as of 25 June 2021). 

ISS is one of the world’s leading rating 
agencies for sustainable investments. 
Prime status is awarded to companies 
with an ESG performance above 
the sector-specific Prime threshold, 
which means that they fulfil ambitious 
absolute performance requirements.

The Company has been included in 
the FTSE4Good index since 2022. The 
FTSE4Good Index Series is designed to 
measure the performance of companies 
demonstrating strong Environmental, 
Social and Governance (ESG) practices. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report 
 
 
OUR PEOPLE

2022 HIGHLIGHTS

2022 ESG People objectives – 
what we achieved:

Deliver on year one actions from the 
three-year Equality, Diversity and 
Inclusion (“ED&I”) plan 

Continue employee engagement 
activity and expand to cover new 
topics

 90%

 90%

Introduce further wellbeing initiatives 
to ensure the Group is offering 
something for everyone

 100%

2023 FOCUS

2023 ESG People objectives:

Raise awareness, commitment and involvement with 
Oxford Biomedica’s ED&I plan throughout the business and 
deliver Year 2 actions (data, policies, awareness, Employee 
Resource Groups).

Implement and track 2023 ‘Your Voice’ Group-wide and 
functional action plans, and continue to connect people to 
Oxford Biomedica’s purpose and patients.

Continue to build on early careers activity with engagement 
with universities and schools and develop an inclusive work 
experience programme.

43

Health and safety
Being able to deliver the Group’s products and services both in a 
safe and sustainable manner is the number one priority. Through 
the systematic evaluation of all activities, the Group ensures that 
significant risks are identified and controlled to minimise the risk to 
employees and anyone else who may be affected by the Group’s 
acts or omissions. The Group endeavours to maintain its facilities 
and equipment to the highest standards. 

The Group has continued to develop its Health and Safety 
Management System in 2022. The system, which includes incident 
reporting and management, action tracking, risk assessment 
and the Group’s Health and Safety Policies and Procedures has 
experienced an evolution in the way metrics are tracked and 
communicated. The most notable improvements to the metrics are 
linked to the incident investigations completion and risk assessment 
review and read completion monitoring. The introduction of 
Heath and Safety for Managers Training has added an improved 
competency for the majority of senior leadership in all aspects of 
the safety management system in 2022. The Group’s emphasis 
on strong governance training will continue into 2023. The Group 
continues to focus on the output of the Safety Climate Survey, 
engaging with staff and their Safety Representatives to identify 
improvements revolving around eight factors that contribute to a 
positive safety culture. The eight factors are:

 — Accident and near miss reporting; 

 — Organisational commitment; 

 — Health and Safety oriented behaviours; 

 — Health and Safety trust; 

 — Usability of procedures;

 — Engagement in Health and Safety; 

 — Peer group attitude; and

 — Resources for Health and Safety. 

The Group’s revision of its management of fire evacuations has 
been fully rolled out to all UK-based sites, introducing electronic 
roll call and training 40+ managers to support new command and 
control structure. The Group’s Health Surveillance programme 
and systems have been improved, with the result that the Group 
can now provide better metrics to managers and a more targeted, 
rather than a blanket, approach. 

The Group has improved its permit to work system by prescribing a 
more risk-based approach to the control of tasks, in line with HSE 
Guidance. A greater amount of training has been integrated for the 
demands of competency required to authorise diverse types of 
activity.

The attitude and behaviour of the Senior Executive Team (SET) 
is critical to Oxford Biomedica’s safety culture. The SET has 
helped to promote positive approaches to health and safety by 
leading by example, communicating effectively and engaging 
with staff, encouraging a learning culture, promoting a “just, 
no-blame culture”, and tracking and monitoring progress to fight 
complacency. The Group has continued to promote this through 
2022 with SET visits around the sites at Oxford Biomedica.

The Group continues to have a first-class safety record and has 
continued the trend of having no major injuries. Health and Safety 
is a standing item on the Board’s agenda, and there is a quarterly 
Safety Committee chaired by a member of the SET. The Group is 
committed to meet both the letter and spirit of all Health and Safety 
regulation and best practice.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements44

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG)

Engagement
Employee voice is a key part of how the Group engages with its 
people and talent across the business. In April 2022, the Group 
thanked its first Workforce Engagement Panel (WEP) and elected 
16 new representatives from across the business. The newly 
elected panel are passionate about raising topics that are important 
to employees from across the business and act as a conduit 
between employees and SET / the Board. 

The new WEP met nine times in 2022, with two meetings attended 
by the WEP Board designated representative, Stuart Henderson. 
Following feedback from the first annual all employee engagement 
survey ‘Your Voice’, the SET committed to improving the frequency 
of communication with employees and have established a regular 
fortnightly SET Q&A briefing. These sessions provide SET with 
a platform to share business updates and is an open forum for 
employees to ask any questions they would like. To date these 
have been well received. 

In September 2022, the Group announced the Board’s updated 
strategy and direction as an innovation-led CDMO business, with 
plans to seek external funding for its gene therapeutics pipeline. 
To provide an opportunity to consult and communicate with 
employees during this time of organisational change, the WEP 
conducted more regular ad-hoc meetings and shared thoughts 
and feedback from employees across the business. This has been 
well received, ensuring employees have a voice throughout this 
process. 

Towards the end of 2022, the Group launched its annual all-
employee engagement survey ‘Your Voice’ to provide a further 
opportunity for employees to share their views. The survey 
was also launched to colleagues in Boston, providing a wider 
range of employee feedback on which to take action in 2023. 

Alongside efforts to seek employee feedback, the Group has 
continued to provide recognition opportunities for employees, 
through the annual values and long service awards. In 2023, 
the Group will strengthen its informal recognition offering by 
introducing a new process designed to provide employees 
and managers with a more regular opportunity to reward and 
recognise the valuable contributions of their colleagues. 

Aside from the WEP and ‘Your Voice’ engagement surveys, in July 
2022, the Group launched a stay interview initiative, designed to 
provide a more regular opportunity to seek employees’ feedback 
and identify the reasons that they choose to remain with the 
organisation. Employees across a wide population were selected 
at random to discuss their thoughts and ideas on their experience 
working with the Group. This increased the volume of feedback 
obtained from the business and also provided an opportunity for 
employees to engage with members of the HR team on a regular 
basis. Although still in the early stages, the insights gained from 
this have already provided a further resource for the Group in 
understanding areas which are operating well, as well as areas 
where improvements can be made. Coupled with feedback 
from the ‘Your Voice’ engagement survey in late 2022, the Group 
expects to have a diverse range of data from which to draw upon 
for any relevant changes in 2023.

The Group has launched a stay interview 
initiative, designed to provide a more 
regular opportunity to seek employees’ 
feedback and identify the reasons that 
they choose to remain with the organisation.

The Group has continued 
to provide recognition 
opportunities for 
employees, through the 
annual values and long 
service awards.

x9

The WEP met nine times in 2022,  
with two meetings attended by the 
WEP Board designated representative, 
Stuart Henderson.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report45

Throughout 2023, the Group 
will implement and embed 
a set of inclusive people 
policies that embrace diversity  
and aim to create a sense of 
belonging in the workplace, 
including a menopause 
policy and transgender 
equality policy.

Employees by gender 
Work in progress

Board including Non-Executive Directors
Male
Female

Senior managers and direct reports
Male
Female

All other employees
Male
Female

Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (ED&I)
Throughout 2022, the Group has continued its commitment to 
building a more inclusive organisation where all forms of diversity 
are celebrated. In 2022, the Group focused on the year one 
objectives of the three-year ED&I plan. This was created from the 
recommendation report following diagnostic work undertaken in 
2021 which involved data gathering and analysis, policy review and 
enhancement, opportunities to celebrate diversity, and education 
and awareness raising.

During the year, the Group formed an ED&I Working Group, a 
group of volunteers who make sure that the Group applies equality 
and diversity principles within the Scope of the ED&I project plan. 
Ensuring that everyone, no matter their background or who they 
are, are seen, heard and supported. Oxford Biomedica volunteers 
actively promote and aspire to advance the culture of inclusion 
through intentional, positive and conscious efforts that benefit 
people and Oxford Biomedica as a whole. 

In addition, the Group worked with HR data specialists and ED&I 
advisers to establish the ED&I data it will collect and report on to 
monitor or progress. The Group has defined its data statement and 
continues to seek advice from counsel around good practice in 
gathering and storing data in line with applicable laws and regulation. 

The Group has researched and created a set of inclusive people 
policies that embrace diversity and aim to create a sense of 
belonging in the workplace. Throughout 2023, the Group 
will implement and embed the policies designed, including a 
menopause policy and transgender equality policy. 

The Group also aims to build engagement and increase activities 
through the introduction of Employee Resource Groups and 
celebratory and learning events to deepen understanding and build 
psychological safety on a range of ED&I themes.

Male

Female

Total

% Male % Female

Board including  
Non-Executive Directors
Senior managers and 
direct reports
All other employees
Total

6

32
381
419

4

10

60%

40%

25
455
484

57
836 
903

56%
46%
46%

44%
54%
54%

Group headcount as at 31 December 2022.

Gender Pay Gap
The Gender Pay Gap report was submitted to the UK Government 
Equalities Office in the first quarter of 2023 and a copy of the report 
can be found on the Company’s website (www.oxb.com). Following 
three consecutive years of decrease in pay gap (2022: 17.65%; 
2021: 11.5%; 2020: 18.0%; 2019: 21.7%), in 2022, the gender pay gap 
increased. The Group’s management is confident that the gender 
pay gap does not stem from paying men and women differently 
for the same or equivalent work but is likely to be the result of the 
dispersal of genders across roles within the Group and the salaries 
that these roles attract, particularly at the executive level.

The increase in pay gap from 2021 is primarily a result of a larger 
proportion of newly recruited female employees into lower graded 
professional, technical and operations roles. Whilst it is encouraging 
that more females are being recruited into more traditionally 
male dominated roles, this has impacted the average hourly pay 
for women in the Group. In addition, the senior executive level of 
the Group and higher paid roles, continues to be predominantly 
populated by men, and the number of men at this level has 
increased in 2022 to 8, compared to 2 females (2021: 6:2). This has 
drawn the overall average hourly pay of males upward, increasing 
the overall gender pay gap.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
46

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG)

There has also been a small increase in the mean gender bonus 
gap, to 47.89% (2021: 44.9%), where there had initially been an 
improvement following the launch of a company wide bonus 
scheme, where all employees are now eligible, (subject to service 
criteria). The gap is in part caused by the basis for calculating actual 
salaries, which does not consider part-time workers, where 85% 
of part-time employees within the Group are women. This is in 
addition to the overall composition of men and women at the 
senior executive level, where these roles attract a higher bonus.

The Group is committed to addressing its gender pay gap through 
the continued focus on ED&I, an ongoing review of the Group’s 
reward principles and their application, and by providing continued 
development opportunities to help all employees achieve their 
full potential including the Group’s successful Management 
Development and Mentoring programmes. In 2023, the Group 
will further review its career development policies and practices to 
ensure transparency and inclusivity. 

As part of the ED&I action plan, the Group plans to implement 
several new policies to support women in the workplace, including 
the introduction of a Menopause Policy and review of its parental 
policies. The Group intends to set up Employee Resource Groups 
to champion and support Diversity and Inclusion across the 
business and is considering one such group to focus on supporting 
and empowering women, with an emphasis on encouraging 
women in leadership.

Health and Wellbeing
The health and wellbeing of all employees is of the utmost 
importance. The Group’s aim is to help employees feel good 
at work and at home by fostering a positive health culture. 
Empowering colleagues to take personal accountability for their 
physical, emotional, mental and financial wellbeing is important and 
the Group supports colleagues by providing access to a number of 
benefits, wellbeing resources and initiatives throughout the year.

In 2022, the Group’s wellbeing strategy continued to focus on 
mental wellbeing, as well as offering support in other areas such as 
financial and physical wellbeing. Regular updates and information 
have been provided to employees on a range of topics, with 
options for attending webinars, listening to podcast recordings and 
making use of specific resources all available. 

During the period under review, the Group continued to monitor 
the local situation with regard to COVID-19 and made COVID-19 
tests available for those who felt unwell at work. Regular updates 
were also issued to employees as the Group recognises its ongoing 
responsibility to the health, safety and wellbeing of all employees. The 
Group continued its roll out of its new ‘ways of working’ policy by 
moving to a more hybrid working approach, enabling teams to take 
advantage of the opportunity to work from home where possible but 
prioritising in person interactions to support business needs. 

Early in 2022, the Group promoted Wellbeing at Work by inviting 
its benefits providers to deliver presentations and briefing sessions 
to employees. This enabled employees to make informed 
decisions about how their benefits package could best support 
them and their families, as well as helping employees to find 
out more information on the wide range of benefits on offer at 
Oxford Biomedica. Following this, a stress awareness webinar was 
delivered by an external speaker, focusing on tools and techniques 
to manage stress. 

Later in 2022, the Group recognised Mental Health Awareness 
Week, with the national theme for the year being loneliness. 
Employees were encouraged to consider how they could support 
one another during times of loneliness and the importance of 
reaching out and connecting with colleagues. Focus was also given 
over the summer months to sun awareness, advising employees of 
how to stay safe in the sun. 

The Group’s wellbeing strategy has 
continued to focus on mental wellbeing, 
as well as offering support in other areas 
such as financial and physical wellbeing.

The Group promoted 
Wellbeing at Work by 
inviting its benefits providers 
to deliver presentations 
and briefing sessions to 
employees. This enabled 
employees to make 
informed decisions about 
how their benefits package 
could best support them 
and their families.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report47

£1,200

Approximately 63% of the workforce 
received a £1,200 cost of living payment, 
paid in two instalments of £600.

203

A total of 203 managers have completed 
the Group’s Management Development 
Programme (MDP) with MDP alumni given 
the opportunity to attend a Growth 
Mindset Workshop.

During the latter half of 2022, specific emphasis has been placed 
on financial wellbeing given the difficult economic climate. The 
Group partnered with its pension provider, Hargreaves Lansdown, 
to deliver a series of webinars on budget and debt management, 
supporting employees to better understand how they can manage 
their money. This was coupled with the promotion of BUPA’s 
Silvercloud mental wellbeing platform programme, ‘Space from 
Money Worries’, which is a modular programme delivered over 
9 weeks, designed to help employees understand the relationship 
between money and their mental health. As a further commitment 
to the Group’s support of its employees and in recognition of the 
difficult economic conditions, approximately 63% of the workforce 
received a £1,200 cost of living payment, paid in two instalments 
of £600 in December 2022 and February 2023. 

In 2023, the Group will look to further expand its wellbeing offering, 
with consideration being given to introducing a wellbeing programme 
designed to cover a wide range of topics throughout the year.

Learning and development 
Considerable progress was made in terms of learning and 
development at Oxford Biomedica during 2022. The Group 
sustained momentum around its existing learning offerings whilst 
introducing a number of new initiatives. The key objective of these 
changes was to make meaningful and impactful development 
opportunities accessible to employees. 

To date, a total of 203 managers have completed the Group’s 
Management Development Programme (MDP) with MDP alumni 
given the opportunity to attend a Growth Mindset Workshop. 
Additionally, the Group introduced a new training programme for 
managers, called “Manager Toolkit,” designed to provide managers 
with the knowledge to handle practical day to day people-related 
actions. Through this programme, the Group provided training 
to over 100 managers, and intends to offer this training to the rest 
of its managers in 2023. 

To make learning accessible to employees, the Group partnered 
with a digital learning platform which offers a range of courses now 
including Compliance, Quality, Bioprocesses and Management. 
Feedback from users was positive and the Group intends to make 
the platform available for the rest of the employees.

In 2022, the Group strengthened its Early Careers Programme in a 
number of ways. The three pillars of the Early Careers Programme are:

a) build a quality future talent pipeline for Oxford Biomedica; 

b) differentiate the Oxford Biomedica brand; and

c)  give back to the community by designing engagement with 

schools/universities, which will inspire students and enable them 
to make informed career choices.

The key initiatives undertaken during 2022 were: 

 — A 2-day work experience opportunity was designed and 

deployed for the children of employees in secondary education; 

 — Partner schools were identified and an impactful engagement 

plan is being created; and

 — Engagement with the apprentices, their managers, and training 

providers were strengthened.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements48

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG)

COMMUNITY

2022 HIGHLIGHTS

2022 ESG Community objectives – 
what we achieved:

Continue to fundraise for chosen 
Group charities – Oxfordshire Mind 
and Homeless Oxfordshire

 100%

Launch the community volunteering 
policy

 100%

Continue to build local educational  
establishment/early careers links

 100%

2023 FOCUS

2023 ESG Community objectives:

Continue to fundraise for chosen Group charities

Build on the Group volunteering policy launched in 2022 
to increase employee involvement in local community 
volunteering

Continue to build local educational establishment/early 
career links

The Group continues to build and strengthen its involvement 
in the local community, recognising the value of being a good 
local citizen and delivering positive benefits to the community. 
Throughout the year, the Group continued to develop its 
apprenticeship scheme, supporting science education and offering 
an alternative route to the traditional university pathway. The Group 
behaves as a responsible neighbour, complying with national and 
local laws and regulations, particularly with regard to emissions, 
waste, property planning, and the traffic impact caused by 
employees. To help minimise the traffic impact on the community, 
the Group has continued to provide a range of transport initiatives 
including a well-established cycle to work scheme and bike 
shelters, whilst the Group’s Flexible Working Policy has reduced 
the number of journeys to and from work by giving employees the 
option to work from home.

Apprenticeship scheme
As part of the Group’s focus on delivering local benefits and 
providing high skilled jobs to the local community, the Group has 
an apprenticeship scheme in collaboration with the Advanced 
Therapies Apprenticeship Community and multiple training 
providers. In 2022, the Group added an additional five apprentices 
with 37 apprenticeships running throughout the year. The 
apprentices include school leavers from the local community who 
are enrolled on a training scheme in the highly skilled areas of 
Manufacturing and Analytical testing. The Group is committed to 
supporting the apprentices through in-post learning, training, and 
expanding the scheme in the future.

In recognition of the Group’s early career flagship programme, 
providing university accredited qualifications, industry experience, 
and a salary to apprentices, the Group was awarded “Apprenticeship 
Employer of the Year 2022” in the Oxfordshire Apprenticeship Awards.

Charitable giving
Fundraising efforts for the Group’s nominated charities, 
Oxfordshire Mind (Registered Charity No. 261476) and Homeless 
Oxfordshire (Registered Charity No. 297806), selected through an 
employee vote, continued during the year. As part of the Group’s 
commitment to provide support to these local charities, a group of 
employee volunteers, known as the Helping Hands team, organised 
a series of fundraising events including, a summer concert, a raffle, 
a bake sale, and a football tournament. In 2022, a total of £7,063 
was raised for nominated charities, and the Group donated £1,000 
to two local primary schools. 

In 2022, the Group continued to run ‘payroll giving’, providing 
employees with the opportunity to support UK-registered charities 
in a tax-efficient manner through monthly payroll contributions.

Volunteering
The Group has furthered its efforts to encourage employees to get 
involved in community work and make a difference in their local 
communities. The introduction of a community volunteering activity 
scheme allows employees to request up to seven hours of paid time 
off for volunteering each year. Throughout the year, 20 volunteering 
days were taken, with employees volunteering in several areas, 
including local litter picking, Earth’s Trust land management, and the 
Royal British Legion Poppy Appeal. The Group regards community 
projects as a great way to meet people, develop new friendships, 
and most importantly improve employee wellbeing.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportINNOVATION 

2022 HIGHLIGHTS

2022 ESG Innovation objectives – 
what we achieved:

Promote science and increase 
knowledge sharing through increased 
public engagement

 100%

Deliver greater economy by 
maximising productivity at scale and 
reducing environmental impact 

Continue to build strong academic  
collaborations through support for 
the ABViP programme 

 100%

 100%

2023 FOCUS

2023 ESG Innovation objectives:

Increase public engagement through participation in 
school and university outreach programmes and continued 
support for the ABViP programme

Innovation in scaled down and digitised platforms to 
intensify R&D activities while minimising resource utilisation

Continue to deliver on maximising productivity at scale and 
reducing environmental impact

49

The Group is committed to delivering life-changing cell and gene 
therapies to patients in an ethical and responsible way. This will be 
achieved by practicing and delivering ethical, relevant and sustainable 
innovation. The Innovation pillar has three key strategic aims:

 — To ensure all research and innovation by the Group maintains 

the highest ethical standards;

 — To deliver innovation that is relevant and understandable so its 

implications can be easily assessed; and

 — To foster and encourage a culture of innovation to build 

a sustainable future for the Group and the wider community. 

Commitment to ensuring all research and innovation 
at the Group maintains the highest ethical standards
The Group’s commitment to achieving the highest ethical 
standards has historically been embedded in all research and 
development activities and has continued to shape the Group’s 
platform innovation in 2022. This objective underpins the Group’s 
overall ESG mission to deliver life-changing gene therapies to 
patients in an ethical and socially responsible way.

In 2022, an ethical review process for the New Technology 
and New Product Committees was implemented, building on 
the former ethical review process for research and innovation 
activities, and representing a formalised inclusion of ethical review 
considerations. In 2022, an additional focus of the New Technology 
Committee was on identifying and prioritising innovation around 
process intensification to produce therapeutic viral vectors in 
sufficient quantities to meet clinical and commercial demands 
in a more economical and environmentally sustainable way. 

Innovation tools to support delivering greater economy
In 2020, the Group developed three new tools for innovation to 
aid the innovation process. During the course of 2022, the Group 
continued to implement these tools:

 — A technology roadmap designed to ensure the smooth and 

timely progression of new technologies to commercialisation is 
now in place and has been applied to six development projects; 

 — A new technology profile to document the key stages and 

decision points of the technology development process; and

 — A decision matrix scoring which will evaluate promising 

technologies and to officially transition them to governance 
by the New Technology Committee.

These tools have been used to prioritise and expedite the process 
of commercialising new programmes and technologies and allow 
the Group to track the development process with greater clarity and 
granularity. This has resulted in the formation of coordinated cross 
functional project teams focused on the delivery of technologies 
from research and development to commercial application.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements50

Promoting science and increase knowledge sharing 
through increased public engagement
In 2022, the Group continued to work with In2Science who help 
children from disadvantaged backgrounds enter STEM subjects 
in higher education. The group sponsored five students during 
the year with Oxford Biomedica employees also participating 
in mentoring sessions to offer insights and guidance on pursuing 
a career in STEM industries.

Continued strong academic collaborations and support 
of studentship programmes 
The Group continues to work to promote science and build strong 
academic collaborations. The Group continued to support PhD/
DPhil studentships through Advanced Bioscience of Viral Products 
(ABViP). This multidisciplinary training programme will help foster 
the next generation of bioscience leaders and advance research 
in the area of viral vectors for future gene therapies and vaccines. 
The programme is led by Oxford Biomedica and involves both UCL 
and University of Oxford as academic institutions. ABViP will train 
a cohort of 24 PhD/DPhil students over the course of 2022, 2023 
and 2024, with 7 students enrolled onto the programme in 2022.

The Group intends to continue to support outreach programmes 
such as In2Science, to promote STEM careers as a viable route for 
school children from demographics that have a low representation 
in higher education, particularly in STEM subjects. The Group is also 
committed to ensuring the BBSRC CTP programme is a success 
and fully engage with academic partners and the research council 
to ensure the best support is provided for the next generation of 
research leaders coming through the programme.

An additional focus of the New 
Technology Committee was on 
identifying and prioritising innovation 
around process intensification to 
produce therapeutic viral vectors in 
sufficient quantities to meet clinical 
and commercial demands in a more 
economical and environmentally 
sustainable way.

The Group’s commitment to 
achieving the highest ethical 
standards has historically 
been embedded in all 
research and development 
activities and has continued 
to shape the Group’s 
platform innovation in 2022.

24

ABViP will train a cohort of 24 PhD/DPhil 
students over the course of 2022, 2023 
and 2024, with 7 students enrolled onto 
the programme in 2022.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report51

The Group is fully committed to responsible supply chain 
management, and work continued to progress throughout 2022 
to build a supply chain that aligns with the Group’s commitment 
to sustainability whilst delivering commercial benefit. A supplier 
code of conduct has been rolled out and published on the 
Group’s website, detailing the Group’s overall approach to supplier 
engagement and the standards it expects its suppliers to adopt. 

The Group’s supplier code of conduct follows a continuous 
improvement approach that advances supplier performance 
over time, and includes the Group’s conduct commitments and 
its expectations of suppliers in relation to bribery and corruption, 
animal welfare, child labour, data privacy and protection. Also 
included in the supplier code of conduct is information pertaining 
to health and safety practices, governance and management 
systems, human rights matters, environmental practices and related 
management systems. The Group’s robust processes and controls 
ensure that all elements of the its supply chain are managed 
responsibly. 

Full details of the Group’s ESG pillars, including the supplier code 
of conduct, can be found on our ESG website at www.oxb.com.

SUPPLY CHAIN

2022 HIGHLIGHTS

2022 ESG Supply Chain objectives – 
what we achieved:

To incorporate the new supplier code  
of conduct for suppliers into all new  
contractual supply relationships 

 100%

To publish the new code of conduct 
on the Group’s website including the 
Group’s supply chain requirements

 100%

2023 FOCUS

2023 ESG Supply Chain objectives:

To hold quarterly face-to-face meetings with key suppliers 
to review their compliance with the supplier code of conduct. 

To develop and issue a supplier code of conduct 
questionnaire for all GMP suppliers to assess their 
compliance with the supplier code of conduct

The Group’s supplier code  
of conduct follows a 
continuous improvement 
approach that advances 
supplier performance 
over time.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
52

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG)

ENVIRONMENTAL

2022 HIGHLIGHTS

2022 ESG Environment objectives – 
what we achieved:

Aim to reduce the volume of paper 
used and offset paper usage by 
planting trees (become “paper 
neutral”) 

Increase recycling by 5% 

Develop net zero plan for CO₂ by 
2040 and meet the Group’s TCFD 
metrics

Gain affiliation to an external 
agency e.g. SBTI, “My Green Lab” 
to assist with the Group’s 10+ year 
sustainability plan

 100%

 100%

 50%

 50%

2023 FOCUS

2023 ESG Environment objectives:

Develop net zero plan for CO₂ by 2040 and meet the 
Group’s TCFD metrics

Baseline the Group’s extended value change Scope 3 
emissions 

Inclusion of Oxford Biomedica Solutions within Scope 1, 2 
and 3 monitoring and appointment of representatives from 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions to the ESG Committee

Environmental policies and initiatives 
The Group fully recognises its responsibility to minimise the impact 
of its activities on the global environment, its neighbours and the 
local community. The Group’s Environmental Management System 
(EMS) has continued to evolve and grow with the organisation. The 
Group has undertaken a targeted internal environmental review 
against environmental performance data to enable more effective 
performance monitoring. The Group has worked with interested 
parties including utility providers, waste operators and suppliers in 
order to provide more transparent data for collection. The Group 
complies with all environmental regulations, including those relating to 
environmental permits and consents, waste disposal and discharges.

The Group continues to work towards reducing its carbon footprint 
(see pages 53 to 55 for further information as regards the Group’s 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) activities). As 
part of the Group’s 2022 Environmental pillar initiatives, the Group 
has focused on waste stream efficiency by engaging with waste 
operators through audit and employees through awareness events 
and internal promotion. The result has been a proportional increase 
in recycling of 6%, mainly due to lab-based recycling, and a more 
streamlined collection service across all waste streams. The Group 
endeavours to perform at the top of the waste hierarchy where 
possible and has created an internal spare equipment page to 
promote reuse of redundant equipment across lab-based groups. 
Following the Group’s success in paper reduction in 2021, 2022 
has seen increased incentives to reduce usage even further with 
the purchase of tablets for lab settings and the introduction of tree 
planting to offset the amount of paper consumed and processing 
emissions created by the Group’s annual consumption. The 
Group has started pre-planning for phase 2 of the construction 
for its Oxbox site and has started to engage in the first stages 
of Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment 
Method (BREEAM) certification in order to work to the highest 
environmental standards during construction, with the goal for 
Oxbox to become resource-efficient, post construction.

The Group has engaged with expert advisors to create science-
based alignment in the upcoming net zero plan for CO2 emissions 
by 2040. In 2022, energy audits were carried out at all UK 
sites in order to understand Scope 1 and 2 demand and gain 
recommendations for reduction measures. Alongside this work, 
Scope 3 baselining was undertaken during 2022 in order to gain a 
full appreciation of the Group’s emissions and inform targeting. The 
Group’s aim is to have finished the net zero plan in 2023. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report53

Energy and carbon action
In 2022 the following Energy Savings Initiatives were undertaken:

 — Lighting substitution at the Oxbox site, including the installation 

of passive infra-red sensors, saving an estimated 52,000KWh per 
annum and 10 tCO₂e.

 — Focus on cold storage with entry into the International Freezer 

challenge. Three freezers of redundant samples were discarded, 
saving extra unit demand.

 — IT appliance “Turn It Off” campaign promoted by Environmental 

Representatives.

 — Energy audits performed by a specialist third party as part of the 

net zero strategy and future initiative potential.

 — The first and second floors of the Windrush Innovation Centre 
air-handling units have been switched off whilst the area is 
under redevelopment.

2022 ESG Environmental results
The methodology used to calculate the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) 
emissions is in accordance with the requirements of the following 
standards:

 — World Resources Institute (WRI) GHG Protocol (revised version);

 — Defra’s Environmental Reporting Guidelines: Including 

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting requirements (March 
2019); and

 — UK office emissions have been calculated using DEFRA 2022 

conversion factors.

Transportation has been another environmental aspect that has 
received a great deal of attention in 2022. The Group has acquired 
the leasehold of a new 45,000 sq. ft warehouse in Wallingford, 
Oxfordshire, to bulk store long life consumables, therefore 
decreasing the overall frequency of freight. The site is expected 
to be ready for occupation in the second quarter of 2023 and the 
results of this are expected to be seen in the 2023 environmental 
report. With regard to employee commuting, the Group has 
commissioned the installation of 14 electric vehicle charging points, 
whilst developing a framework for further future installations.

Following the establishment of Oxford Biomedica Solutions in 
2022, the Group plans to appoint representatives from the Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions team to join its ESG Committee and is aiming 
to integrate their environmental performance data with UK-based 
monitoring during 2023. 

The Group has high levels of engagement from employees on 
environmental sustainability activities, and actively encourages 
employee engagement and involvement in improving the Group’s 
environmental performance. Multi-department environmental 
representatives support the Group’s sustainability initiatives and in 
2022 they facilitated the promotion of reduced utility consumption 
through intranet posts and on-site electrical appliance “switch it 
off” initiatives. The biggest impact of 2022 in this regard was the 
substitution of plant room lighting at Oxbox, making an annual 
saving of 10 tonnes CO2.

Work to gain affiliation to an external agency to assist with the 
Groups 10+ year sustainability plan is ongoing. Throughout the 
year, the Group engaged with a number of agencies, including SBTI 
and MyGreenLab, and expect affiliation in 2023.

The Group’s SECR Compliant Directors statement

2022 SECR Performance
The Group’s carbon footprint for the 2022 reporting year has been 
calculated based on the environmental impact across Scope 1, 
2 and 3 (selected categories) emission sources across all sites of 
operation. The emissions are presented on both a location and 
market basis, as this is compulsory under the SECR. On a location 
basis, the Group’s emissions are 4,475 tCO₂e, which represents an 
average impact of 5.5 tCO₂e per full time employee (FTE), and on 
a market basis the Group’s emissions are 2,935 tCO₂e. Emission 
intensity metrics used are on an employee basis, which will be 
monitored to track performance in subsequent environmental 
disclosures. 

The Group has made significant efforts to improve data collection 
processes and data quality during 2022. As a result, base year 
emissions have been restated in order to reflect a more accurate 
comparison with the performance of subsequent years and to provide 
a valid assessment of progress against targets. More specifically, waste 
emissions have been restated using actual mass based data, provided 
by the Group’s waste operators, expelling the need for the Group to 
use conversion factors used in the past. The Group has demonstrated 
an actual reduction of waste emissions of 10% in 2022.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements54

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG)
Following an operational control approach to defining the Group’s organisational boundary, the Group calculated GHG emissions 
from business activities falling within the reporting period of January 2022 to December 2022. The reporting period of January 2021 
to December 2021 is included for comparison purposes.

Energy and carbon disclosures for the reporting period 1 January 2022 – 31 December 2022

Scope 1

Total Scope 1
Scope 2

Total Scope 2 (Market Based) 
Total Scope 2 (Location Based)
Scope 3³

Emissions Source
Natural gas 
Other Fuel Types 
Fleet 
Refrigerants 
Processing emissions 

Electricity (Market Based) 
Electricity (Location Based) 

Electricity transmission and distribution 
Water 
Employee cars 
Rail 
Public Transport 
Business flights 
Paper 
Waste & Recycling 
Employee commuting 

Total Scope 3
Total (Market Based)
Total (Location Based)
Total Energy Usage (kWh)4
Nomaliser

tCO2e per FTE

                  Global Emissions tCO₂e

2020¹ 
1,144
13
18
-
14
1,189
719
2,202
719
2,202
186
16
3
0.7
0.2
212
6
16
960
1,400
3,308
4,791
15,827,438
6.6

2021² 
1,242
14
13
55
14
1,338
426
2,293
426
2,293
198
5
2
0.8
1.4
109
4
16
1,157
1,493
3,257
5,124
17,613,049
5.9

2022² 
879
7
9
23
48
966
256
1,796
256
1,796
158
4
6
1.4
2.0
448
3
16
1,075
1,713
2,935
4,475
14,049,362
5.5

Percentage change 
to 2021 
(%)
–29% 
–50% 
–31% 
–58% 
243% 
–28% 
–40% 
–22% 
–40% 
–22% 
–20% 
–20% 
200% 
75% 
43% 
311% 
–25% 
–0% 
–7% 
15% 
–10% 
–13% 
–20% 
–7% 

¹  2020 emissions have been restated in 2022 due to receipt of updated actual data and to include additional emission sources.
²  2021 emissions have been restated in 2022 due to receipt of updated actual data and to include additional emission sources.
³  Emissions have been rounded to one decimal place when less than 2 tCO2e to allow for more accurate comparisons year on year. 
⁴  Energy reporting includes kWh from Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 employee cars only (as required by the SECR regulation).

2021 and 2022 – UK versus Global energy and carbon disclosures comparison

Emissions (tCO2e)
Total (Location Based)
Total Energy Usage (kWh)

2021

2022

UK
4,828
16,247,328

Global 
(excl. UK)
297
1,365,721

UK
4,263
13,107,000

Global 
(excl. UK)
213
942,362

Percentage change to 2021 (%)
Global 
(excl. UK)
–28%
–31%

UK
–12%
–19%

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report55

CO2

CH4

N2O

HFCs

PFCs

SF3

NF3

Scope 2: 
Indirect

Scope 1: 
Direct

Scope 3: 
Indirect

Scope 3: 
Indirect

Upstream activities

Reporting company

Downstream activities

Scope 2 –  
Indirect 

Purchased electricity, 
steam, heating and 
cooling for own use

Scope 1 –  
Direct 

Company facilities

Company vehicles

Scope 3 –  
Indirect 

Purchased goods and 
services

Capital goods

Fuel and energy related 
activities

Transportation and 
distribution

Waste generated in 
operations

Business travel

Employee commuting

Leased assets

Scope 3 –  
Indirect

Transportation and 
distribution

Processing of solid 
products

Use of sold products

End of life treatment of 
sold products

Leased assets

Franchises

Investments

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
56

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG)

Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD)
The Group supports the TCFD framework and committed in the 2021 Annual report and accounts 
to refine its risk assessment methodology in order to ensure that the climate risks associated with the 
Group can be fully integrated into business planning. This commitment extends beyond the Group’s  
operational sites to also include five key suppliers. The following table sets out the required disclosures 
and explains where in this Annual report and accounts the various disclosures can be found. The Group 
is pleased to confirm that the disclosures in the Annual report and accounts are consistent with the 
TCFD recommendations, save for the assessment of the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities 
on the Group’s financial planning and the completion of the review into all material Scope 3 emission 
categories, both of which remain on-going following the acquisition and subsequent integration of 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions and which the Group expects to conclude during the 2023 financial year. 
Furthermore, the Group is working with an external expert advisor to ensure alignment of its targets with 
the Science based Targets Initiative (SBTI) and also expects this process to conclude in 2023.

TCFD Recommendation

The Group’s Approach

Governance

Disclose the organisation’s governance 
around climate-related risks and 
opportunities.

–  Describe the Board’s oversight of 

climate-related risks and opportunities 
described

–  Describe management’s role in assessing 
and managing climate-related risks and 
opportunities

Strategy

Disclose the actual and potential impacts 
of climate related risks and opportunities 
on the Group’s business, strategy and 
financial planning where information is 
material.

– Describe the climate-related risks and 
opportunities the organisation has 
identified over the short, medium and 
long term 

–  Describe the impact of climate-

related risks and opportunities on the 
organisation’s business, strategy, and 
financial planning 

–  Describe the resilience of the 

organisation’s strategy, taking into 
consideration different climate-related 
scenarios, including a 2°C or lower 
scenario

The Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the effective management of the Group’s climate-related risks and 
opportunities. The Board is supported in this effort by the SET – a cross-functional group of individuals who work to 
advance these objectives within their respective areas of expertise. The Group’s CEO is responsible to the Board for the 
management, development, and performance of the business, including climate-related risks and opportunities and 
the Group’s Net Zero by 2040 commitment. The Group has an established ESG Committee to monitor the execution 
of its sustainability strategy, establish goals and targets related to climate-related risks and opportunities, oversee 
communication of its sustainability activities with stakeholders and provide input to the Board and other Committees 
on sustainability matters. The ESG Committee had previously been chaired by the CEO, however, in 2022 following 
John Dawson’s retirement, the Group’s ESG Committee was chaired by Nick Page in his capacity as COO. Following 
the appointment of Dr. Frank Mathias as the Group’s CEO in March 2023, the ESG Committee will continue to be 
chaired by Mr Page, with Dr. Mathias in regular attendance. The ESG Committee serves as a supportive entity for both 
the Board and the SET and met on three occasions in 2022 for an update on progress regarding the Group’s Climate 
Strategy, TCFD and other ESG targets. During 2022, the Group COO and Head of Investor Relations gave presentations 
to the Board on work completed in relation to waste management and recycling, energy efficiency, carbon removals 
and flood risk at the Boston site. 

In addition, the Group has commenced a review of its Environmental Policy, in order to more accurately describe the 
arrangements surrounding climate risk governance and monitoring – this is a key area of focus for 2023. A strategic 
Environmental Representative group was established in 2021 to support the delivery of sustainability and climate 
strategies. The sustainability group meets every month and makes suggestions for sustainability actions to be taken at 
Oxford Biomedica, which are then publicised across the Group. 

Environmental due diligence was undertaken prior to the Oxford Biomedica Solutions acquisition. Subsequent 
to this, increased climate scenario screening has been undertaken in connection with the TCFD disclosures in this 
Annual report and accounts. Any future acquisitions proposed by the Group will be integrated into the Group’s 
ESG Committee and net zero strategy, in line with the approach taken by the Group following the acquisition of 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions. 

In 2022, the Group assessed the potential risk of material, physical climate impact across all sites of operation. These 
potential impacts were mapped against risk posed by the geography of the Group’s sites using relevant environmental 
modelling tools. The risk posed was ultimately low with the exception of potential high risk associated with Dublin, with 
regard to water stress, and Boston, with regard to flood risk. The risk of water stress associated with Dublin does not 
pose a threat to the Group, as its current operations in Dublin are solely office-based and are therefore not water reliant. 
Flood risk at Boston is assessed and managed by the local environmental management system. The Group also expanded 
physical climate risk assessment to include the Group’s top five suppliers, identified through capital expenditure and 
reliance within the supply chain. Annual extreme weather damages and 1-in-100 year damages rose using the “middle of 
the road” scenario and above for both Netherlands (where two of the Group’s major suppliers are located) and UK based 
sites and suppliers across medium and long term timeframes. 

The Group also worked with an expert advisor to undertake a qualitative transitional risk assessment with the use 
of expert opinion and research within the pharmaceutical industry and economic commentary. The most prominent 
transitional risk factors centre on the growing pressure to decarbonise operations and supply chains in anticipation 
of (a) the possibility of Government mandated carbon pricing (including levies placed on cross border sales into the EU 
market through upcoming Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) legislation), and (b) shifting investor appetite 
for decarbonised portfolios due to Green Asset Ratio and Green Lending Ratio disclosure requirements affecting the 
financial services and asset management sectors. During 2022, the Group continued its review into all material Scope 3 
emission categories in order to develop a Scope 3 emission baseline against the Group’s baseline year of 2020. The 
Group expects to complete this process in 2023. The Group also undertook energy audits at all sites in 2022 in order 
to inform a science based target route and applicable initiative milestones to net zero. The Group defines meeting 
net zero as reducing Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions by 90 – 95% against the Group’s baseline year of 2020. In addition, 
residual emissions must be compensated by utilising carbon removals, for example tree planting. 

The Group has identified flood risk as the most material climate risk to current operations. Accordingly, as shown 
in the risk management section of this table below, the Group is prioritising a review of both the Boston site 
and supplier flood risk management in 2023. The Group has modelled a 2°C or lower scenario across all material 
identified climate risks. The findings are set out in the table on page 58 and identify flood risk and water stress 
as being the most significant. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report57

TCFD Recommendation

The Group’s Approach

Risk Management

Disclose how the organisation identifies, 
assesses and manages climate-related 
risks.

–  Describe the organisation’s processes for 
identifying and assessing climate-related 
risks

–  Describe the organisation’s process for 

managing climate-related risks 

–  Describe how processes for identifying, 
assessing and managing climate-related 
risks are integrated into the organisation’s 
overall risk management

In 2022, the Group considered a variety of climate scenarios and categorised them as optimistic (NGFS net zero 
2050 median, SSP2 RCP4.5), middle of the road “current policies” (NGFS current policies median, SSP2 RCP8.5) and 
pessimistic (RCP8.5, SSP3 RCP8.5). This range of climate scenarios has been chosen to provide increased confidence 
in the assessment by consulting multiple reputable models. Each climate aspect has then been assessed using these 
scenario models and split into 3 distinct time horizons, short term (up to 2030), medium term (2031-2050) and long 
term (2051-2100). For each physical risk aspect a specific assessment was made using climate impact data from ISMIP 
(Inter-Sectoral Impact Model Intercomparison Project), CLIMADA, CMIP5 GCM data, WRI Aqueduct Global Maps 
3.0, HydroBASINS database, The Pfafstetter system, FEMA Analysis, NOAA inundation maps and LOCA Statistically 
Downscaled CMIP5 Projections for North America. Transitional risks underwent a qualitative analysis using expert 
analysis, research within the pharmaceutical sector and economic commentary. 

The climate related risks disclosed are not unique to the Group, and are applicable across the pharmaceutical sector. 
The Group is well versed in climate risk management and has implemented its decarbonisation pathway towards net 
zero in order to reduce the likelihood of a more severe further climate scenario materialising. Details of the pathway 
can be seen in the targets and metrics section of this TCFD report on page 62. The Group also focuses on operational 
resilience at a local site level through building management practices and with the use of an environmental 
management system. The supply chain is under periodic analysis for increased resilience, which was increased further 
in 2022 with the lease of the 45,000m2 Wallingford warehouse, enabling greater carrying capacity. 

The materiality matrix set out on page 42 demonstrates key environmental aspects of the Group’s operations that are 
fixed with short term targets, and monitored through the governance structure set out above. Flood risk has been 
identified as the most material climate risk to the Group’s operations and value chain, as the that risk is relatively high 
already, before climate change is even taken into account. As a result, flood risk management will be reviewed for 
both the Boston site and for the Group’s suppliers based in the Netherlands in 2023.

Metrics and Targets

Disclose the metrics and targets to assess 
and manage relevant climate-related risks 
and opportunities where such information 
is material.

The Group has chosen a reasonable selection of metrics to facilitate its assessment of climate-related risks and 
opportunities in line with Group strategy and risk management processes. Further details regarding these metrics, 
together with the reasons for their selection, are disclosed in the metrics and targets section of this TCFD report on 
page 61. 

–  Disclose the metrics used by the 

organisation to assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities in line with its 
strategy and risk management process;

–  Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if 

appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions, and related risks; and

–  Describe the targets used to manage 

climate-related risks and opportunities 
and performance against targets

The Group’s Environmental, Social and Governance Report outlines its various environmental metrics and targets on 
page 61, including the following key objectives: minimising waste generation and encouraging a circular economy, 
optimising energy usage, decreasing the use of packaging materials, particularly plastics, and sourcing materials from 
sustainable suppliers. Of the targets set out on page 62, the Group has already achieved its target of a 10% reduction in 
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions and also now successfully sources 10% of its energy from renewable sources. In addition, 
the Group has made material progress towards gaining affiliation with My Green Lab and, in 2022, the Group invested in 
nature-based solutions such as tree-planting to minimise paper consumption. In 2023, the Group will focus on achieving 
reduction in plastic consumption and packaging waste and will assess the viability of substituting its fleet for electric 
vehicles. The Group’s Scope 1, 2, and 3 GHG emissions are also disclosed in the Environmental, Social, and Governance 
report in the SECR section on pages 53 to 55. The global increase in energy prices has further pushed Scope 1 and 2 
emission savings to the forefront of the Group’s agenda and the Group is focused on further progressing Scope 1 and 2 
emission savings in 2023. 

The Group has a clear pathway to net zero described in the targets and metrics section of this TCFD report on page 62. 
A partnership with an expert advisor, RPS Group, was created in 2022 in order to ensure alignment with the science-based  
consensus and practicality of these targets moving forward. The report on this assessment is due in 2023. Some targets 
may alter slightly but it is expected that they will be increasingly robust as the Group commits to the Science based 
Target Initiative. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements58

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG)

TCFD Scenario Analysis 
Climate risks are, by their nature, dynamic, geographically asymmetrical, and likely to evolve in different ways depending on a range of 
conditions and variables. In accordance with TCFD recommendations, the Group has undertaken a detailed analysis to clarify what the 
potential impacts of future climate scenarios may be across short, medium, and long-term time horizons. Specialist expertise has been 
engaged to guide this effort, to govern the selection of appropriate metrics suited to the factors at hand, and finally to interpret findings in 
a manner which is circumspect and appropriately qualified.

The scenario analysis procedure has been driven using carefully selected datasets derived from the latest Intergovernmental Panel on 
Climate Change (IPCC) climate models. 

A range of climate models and scenarios have been used to provide (a) the best possible data coverage and (b) a balanced assessment of 
optimistic, pessimistic and ‘middle of the range’ trajectories. 

Climate Scenarios used:

Optimistic

Middle of the Road “Current Policies”

Pessimistic

Time Horizons used:

Short term
Up to 2030 
(in 5 year increments)

Set 1
NGFS net zero  
2050 median
NGFS current 
policies median
RCP8.5 median

Set 2

SSP2 RCP 4.5 (optimistic)
SSP2 RCP 8.5 
(business as usual)
SSP3 RCP 8.5 (pessimistic)

Medium term
2031–2050 
(in 5 year increments)

Long term
2051–2100 
(in 5 year increments)

The time horizons chosen have been selected to analyse the range of risks to be expected when linked to global performance against 
decarbonisation. Whilst modelling further into the future may reduce accuracy, the Group aims to be diligent and has chosen the 
subsequent climate scenarios for their breadth of future possibility. The Group is aware that for transitional risk inputs, such as legislation, 
the shorter term horizon yields more value, whilst physical risks are a longer term eventuality.

Climate change and strategy for physical risks
In 2020 and 2021, the Group’s facilities services conducted a screening study of future climate scenarios to explore the Group’s physical 
climate-related risks (floods, water scarcity, extreme heat, strong winds and wildfires). These scenarios were applied to material Oxford 
Biomedica sites and key suppliers, with predictions extended out to the medium/long term. In 2022, the Group extended both the 
aspects of physical risk and the climate assessments to all sites, including the targeted Boston site.

1-in-100-Year Expected Damage from Tropical Cyclones Daily Minimum Air Temperature
Annual Expected Damage from Tropical Cyclones
Annual Expected Damage from River Floods
Annual Maximum River Flood Depth
Daily Maximum Air Temperature
Riverine flood risk

Land fraction annually exposed to Heatwaves
Land fraction annually exposed to River Floods
Maximum of Daily River Discharge
Mean Air Temperature
Coastal flood risk

Precipitation
Relative Humidity
Specific Humidity
Water stress, supply & demand
Groundwater table decline
Drought risk

In addition to the Group’s own facilities, physical climate scenarios were evaluated in relation to a selection of five key suppliers in order to 
provide an indication of the potential for indirect contagion from factors upstream in the value chain. The risk levels in relation to suppliers 
were then adjusted according to a measure of the Group’s relative dependency on those suppliers. The main aspects of potential risk 
were assessed as follows:

Risk Factor
Extreme Weather

Flood Risk 

Heat Stress

Water Stress

Result of Analysis 
Annual Expected Damages and 1-in-100-year Damage are expected to rise significantly in middle-of-
the-road “current polices” and pessimistic climate scenario models for the Netherlands (where two of the 
Group’s major suppliers are located) and the UK. 

Notable flood risk concerns arise in relation to the US site at 1 Patriots Park, Bedford, MA. The FEMA Flood 
risk analysis for that location indicates the risk of a major flood at least 26% in 30 years before accounting for 
climate change. Models project that this property has about a 51% chance of a significant pluvial or fluvial 
flood over 4 feet deep before 2050. 

This is significant in all geographies but especially in the US. 

Levels are generally expected to decline slightly or remain relatively flat in most regions except for the 
Netherlands where two of the Group’s major suppliers are located. Notably, water stress levels in Dublin at 
the Balheary site are extremely high. The impact of this on the Group’s current operations within Dublin will 
be low because it is a solely office-based footprint. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report 
59

In order to address resilience against these risks the Group will, through 2023/2024, perform extended deep dive climate assessments at 
all higher risk sites, with a particular focus on flood risk in Boston. In the same timeframe, the Group will approach assessed suppliers for 
mitigation against risk and extend climate assessments beyond the top five suppliers to increase knowledge of their resilience and that of 
the Group’s goods network. 

Climate change and strategy for transitional risks and opportunities 
The Group’s exposure to risks and opportunities relating to climate change is influenced by a variety of factors that extend beyond the 
physical impacts of climate change and include potential regulatory, technological and reputational factors, alongside the potential for 
changing competition dynamics in target markets. Transitional risks also involve pressure from investors and stakeholders to reduce the 
emissions footprint of business operations and those of the extended value chain.

The approach to assessment of transitional factors differs from that applied in the case of physical risk. Judgement plays a more 
significant role, not due to a lack of relevant metrics proxies, but rather because the ‘superabundance’ of potentially relevant data renders 
the use of 2 or 3 key metrics unacceptably reductive. Moreover, the assessment of transitional risk therefore leans to some extent on the 
balance of expert opinion, research and economic commentary to assign various transitional risks as low, medium or high respectively. 
The aspects chosen were as follows:

Shifting disease vectors

Market risks

Reputational risks

Legal Liability

Climate change can lead to changes in global disease vectors, thereby altering the distribution and 
prevalence of certain diseases. This translates to both risks and opportunities: warmer temperatures may 
extend the range of disease-carrying insects, such as mosquitoes, leading to an increased risk of diseases 
like malaria and Zika virus.

These changes in disease vectors can create risks and opportunities for pharmaceutical companies; 
creating new demand for certain vaccines or treatments in certain areas. 

Changes in partner preferences or investor demand for products that are more sustainable may affect the 
demand for and price of pharmaceuticals. Increasing partner interest in the company emissions profile 
also highlights attendant reputational risks. 

Reputational risks associated with the emissions profile of the pharmaceutical sector as a whole may alter 
the Taxonomy classifications applied to the Group’s securities. 

Pharmaceutical companies may face liability for their greenhouse gas emissions or for the environmental 
impacts of their products. 

Cost of raw materials & energy

Changes in the availability or cost of raw materials or other inputs used in the production of 
pharmaceuticals may affect the cost and competitiveness of these products. 

Regulation

Regulation is a key transitional risk for the pharmaceutical sector, as changes in regulations or policies 
related to climate change may affect the way pharmaceutical companies operate and may also affect the 
demand for their products.

—  Regulatory changes related to the use of certain raw materials or chemicals in the production of 

pharmaceuticals may affect the availability or cost of these inputs, which could in turn affect the cost 
and competitiveness of the finished products.

—  There is increasing focus on the environmental impacts of pharmaceuticals, including the potential for 

drugs to enter the environment and harm wildlife or ecosystems. Governments may introduce regulations 
to address these impacts, which could affect the way pharmaceutical companies operate:

—  In the European Union, the European Medicines Agency has published guidance on the 

environmental risk assessment of medicinal products. This guidance provides recommendations for 
pharmaceutical companies on how to assess and mitigate the potential environmental impacts of 
their products.

—  In the United States, the Environmental Protection Agency has proposed a rule that would require 

pharmaceutical companies to report on the environmental impacts of their products, including the 
potential for drugs to enter the environment and harm wildlife or ecosystems.

—  In Canada, the federal government has launched a public consultation on the environmental 

impacts of pharmaceuticals. The consultation is seeking input from stakeholders on how to reduce 
the environmental footprint of pharmaceuticals, including through the development of more 
sustainable manufacturing processes and the use of environmentally-friendly raw materials.

—  In the United Kingdom, the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs has launched a 
consultation on the environmental impacts of pharmaceuticals and personal care products. The 
consultation is seeking input on how to reduce the release of these products into the environment, 
including through the development of more sustainable production processes and the use of 
alternative raw materials. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
60

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG)

Decarbonisation is the most prominent transitional risk factor 
centred on the growing pressure to decarbonise operations and 
supply chains in anticipation of (a) the possibility of government 
mandated carbon pricing (including levies placed on cross border 
sales into the EU market through upcoming CBAM legislation), and 
(b) shifting investor appetite for decarbonised portfolios due to 
Green Asset Ratio and Green Lending Ratio disclosure requirements 
affecting the financial services and asset management sectors.

There are both financial risks associated with decarbonisation 
(through exposure to carbon pricing and energy price 
inflation), and growing reputational risks that are coupled to the 
pharmaceutical sector as a whole. A 2019 report published by 
McMaster University highlighted that while emissions intensity 
(measured in tonnes CO2e per US$M revenue) is highly varied 
(sometimes varying by a multiple of 5x), the pharmaceutical sector 
as a whole is more emission intensive than the automotive industry. 

The sector-wide challenge of decarbonisation is compounded 
due to geographically extended supply chains that require global 
transportation. According to the 2020 Medicines Shortage Report 
from the European Parliament, 60–80% of active pharmaceutical 
ingredients are produced in either India or China. The Group started 
Scope 3 analysis of its extended value chain in 2022 with the aim 
of producing a final baseline and hot spots of emission reduction 
opportunities in 2023. The overall targets for decarbonisation can 
be seen in the following targets and metrics section. 

The Group recognises the effectiveness of internal drivers for the 
reduction of certain consumption patterns. Local tree planting was 
commissioned in 2022 to remove carbon from the environment 
and reduce emissions created in paper processing. This activity 
has supplemented Group-wide paper reduction across business 
activities. The Group also joined the International Freezer Challenge 
in 2022 which is targeted at efficient cold storage management, 
the changes made would save the Group an estimated 60,000KWh 
annually. The Group has entered the challenge again in 2023 
and has extended it to more laboratories. In addition, 2022 saw 
increased focus surrounding the circular economy as recycling 
was introduced to the labs and, as a result, received a boost of 6% 
weighting within waste operations.

Local tree planting was 
commissioned in 2022 to 
remove carbon from the 
environment and reduce 
emissions created in paper 
processing.

6%

2022 saw increased focus surrounding 
the circular economy as recycling was 
introduced to the labs and, as a result, 
received a boost of 6% weighting within 
waste operations.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report61

Targets and metrics 
Where a given metric has been applied, the Group has disclosed a comprehensive rationalisation 
explaining why the particular metric was selected:

Risk factor

Metric used as proxy

Explanation of why these particular metrics have been used 

Extreme Weather (Physical – acute)

 — 1-in-100-Year Expected Damage 

from Tropical Cyclones 

In most cases the following have been used as proxy metrics for assessing the risk 
of extreme weather 

 — Annual Expected Damage from 

 — 1-in-100-Year Expected Damage from Tropical Cyclones 

Tropical Cyclones 

 — Annual Expected Damage from Tropical Cyclones 

While there are other metrics that are relevant to extreme weather, these are 
deemed to be the most useful as they provide the best aggregation of overall/
combined risk levels from this particular climate factor. 

Flood Risk (Physical – acute)

 — Annual Expected Damage from 

River Floods 

In most cases the following have been used as proxy metrics for assessing 
regional flood risk 

 — Distance from projected flood 

 — Annual Expect Damage from River Floods 

plains 

 — Distance from projected flood plains 

Heat Stress (Physical – chronic)

 — Daily Maximum Air Temperature 

 — Daily Minimum Air Temperature 

 — Mean Air Temperature 

While there are other metrics that are relevant to regional flood risk, these have 
been deemed to be the most useful as they provide the best aggregation of 
overall/combined risk levels from this particular climate factor. 

Where possible location specific data has been sourced for flood risk to provide a 
more granular assessment that reflects likely conditions on the ground at each site. 

In most cases the following have been used as proxy metrics for assessing heat 
stress 

 — Daily Maximum Air Temperature 

 — Daily Minimum Air Temperature 

 — Mean Air Temperature 

While there are other metrics that are relevant to heat stress, these have been 
deemed to be the most useful as they provide the best aggregation of overall/
combined risk levels from this particular climate factor. 

Humidity (Physical – chronic)

 — Relative Humidity 

 — Specific Humidity 

The risk from humidity can be presented through more direct metrics without the 
need for proxies.

Water Resource (Physical – chronic)

 — Water Stress 

 — Water Supply 

 — Water Demand 

Where available, the following have been used as proxy metrics for the 
assessment of risks that relate to the availability of water 

 — Water Stress 

 — Water Supply 

 — Water Demand 

While there are other metrics that are relevant to the availability of water as a 
resource, these have been deemed to be the most useful as they provide the best 
aggregation of overall/combined risk levels from this particular climate factor. 

Transitional Risks (Transitional – 
chronic)

 — Vaccine Demand 

 — Labour Availability 

 — Reputation of Pharma Sector as a 

whole 

 — Standing Water (relevant to risk of 

mosquito disease vectors) 

The assessment of transitional risk factors is inherently more speculative than is 
the case for physical risk. Judgement plays a more significant role not due to lack 
of relevant proxies, but rather because the superabundance of potentially relevant 
data makes it prohibitively difficult to isolate 2 or 3 key metrics as representative. 

Sector specific research and economic commentary is relied on to assign various 
transitional risks as low, medium or high respectively. 

The only exception to this is the use of specific metrics for standing water which 
provide a more direct reflection of the risk of rising disease vectors associated 
with mosquitos.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements62

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG)

A decarbonisation pathway has been mapped out by the Group 
that recognises the need for changes in working practices to 
maximise energy efficiency; investment in renewable energy; 
increase in life cycle thinking and a circular economy; and 
investment in appropriate offsetting for residual emissions. 

The Group is committed to:
 — Achieving net zero greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions across all 

operations by 2040; and

 — Building resilience by managing the physical (sites, supply chain) 

and transitional (regulatory, market and product) risks and 
opportunities from climate change in the value chain through 
adaptation and business continuity planning.

Near-term targets (short to medium):
 — Maintain paper neutrality by continuing to invest in local tree 

planting in 2023;

 — Gain affiliation to My Green Lab to assist with the Group’s long 

term sustainability plan in 2023;

 — 5% reduction in packaging waste, and 20% increase in plastic 

recycling by 2027;

 — Achieve 10% reduction in Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions 

by the beginning of 2027 from 2020 baseline;

 — 10% of electric energy to be fully renewable (non-carbon based) 

by 2027; and

 — Switch to 100% fully electric vehicles used by the Group on site 

by the end of 2027.

Long-term targets:
 — 100% of electric energy to be renewable by 2032;

 — 10% reduction in packaging waste by 2032; and

 — Achieve 50% reduction in Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions 

by the beginning of 2032 from 2020 baseline;

 — Achieve 100% reduction (net zero) in Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG 

emissions by the beginning of 2040 from 2020 baseline.

Remuneration
In 2022, to incentivise delivery of the Group’s ESG priorities, the 
delivery of the net zero commitment was included in executive 
incentive arrangements as part of the Corporate objectives, with 
an overall ESG weighting of 10%. In addition, included in the 2023 
Corporate objectives is an environmental objective.

The Group is committed to 
achieving net zero greenhouse 
gas (GHG) emissions across all 
operations by 2040.

100%

Long-term targets include achieving  
100% reduction (net zero) in Scope 1 and 
Scope 2 GHG emissions by the beginning 
of 2040 from 2020 baseline.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report63

Oxford Biomedica’s standard operating procedures and the 
legislative framework also covers the risk assessment procedures of 
the company’s trials. These assessments include consideration of 
any specific risks to the patient population proposed for the clinical 
trials especially if any trial were to include vulnerable patients.

Oxford Biomedica is committed to transparency, and information 
on ongoing clinical trials is provided on the website. Relevant trials 
in the EU and EEA are automatically posted on the EU Clinical 
Trials Register (www.clinicaltrialsregister.eu) and Oxford Biomedica 
discloses its trials on a US government-sponsored website (www.
clinicaltrials.gov).

Human rights and anti-slavery
Oxford Biomedica fully respects human rights and conducts its 
business in accordance with the letter and spirit of UK Human 
Rights legislation and the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015. The 
Board of Directors has approved a Modern Slavery Transparency 
Statement in compliance with section 54 of the UK Modern Slavery 
Act, which can be downloaded from the Group’s website www.
oxb.com. Many of Oxford Biomedica’s facilities are located in the 
UK, where its policies accord with human rights regulations and its 
supply chain operates in territories with strong commitments to 
human rights safeguarding. Oxford Biomedica Solutions is based 
in the US and is committed to ensuring its business practices are 
conducted in compliance with all applicable federal and state 
legislation in relation to the preservation of human rights and 
prevention of human trafficking.

Animal testing
It is a regulatory requirement that all new therapeutic products 
must be appropriately tested for safety before they are administered 
to patients, and there is currently no alternative to using animal 
models as part of this process.

Oxford Biomedica is committed to following the principles of the 
three “Rs” in safety testing: replacement, refinement, and reduction 
of animal testing. These principles ensure that animal testing is only 
employed when necessary and where there are no alternatives. 
This includes the following strategies:

(i)  Minimising the use of animal models by cross-referring 

LentiVector® platform data packages for regulatory authorities.

(ii)  Optimising in vitro work with models with multiple 

configurations, with only the best candidates being moved  
to in vivo.

(iii)  Maximising the use of cell lines, human organoids and making 

use of primary tissue where possible in R&D work to reduce the 
need for in vivo testing.

In addition to this, Oxford Biomedica only works with Contract 
Research Organisations (CROs) that are accredited to international 
ethical bodies. Each institution has an internal ethical review of the 
preclinical work to be conducted (Institutional Animal Care and 
Usage Committee), and the CROs have international accreditation 
with AAALAC (Association for Assessment and Accreditation of 
Laboratory Animal Care).

The New Product Committee approves preclinical projects 
reviewing design and animal numbers, and includes ethical review 
considerations. A formalised ethical review process for the New 
Product Committee was drafted and implemented in 2022.

Governance Integrity and Ethics 
Oxford Biomedica is committed to the highest standards of ethical 
conduct and integrity in its business activities in the UK, US and 
overseas.

Anti-bribery
Oxford Biomedica’s policy on preventing and prohibiting bribery is in 
full accordance with the UK Bribery Act 2010 as well as other relevant 
overseas legislation and all employees receive training in this matter. 
Oxford Biomedica does not tolerate any form of bribery by, or of, its 
employees, agents or consultants or any person or body acting on its 
behalf. Senior management is committed to implementing effective 
measures to prevent, monitor and eliminate bribery.

During 2021, an anti-bribery and anti-corruption review was 
undertaken by an independent external consultant. The consultant 
reviewed the current policies and procedures and met with 
the Board and 17 members of the senior management team 
within Oxford Biomedica to understand how such policies 
and procedures were implemented. The consultant found 
that there was a strong culture of “doing the right thing” within 
Oxford Biomedica. Following the review, revisions were made to 
existing policies and procedures to enhance oversight and risk 
management and additional training was arranged for employees 
during the course of 2022, which took place through an online 
learning portal.

Oxford Biomedica Solutions is committed to complying with the 
U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other applicable anti-
corruption laws and has an employee-facing policy to maintain 
compliance with such laws.

Whistleblowing
Oxford Biomedica’s compliance activities include the prevention 
and detection of misconduct through policy implementation, 
training and monitoring. As part of this effort, Oxford Biomedica 
employees are encouraged to report suspected cases of 
misconduct in confidence and without fear of retaliation. Concerns 
and allegations are thoroughly investigated with disciplinary action 
taken where necessary, up to and including dismissal and reporting 
to relevant authorities.

An anonymous confidential reporting channel is provided for both 
UK and US-based employees, and there are procedures in place to 
protect whistle-blowers.

Clinical trials
Oxford Biomedica instils transparency, safety and ethics in all 
aspects of its business, including the design and conduct of its 
clinical trials. Oxford Biomedica’s trials are designed with patient 
safety as a paramount concern and the protocols are agreed 
with the relevant national regulatory authorities, as well as local 
ethics committees and institutional review boards at clinical 
trial sites, before any patients are treated. Oxford Biomedica has 
standard operating procedures in place under a controlled Quality 
Management System to ensure compliance with appropriate 
legislation for Good Clinical Practice (GCP) as well as the 
internationally accepted guidelines for the conduct of ethical 
clinical trials, specifically ICH-GCP and the Declaration of Helsinki.

Quality Assurance (QA) audits are undertaken to give independent 
assurance that the practices and procedures undertaken for Oxford 
Biomedica’s clinical trials are in accordance with the relevant 
legislation and guidelines thereby providing assurance that the data 
and reported results are credible and accurate, and that the rights, 
integrity, and confidentiality of trial patients are protected. The QA 
function at Oxford Biomedica puts in place an annual GCP risk-
based audit strategy which is reviewed on a quarterly basis.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements64

PRINCIPAL RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES 
AND RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group is exposed to a range of risks. Some of them are specific to the Group’s current operations, others are common to all 
biopharmaceutical and CDMO companies. The Directors have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks facing 
the Group, including those which could threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

The Group operates in the cell and gene therapy biotechnology sector which, by its nature, is relatively high risk compared with other 
industry sectors. Following the 2022 Board strategic review, the strategy of the Group is focused on being a quality and innovation-led 
CDMO. The Group is now exploring external funding opportunities to realise the potential of the Group’s gene therapeutics pipeline 
and, as such, the risks associated with product development have been de-emphasised in this risk report. There are significant financial 
and development and manufacturing risks in cell and gene therapy sector, and the regulatory authorities have shown caution in their 
regulation of such products.

Risk assessment and evaluation is an integral and well-established part of the Group’s management processes. The Group’s risk 
management framework, described below, incorporates the implementation of a mitigation strategy, each tailored to the specific risk in 
question. 

Risk management framework

The Group’s risk management framework is as follows:
 — Board of Directors – the Board has overall responsibility for risk management, determining the Group’s risk tolerance, and for 

ensuring the maintenance of a sound system of internal control. The Board are provided with a risk report from the Risk Management 
Committee as part of its Board materials at each of its formal meetings, of which there at least six annually. However, twice a year 
a full presentation to the Board on risk is provided by the Risk Management Committee. The risk management processes are the 
responsibility of the SET with emerging risks identified by horizon scanning and discussed at the Risk Management Committee as 
described below in “Emerging Risks”. The Audit Committee monitors the processes and their implementation as well as reviewing the 
Group’s internal financial controls and the internal control systems. The Audit Committee also monitors the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Group and any formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial performance, reviewing significant financial 
reporting judgements contained in them.

 — Senior Executive Team (SET) – During 2022, the SET generally met every week, with once monthly-extended SET sessions to discuss 

current business issues and consider relevant risks. At least twice a year, the SET meets with representatives from the Risk Management 
Committee to consider the operational risk management processes and risks identified.

 — Key management committees – the Group currently has three key management sub-committees which meet monthly and through 
which much of the day-to-day business is managed. These are the extended Operational Leadership Team (which incorporates 
the Quality and Manufacturing Operations Committee), the Product Development Committee and the Technical Development 
Committee. SET members attend these meetings and risk management is a key feature of each sub-committee.

 — Risk Management Committee (RMC) – the Group has a RMC comprising senior managers from each area of the business and was 

chaired by the Chief of Staff in 2022 but is now chaired by the Director of Financial Controls. This group meets quarterly with a remit 
to identify and assess risks in the business and to consider mitigation and risk management steps that can be taken. The risk register is 
regularly reviewed by the SET and key risks are highlighted to the Board at each formal meeting.

 — Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) – all areas of the business have well established SOPs which are required be followed to 

minimise the risks inherent in the Group’s business operations. Where these are required for GMP, GCP and GLP any deviations from 
the SOPs must be identified and investigated. Compliance with such SOPs are routinely subject to audit by the relevant regulators and 
partners. Other SOPs, such as financial processes, are also subject to audits.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportEmerging risks
Emerging risks are ‘new’ risks that may challenge the Group in the future. These risks have 
the potential to occur at some point in the future but are unlikely to impact the business 
during the next year. The outcome of such risks is often more uncertain. These emerging risks 
may begin to evolve rapidly or simply not materialise at all. The Group monitors its business 
activities both in the external and internal environment for new, emerging and changing risks 
to ensure these are managed appropriately. Emerging risks are identified both internally and 
externally via horizon scanning and are discussed at the RMC. Emerging risks continue to be 
monitored as part of our ongoing risk management processes outlined above.

Principal Risks

Risk Category and Principal risks

Context and potential impact

Mitigation actions

65

Strategy key

Accelerate 
Innovation

Be a Great 
Place to Work

Deliver Growth 
and Leadership

Achieve Group 
Financial Targets

Trend key

Increasing risk

Unchanged

Decreasing risk

New

Trend versus 
prior year

Commercialisation risks

Failure or delays in the execution  
of the business plan of  
Oxford Biomedica Solutions

A failure to execute on the business plan for 
Oxford Biomedica Solutions or achieve the  
level of sales anticipated could materially impact 
the business and the success of the Group.

—  The Group has taken steps to mitigate this 
risk through implementation of a detailed 
post-transaction alignment plan to support 
integration and providing ongoing support  
to deliver on the business plan for Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions. The CEO of Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions has been appointed  
to the SET and provides regular updates  
to the SET and the Board.

Move into AAV sector

Collaborator and partner 

Strategic decision to move into AAV sector 
carries significant risk to the Group associated 
with moving into a new viral vector without  
prior specialist experience.

—  This has been mitigated by the establishment 
of Oxford Biomedica Solutions in the US  
with Homology Medicines who have 
extensive pre-existing experience and an 
established track record in the AAV sector.

The Group has entered into several 
collaborations and partnerships involving the 
development of product candidates by clients 
in which the Group has a financial interest 
through IP licenses. Failure of the Group’s clients 
to continue to develop the relevant product 
candidates for any reason could result 
in the Group losing potential revenues. 

—  The Group looks to mitigate this risk through 

maintaining a close relationship with its clients 
via steering group meetings that look at 
candidate selection and progression.

Rapid technical change

The cell and gene sector is characterised by 
rapidly changing technologies and significant 
competition. Advances in other technologies 
in the sector could undermine the Group’s 
commercial prospects. 

—  The Group looks to mitigate this risk through 
a horizon scanning project to identify the 
competition and technology advances in the 
sector. The Group looks to develop either 
in-house or via in-licensing new technologies 
for the Group’s platform.

Product development spin out

In line with the Group’s strategy, the Group 
is looking to spin out certain of its in-house 
product development programmes into an 
externally funded vehicle. The Group may be 
unsuccessful in its efforts which could affect 
the Group’s finances and reputation. 

—  The Group has enhanced its business and 
commercial function within the Group 
and is putting significant resources behind  
the effort to find good strategic investors 
for the proposed spin out.

Vector strategy

The Group is dependent on lentiviral vector 
partnerships for revenues. 

—  The Group has mitigated the risk by 

expanding into other viral vector areas 
including adenovirus and AAV.

—  Mitigation was exemplified via the Group’s 
establishment in early 2022 of Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions, its US-based subsidiary 
for AAV manufacturing and innovation.

The risk has 
been reduced by 
becoming vector 
agnostic working in 
AAV and adenoviral 
vectors in addition 
to lentiviral vectors

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66

PRINCIPAL RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

Risk Category and Principal risks

Context and potential impact

Mitigation actions

Supply chain and business execution risks

Third party suppliers and  
supply chain

The Group relies on third parties, sometimes 
sole suppliers, for the supply of raw materials 
and certain out-sourced services. If such 
suppliers are unable to successfully meet their 
supply chain commitments to the Group, it 
could harm the Group’s business. 

Out-sourcing of fill/finish.

Bioprocessing failure 

Failure in information technology 
or cyber security

The Group receives significant revenues 
from bioprocessing lentiviral vectors, AAV 
vectors and adenovirus-based vaccines for 
third parties. Bioprocessing of viral vectors is 
complex and batches may fail to meet the 
required specification due to contamination or 
inadequate yield. Failure to deliver batches to 
the required specifications may lead to loss of 
revenues. 

Cyber-attacks seeking to compromise the 
confidentiality, integrity and availability of 
IT systems and the data held on them are a 
continuing risk to the Group. Compromised 
confidentiality, integrity and availability of the 
Group’s assets resulting from a cyber-attack 
would impact the Group’s ability to deliver 
to clients and ultimately its financial 
performance and damage the Group’s 
reputation. 

Failure to attract, develop,  
engage and retain a diverse, 
talented and capable workforce

The Group depends on recruiting and retaining 
highly skilled employees to deliver its objectives 
and meet its partner needs. The market for such 
employees is increasingly competitive and failure 
to recruit or to retain employees with required 
skills and experience could adversely affect the 
Group’s performance.

Trend versus 
prior year

The risk has been 
reduced by using 
a stockholding 
strategy and 
controlling the 
fill/finish process 
in house. The 
Group’s Wallingford 
warehouse will 
reduce supplier 
uncertainty. As part 
of the strategic 
review, Oxford 
Biomedica are 
performing a deep 
dive on supplier 
activity to ensure it 
orders and procures 
extra materials to 
mitigate known 
supplier changes 
with premises, 
systems, materials. 
To mitigate 
“unknown” supplier 
issues, the strategic 
inventory review will 
identify materials 
that have been 
problematic in the 
past.

—  The Group looks to mitigate the supply chain 
risks in the UK by sourcing second suppliers 
and evaluating the correct inventory levels 
of critical material supplies through strategic 
inventory reviews.

—  The Group has asked key suppliers to hold 
stocks in UK warehouses to cover any 
immediate supply issues. This increased 
stock level is being evaluated and the new 
Wallingford warehouse hub for ambient raw 
materials will enable the Group to store extra 
raw materials. 

—  The Group plans to mirror this approach 

of mitigating supply chain risk in the US by 
ensuring that Oxford Biomedica Solutions 
continues to stockpile several months’ worth 
of critical material supplies and identify 
second sources of supplies.

—  In 2022, the Group successfully brought fill/
finish processes in-house. The MHRA gave 
approval in September 2022 for the fill/finish 
suite, which will give the Group more control 
over the fill/finish process for clients. By 
bringing fill/finish in-house, the risk, cost and 
environmental impact were all reduced by 
removing the need to ship vector substance 
and then vector product from Oxford 
Biomedica to a third party filling contractor 
and a third party storage provider. Storage of 
all vector product manufactured in house will 
remain under Oxford Biomedica control and 
is monitored until shipped to the partner.

—  The Group mitigates the risk of failing to meet 
required specifications by investing in high 
quality facilities, equipment and employees 
and in quality management systems.

—  The Group mitigates the risk of cyber-

attacks by ensuring that it has robust security 
monitoring and end-point protection in place 
to provide early detection of hostile activity.

—  Following the establishment of Oxford 

Biomedica Solutions, the Group has worked 
to ensure its US-based IT systems have the 
same level of end-point protection and 
support staff competency in place.

—  The Group has worked to mitigate the impact 

of a cyber-attack by developing robust 
disaster and data recovery plans.

—  The Group has put in place a competitive 
rewards and incentivisation package and 
seeks to regularly engage with employees 
in order to create an attractive working 
environment.

—  The Group also conducts benchmarking 
reviews to ensure that the remuneration 
package offered to employees is comparable 
with competing employers in the relevant 
jurisdiction.

Growing multi-
faceted cyber threat

Strong competition 
for talent. Complex 
workforce 
dynamics due to 
legacy COVID-19 
pandemic-related 
disruption  
and uncertainty in 
the biotech financial 
market

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
67

Trend versus 
prior year

Greater exposure 
to US interests

Risk Category and Principal risks

Context and potential impact

Mitigation actions

Legal, regulatory and compliance risks

Adverse outcome of litigation  
and/or governmental investigations  
and regulatory inspections

IP and patent protection

Economic and financial risks

Climate change

The Group’s business operations are subject 
to a wide range of laws, rules and regulations. 
Due to the establishment of Oxford Biomedica 
Solutions in the US in March 2022, the Group 
now has greater exposure to US regulatory 
bodies. Any failure to comply with these laws, 
rules and regulations may result in the Group 
being investigated by relevant government 
agencies and authorities and/or in legal 
proceedings being filed against the Group.

The Group’s bioprocessing and analytical 
facilities are subject to regular inspections and 
approval by regulators and clients. Failure to 
comply with the standards required could result 
in production operations being suspended until 
the issues are rectified with the potential loss of 
revenue. 

The Group may be unable to obtain, defend and 
enforce IP that protects its business activities and 
may experience competition from third parties. 
Third party patents may emerge containing 
claims that impact the Group’s freedom to 
operate.

The Group has assessed the impact of climate 
change and concluded that there is likely to 
be some minor future financial risk, which need 
to be managed but none that would materially 
impact the Group’s forecast or budget.

The Group expects that the impacts are likely 
to be weather related disruption at internal 
manufacturing sites and to the Group’s 
suppliers, with the prospect of increased costs of 
resources and fuels.

The Group has identified flood risk at the Boston 
site and a key supplier in the Netherlands as 
areas that require further flood risk assessment. 
For more information, please see the TCFD 
report on pages 58 to 59.

—  The Group has an established compliance 

framework and has developed a strong ethical 
and compliance-focused culture amongst its 
employees.

—  The Group uses professional advisors to 
provide appropriate guidance and advice 
tailored to both the UK and the US market and 
applicable laws and regulations, to minimise 
any resulting risk that may arise.

—  The Group looks to mitigate the risk of failure 
arising from regulatory inspections through 
investment in high quality facilities, equipment 
and employees and, in particular, in quality 
management processes. 

—  The Board prioritises strategic management of 
the Group’s IP portfolio and monitors actions 
to boost such portfolio.

—  The Group has a dedicated team which 

actively manages IP rights and any IP litigation.

—  The Group has adopted a strategy of 

performing freedom to operate searches early 
to identify future possible issues.

—  The Group targets sustainability aspects 

through use of the Sustainable Accounting 
Standards Board materiality finder, for the 
biotechnology and pharmaceutical industry, 
and additional internally determined critical 
environmental aspects.

—  The Group plans to continue to develop its 

business continuity plans with alternative sites 
and a second sourcing strategy to manage 
the potential impact of these risks, should 
they materialise.

—  Risks relating to internal operations and 

supply chain disruption from physical climate 
related damage is assessed in the TCFD 
report – this includes the need for further 
flood risk assessments at the Boston site and 
at a key supplier in the Netherlands. Specific 
threat assessments, for example flood risk, are 
being carried out as a result. Whilst the pool 
of suppliers for the pharmaceutical industry 
is relatively small, where high dependency 
and risk is displayed, the Group will work with 
those suppliers to mitigate disruption risk.

—  The Group is currently aligning the net zero 
carbon reduction pathway to the science 
based consensus. Critical aspects targeted 
and monitored under the Environmental 
Management System include utility 
consumption, purchased goods selection, 
circular economy promotion and reduction 
of waste.

—  The Group also has a dedicated ESG 

Committee which meets on a quarterly basis. 
Further details can be found on page 56.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic ReportStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
68

PRINCIPAL RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

Trend versus 
prior year

Devaluation of 
sterling versus dollar

Risk Category and Principal risks

Context and potential impact

Mitigation actions

Economic and financial risks continued

Foreign currency exposure  
and loan facility

Product liability and insurance risk

War in Ukraine and COVID-19

—  Following the establishment of Oxford 

Biomedica Solutions, the Group expects 
that the proportion of income received in 
US dollars and expenditure incurred in US 
dollars will increase significantly. This risk will 
be partly offset by dollar balances held by the 
Group.

—  The Group’s cash balances were 

predominantly held in pounds Sterling, but 
the Group does keep dollar balances to cover 
net dollar expenditure over a forward-looking 
12 month period. The Group’s Treasury 
Policy permits cash balances to be held in 
other currencies to hedge foreseen foreign 
currency expenses. The Group keeps this 
unhedged position under constant review.

—  With regard to the Oaktree loan agreement, 

compliance with this agreement is monitored 
by the legal department regularly.

—  The Group monitors these potential claims on 
an ongoing basis and undertakes mitigating 
actions, which include taking expert advice 
on the validity of claims and using insurance 
coverage against claims to cover any loss as 
required.

—  The Group is currently able to obtain 

insurance cover. There can be no assurance 
that any future necessary insurance cover will 
be available to the Group at an acceptable 
cost, if at all, or that, in the event of any claim, 
the level of insurance carried by the Group 
now or in the future will be adequate, or that a 
product liability or other claim would not have 
a material and adverse effect on the Group’s 
future profitability and financial condition.

—  The Group has sought to minimise the risk 

arising from energy costs and the security of 
long-term energy supply with long term fixed 
contracts.

—  The Group actively monitors services 

provided for clients to ensure, where possible, 
inflationary cost increases are mitigated.

Sterling has devalued versus the dollar over a 
12 month period leading to increased levels 
of expenditure to service dollar denominated 
supplier spend, interest and loan financing costs. 

In October 2022, the Group refinanced the 
US$85 million secured 12-month loan facility 
from funds managed by Oaktree announced 
previously in March 2022. Under the terms 
of the refinancing, the Group partially repaid 
the outstanding amounts under the previous 
short-term loan facility and negotiated a new 
senior secured four-year term loan facility 
provided by Oaktree in a principal amount of 
US$50 million. The Group also secured the 
option, subject to customary conditions and 
available for a three-year period, to drawdown 
a further US$25 million from Oaktree to fund 
certain permitted acquisitions. Failure to comply 
with the terms of the loan agreement with 
Oaktree could potentially place the Group in 
default, which could adversely affect the Group’s 
business operations, financial position and 
prospects.

In carrying out its activities the Group potentially 
faces contractual and statutory claims or other 
types of claims from clients, suppliers and/or 
investors.

The Group is exposed to potential product 
liability risks that are inherent in the research, 
pre-clinical and clinical evaluation, 
bioprocessing, marketing and use of 
pharmaceutical products.

Inflationary cost pressures have accelerated in 
the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic and the 
war in Ukraine and are expected to impact the 
Group’s operational expenditures, giving rise to 
an increased risk that the Group may not be able 
to pass on resulting price rises to clients. 

Further, there is a risk that such cost pressures 
will negatively impact the Group’s clients and 
could result in a reduction in revenues from 
clients, including revenues from clients under 
long term contracts.

In addition, the risk to the security of the Group’s 
supply of energy has increased considering the 
impact of the war in Ukraine and the resulting 
Russian sanctions.

The Strategic Report on pages 2 to 68 was approved by the Board on 25 April 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Dr. Roch Doliveux
Chair

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

69

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE

Contents

Board of Directors 
Corporate Governance Report 
Audit Committee Report 
Nomination Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Report 
Independent Auditors’ Report  

70
72
78
85
89
115
122

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Corporate Governance

 
70

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
At the end of 2022 the Board comprised the following Directors:

Dr. Roch Doliveux

Stuart Henderson 

Dr. Heather Preston 

Stuart Paynter 

Dr. Michael Hayden 

Dr. Roch Doliveux 

Stuart Henderson 

Stuart Paynter 

Chair 
(Interim Chief Executive Officer January 2022 – 
March 2023)
Dr. Roch Doliveux was appointed to the Board as 
Non-Executive Chair in June 2020. Dr. Doliveux also 
became Interim Chief Executive Officer from January 
2022 until March 2023, following the Company’s 
announcement of John Dawson’s intention to retire 
as Chief Executive Officer and the acquisition of the 
AAV business in the US. 

Dr. Doliveux is currently Chair of the Board of 
Directors at Pierre Fabre S.A. and Vice Chair of 
Pierre Fabre Participations. He was previously the 
Chief Executive Officer of UCB S.A. for ten years 
during which time he transformed the company 
from a diversified chemical group into a global 
biopharmaceutical leader. He was a member of the 
Board of UCB from 2002 – 2015 and from 2017 – 2021. 
In addition, Dr. Doliveux was a member of the 
Board of Stryker from 2010 – 2020 and Chair of the 
Compensation Committee from 2016 – 2020. He also 
chaired the Board of Vlerick Business School from 
2013 – 2017, the Board of IMI, the largest healthcare 
public-private partnership in the world from 
2012 – 2015 and GLG Institute from 2016 – 2022. 

Dr. Doliveux is a Veterinary Surgeon by training and 
has an MBA from INSEAD.

Appointment:
 — Appointed as Non-Executive Director and Chair 

in June 2020.

 — Appointed as Interim Chief Executive Officer in 

January 2022 until March 2023.

Committee membership:
 — Nomination Committee (Chair).
 — Remuneration Committee (Dr. Doliveux did 
not serve as a member of the Remuneration 
Committee whilst he served as Interim Chief 
Executive Officer).

Relevant skills:
 — Corporate strategy.
 — Corporate governance.
 — Investor relations.

Vice Chair 
Stuart Henderson was appointed to the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit 
Committee in June 2016. He became Deputy Chair 
and Senior Independent Director in June 2020. In 
March 2023, Mr Henderson became Vice Chair when 
the role of Deputy Chair and Senior Independent 
Director was divided into two roles. Mr Henderson is 
also the designated Director by the Board to oversee 
engagement between the Board and the workforce. 
Previously, Mr Henderson was a partner at Deloitte, 
where he was Head of European Healthcare and 
Life Sciences. Prior to this he was a Partner at 
Arthur Andersen. 

Mr Henderson has extensive audit and transaction 
experience and has worked with life sciences 
businesses for over 35 years. Mr Henderson is a 
former Director of the Babraham Institute, Biocity 
Group Limited, Norwich Research Partners LLP 
and OneNucleus (the Life Sciences trade body for 
Cambridge and London), and a former Non-Executive 
Director of Cell Therapy Catapult Limited.

Appointment:
 — Appointed a Director in June 2016.

Committee membership:
 — Audit Committee (Chair).
 — Remuneration Committee.
 — Nomination Committee.

Relevant skills:
 — Audit.
 — Corporate governance.
 — Corporate finance.

Dr. Heather Preston 

Independent Non-Executive Director
Dr. Heather Preston was appointed to the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director in March 2018 and was 
appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee in 
June 2020.

Dr. Preston is a Senior Advisor to TPG Biotech. She has 
over 30 years of experience in healthcare, as a scientist, 
physician and management consultant and she has 
been an investor in life sciences and biotechnology 
for the last 20 years. Dr. Preston holds a degree in 
Medicine from the University of Oxford.

Appointment:
 — Appointed a Director in March 2018.

Committee membership:
 — Remuneration Committee (Chair).
 — Audit Committee.
 — Nomination Committee.
 — Scientific and Technology Advisory Committee.*

Relevant skills:
 — Scientific advisory.
 — Corporate finance.
 — Investor relations.

Chief Financial Officer
Stuart Paynter joined the Board as Chief Financial 
Officer in August 2017. Mr Paynter has 22 years’ 
experience in the pharmaceutical and healthcare 
sectors. He qualified as a chartered accountant with 
Haines Watts before moving to EDS.

Mr Paynter subsequently joined Steris, and worked 
in a variety of roles within the healthcare and life 
sciences divisions prior to becoming the European 
Finance Director. Mr Paynter then moved to Shire 
Pharmaceuticals where he became the Senior Director 
of Finance Business Partnering for all business outside 
of the US, transitioning to a corporate finance role 
before becoming the Global Head of Internal Audit. 
Prior to joining Oxford Biomedica Mr Paynter was Head 
of Finance Business Partnering at De La Rue plc. He is 
a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales.

Appointment:
 — Appointed a Director and Chief Financial Officer 

in August 2017.

Committee membership:
 — None.

Dr. Michael Hayden 

Non-Executive Director
Dr. Hayden was appointed to the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director in July 2021. 

He was previously the President of Global R&D and 
Chief Scientific Officer at Teva Pharmaceuticals 
Industries Ltd. and has co-founded five biotechnology 
companies: Prilenia Therapeutics B.V., NeuroVir 
Therapeutics Inc., Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc., Aspreva 
Pharmaceuticals Corp and 89bio, Inc. He currently 
serves as CEO of Prilenia Therapeutics and represents 
private and public (Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc., 
AbCellera Biologics Inc. and 89Bio Inc.) companies 
at board level. Dr. Hayden has focused his research 
primarily on translational medicine, including genetics 
of diabetes, lipoprotein disorders, Huntington’s disease, 
predictive and personalised medicine, and drug 
development, and has authored approximately 900 
peer-reviewed publications and invited submissions.

Appointment:
 — Appointed a Director in July 2021.

Committee membership:
 — Science and Technology Advisory Committee.*

Relevant skills:
 — Cell and gene therapy.
 — Scientific advisory.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance71

Robert Ghenchev 

Catherine Moukheibir 

Professor Dame Kay Davies 

Namrata Patel 

Dr. Siyamak (Sam) Rasty

Robert Ghenchev 

Professor Dame Kay Davies 

Dr. Siyamak (Sam) Rasty

Non-Executive Director
Robert Ghenchev was appointed to the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director in June 2019.

Mr Ghenchev is currently Head of Growth Equity at 
Novo Holdings. Prior to joining Novo Holdings, he 
was an investment banker at Moelis & Company and 
Deutsche Bank in London. Mr Ghenchev has deep 
corporate finance experience advising life science 
companies on a wide range of issues. He holds a 
J.Hons. B.A. degree in Finance and Economics from 
McGill University and a M.Sc. degree in Financial 
Economics from the University of Oxford.

Appointment:
 — Appointed a Director in June 2019.

Committee membership:
 — None.

Relevant skills:
 — Corporate finance.
 — Investor relations.

Catherine Moukheibir 

Independent Non-Executive Director
Catherine Moukheibir was appointed to the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director in December 2021. 

Over the course of her career Ms Moukheibir has 
served in senior executive roles and board positions 
including at Kymab Limited, Innate Pharma S.A, 
Ablynx N.V, Genkyotex S.A, MedDay Pharmaceuticals, 
Zealand Pharma A/S, Zeltia S.A., and Creabilis. Prior 
to that, she was the CFO of Movetis N.V, overseeing 
the company’s IPO on Euronext and subsequent sale 
to Shire Pharmaceuticals. She started her career in 
investment banking and capital markets working in 
the US and London. Ms Moukheibir holds an MBA  
and a Masters in Economics from Yale University.  
Ms Moukheibir has extensive international experience 
in finance, capital markets and life sciences and is 
currently serving as a Non-Executive board member 
with various companies, both listed (Biotalys, 
Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc and MoonLake 
Therapeutics), and privately owned (CMR Surgical 
Limited, Asceneuron SA. DNA Script and Noema 
Pharma).

Appointment:
 — Appointed a Director in December 2021.

Committee membership:
 — Audit Committee.

Relevant skills:
 — Corporate finance.
 — Corporate strategy.

Senior Independent Director
Professor Dame Kay Davies was appointed to the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director in March 2021. 
In March 2023, Professor Davies became Senior 
Independent Director when the role of Deputy Chair 
and Senior Independent Director was divided into 
two roles. 

Professor Davies is a world-leading human geneticist 
with a research focus on the molecular analysis of 
neuromuscular and neurological disease. She is 
currently Professor of Anatomy Emeritus and Co- 
Director of MDUK Oxford Neuromuscular Centre 
at the University of Oxford. She was co-founder 
of Summit Therapeutics Plc, a spinout from her 
research activities. Professor Davies also sits on the 
Board of UCB S.A. and was appointed a governor of 
the Welcome Trust in 2008, serving as Deputy Chair 
between 2013 and 2017. Professor Davies has a BA 
in Chemistry and a D.Phil. in Biochemistry from the 
University of Oxford.

Appointment:
 — Appointed a Director in March 2021.

Committee membership:
 — Remuneration Committee.
 — Nomination Committee.
 — Science and Technology Advisory Committee 

(Chair).*

Relevant skills:
 — Cell and gene therapy.
 — Scientific advisory.

Namrata Patel 

Independent Non-Executive Director
Namrata Patel was appointed to Oxford Biomedica’s 
Board as an Independent Non-Executive Director in 
April 2022. 

Ms Patel has extensive international experience 
in manufacturing and end to end Supply Chain 
management, as well as experience in the 
commercialised regulated industry. She has held 
positions of increasing seniority in major blue 
chip companies including Coca Cola, W H Smith 
Office Supplies, Gillette, and currently leads the 
Global Beauty Sector Supply Chain in Procter & 
Gamble, playing a key role in delivering their 2040 
Sustainability Ambition Goals. She holds a Masters 
in Logistics and Management from the Cranfield 
School of Management, and a BA Hons in Public 
Administration from the University of South Wales, 
Mid Glamorgan.

Appointment:
 — Appointed a Director in April 2022.

Committee membership:
 — None.

Relevant skills:
 — Corporate finance.
 — Investor relations.

Independent Non-Executive Director
Dr. Siyamak (Sam) Rasty was appointed to the Board 
as a Non-Executive Director in December 2020. 

Dr. Rasty was most recently President, Chief Executive 
Officer and Board Director at PlateletBio, a US-based 
pioneering cell therapy company. Previously, he served 
as Chief Operating Officer at Homology Medicines, 
Inc., a genetic medicines company that he helped 
launch in 2016 and transform into an established, 
fully integrated public gene therapy and gene editing 
company. Prior to joining Homology Medicines, he 
held senior positions at Shire Pharmaceuticals, Endo 
Pharmaceuticals and at GlaxoSmithKline. 

Dr. Rasty holds a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from Louisiana 
State University, where he focused on transcriptional 
regulation of lentiviruses, completed a postdoctoral 
fellowship at the University of Pittsburgh School 
of Medicine, and received an MBA from Villanova 
University.

Post period-end, Dr. Rasty informed the Board that he 
will not be standing for re-election at the Company’s 
AGM in June 2023.

Appointment:
 — Appointed a Director in December 2020.

Committee membership:
 — Audit Committee (until December 2021).
 — Scientific and Technology Advisory Committee.*

Relevant skills:
 — Cell and gene therapy.
 — Scientific advisory.

Post period-end, the Board was delighted to 
welcome Dr. Mathias to the Board as Chief Executive 
Officer in March 2023.

Dr. Frank Mathias 

Chief Executive Officer
Dr. Frank Mathias joined Oxford Biomedica’s Board 
in March 2023. Dr. Mathias was previously the CEO 
of Rentschler Biopharma SE, which he successfully 
developed into a leading global, full-service CDMO. 
Prior to this, Dr. Mathias was CEO of Medigene AG, 
a publicly listed immuno-oncology company 
focusing on the development of T-cell-based cancer 
therapies. Over the course of his 30-year career, 
Dr. Mathias has also served in senior roles at leading 
global pharmaceutical companies including Amgen, 
Servier and Hoechst AG, and in 2019 was awarded 
the title of “EY Entrepreneur of the Year” in Germany. 
Dr. Mathias is a pharmacist by training and completed 
his Doctorate in Pharmacy at Paris VI University.

* 

 The Science and Technology Advisory Committee 
(STAC) is a committee comprising four external 
scientific advisors, SET members and Board members. 
The STAC is chaired by Professor Dame Kay Davies.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
72

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present Oxford Biomedica’s Corporate Governance Report for 2022.

Corporate Governance continues to be an important area of focus for the Board. The Board believes that good Corporate Governance is 
essential for the long-term success of the business and this is ultimately the responsibility of the Board and its Committees.

In January 2022, the Company announced that John Dawson intended to retire from his role as Chief Executive Officer and he stepped 
down as a Director in May 2022. At the request of the Board, I assumed the role of Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company in 
January 2022 and an external search consultancy was appointed to commence the formal process to appoint a successor. In November 
2022, the Company was delighted to announce that Dr. Frank Mathias would become Chief Executive Officer from March 2023 to lead 
the Group through its next phase of growth. Dr. Mathias brings world-class innovation and CDMO experience to Oxford Biomedica, and 
joins us from Rentschler Biopharma SE, where he served as their CEO since 2016. The appointment of Dr. Mathias has been a significant 
step in embedding our strategic focus as a quality and innovation-led CDMO. 

At the end of 2022, the Board comprised 40% women, in compliance with the requirements of the Listing Rules. Furthermore, the Board 
is pleased to confirm that it has met the recommendations of the Parker Review on Ethnic Diversity and also meets the requirements of 
the Listing Rules with regard to ethnic diversity in boardrooms (see page 86 for further information).

The Board was pleased to engage more fully with the Company’s stakeholders in 2022 than in the immediately preceding years due 
to the COVID-19 pandemic. We held our AGM as a combined physical and electronic meeting, encouraging shareholders to vote by 
proxy in advance and inviting questions to be submitted to the Board in advance by post or email. These questions and our responses 
were made available on our website. The Board is looking forward to continuing to return to a more normal level of engagement with 
shareholders, employees and other stakeholders in 2023.

Oxford Biomedica achieved significant progress in 2022, with revenues from the core (excluding COVID-19 vaccine manufacturing) 
business achieving double digit revenue growth compared to 2021. Lentiviral vector manufacturing volumes have continued their post 
pandemic upward trajectory, and performance at Oxford Biomedica Solutions has been strong, with four new AAV partner agreements 
signed by the year end, in addition to Homology Medicines, exceeding the originally stated target of two. The Board paid particular 
attention to ensuring that the Group’s strategy continues to be appropriate by holding a one-day strategy review meeting in September 
2022. The strategy review ensured that management focused on delivering the Group’s key priorities operating as a quality and 
innovation-led CDMO, whilst managing the key risks facing the Group and considering how good corporate governance can contribute 
towards delivering the Group’s strategy. 

In November 2022, the Company Secretary conducted an internal evaluation of the Board’s performance covering the period from 
January 2022 to the fourth quarter of 2022. The review process comprised the completion of an anonymised questionnaire covering 
the various aspects of Board activities and Committees. The resulting report was discussed at the Board meetings in January and 
March 2023 and the Board plans to implement appropriate changes based on the outcome of the report.

The following pages set out in more detail the activities and major matters considered by the Board in 2022.

Dr. Roch Doliveux
Chair ¹

¹ 

 Dr. Roch Doliveux served as Interim Chief Executive Officer alongside his duties as Chair from January 2022 until March 2023,  
when Dr. Frank Mathias assumed the role of Chief Executive Officer

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance73

Corporate Governance Framework
The Board and the Senior Executive Team and their respective sub-committees during the period under review, are set out below:

The Board 
Chair – Dr. Roch Doliveux

SET 
Interim CEO –  
Dr. Roch Doliveux¹

Audit Committee 
Chair – Stuart Henderson

Remuneration Committee 
Chair – Dr. Heather Preston

Nomination Committee 
Chair – Dr. Roch Doliveux

PDC

TDC

eOLT

CDC ²

RMC

Science and Technology 
Advisory Committee 
Chair – Prof. Kay Davies

SET  – Senior Executive Team
PDC  – Product Development Committee 
TDC  – Technical Development Committee
eOLT – Extended Operations Leadership Team (incorporates the Quality, Manufacturing and Operations Committee)  
CDC – Commercial Development Committee²
RMC – Risk Management Committee

¹ 

² 

  Dr. Roch Doliveux served as Interim Chief Executive Officer alongside his duties as Chair from January 2022 until March 2023, when Dr. Frank Mathias assumed the role 
of Chief Executive Officer
 The CDC was formally disbanded in the fourth quarter of 2022 and has been succeeded by the newly constituted Portfolio of Sales Committee

At the request of the Board, Dr. Roch Doliveux acted as Interim CEO whilst remaining in his position as Chair after John Dawson 
announced his intention to retire in January 2022. Dr. Doliveux remained in post until Dr. Frank Mathias assumed the role of CEO in March 
2023. Dr. Doliveux was not a member of the Remuneration Committee whilst he served as Interim CEO but was invited to join meetings 
as an observer.

The Board
The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Group by directing and supervising the Group’s activities to create 
shareholder value. In doing so, it ensures that there are robust corporate governance and risk management processes in place. The Board 
comprises both Non-Executive and Executive Directors and provides the forum for external and independent review and challenge 
to the Executives. Following Board changes during 2022, the Board comprised nine Non-Executive Directors and one Executive Director 
at year-end. Robert Ghenchev and Dr. Michael Hayden were considered not to be independent Non-Executive Directors.

The Board’s powers and responsibilities are set out in the Company’s articles of association and it has a formal schedule of matters 
reserved for the Board’s approval.

The Board also takes a close interest in Quality, Health, Safety and Environment and Risk Management. Each of these areas prepare 
reports for the Board ahead of each Board meeting. 

The Chair sets the agenda for the Board meeting in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer and the Company Secretary. Board 
papers, covering the agenda and taking into account items relating to the Board’s responsibilities under s172 of the Companies Act 
2006, are circulated several days ahead of each meeting. Regular Board papers cover reports from the Chief Financial Officer on Finance 
and Investor Relations; the Chief Operations Officer on Safety, Health and Environment and Operations; the Chief Technical Officer on 
Quality, Process Research and Development, Client Programmes and Alliance Management and Analytical Services; the Chief Scientific 
Officer on Research; the Chief Medical Officer on the external funding opportunities for the Group’s therapeutics portfolio and regulatory 
matters; the Chief Business and Commercial Development officer on Business and Corporate Development; the Chief Commercial 
Officer on Commercial CDMO activities; the Chief Information Officer on Cyber security, Digital Strategy and Business Change Projects; 
the Chief People Officer on Human Resources; the Oxford Biomedica Solutions CEO on the Oxford Biomedica Solutions business; 
and a Risk Management Report.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements74

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Factoring stakeholder engagement into Board decisions
By thoroughly understanding the Group’s key stakeholder groups, the Group can factor their needs and concerns into Boardroom 
discussions (further information on the Group’s stakeholders is on pages 14 to 19). The Board’s procedures have been updated to require 
a stakeholder impact analysis to be completed for all material decisions requiring its approval that could impact on one or more of its 
stakeholder groups. The stakeholder impact analysis assists the Directors in performing their duties under s172 of the Companies Act 2006 
and provides the Board with assurance that the potential impacts on its stakeholders are being carefully considered by management when 
developing plans for Board approval.

The stakeholder impact analysis identifies:

 — Potential benefits and areas of concern for each stakeholder group;

 — The procedures and plans being implemented to mitigate against any areas of concern; and

 — Who is responsible for ensuring the mitigation plans are being effectively implemented.

By way of example, the fill/finish case study (pages 18 to 19) illustrates how the Board considered the potential impact of the decision to 
introduce fill/finish at the Oxbox manufacturing site on each stakeholder group as well as stakeholder needs and concerns, in accordance 
with s172 of the Companies Act 2006.

Until John Dawson stepped down as CEO in January 2022, there was a clear division of responsibilities between the Chair and Chief 
Executive Officer. Following John Dawson’s decision to step down, Dr. Roch Doliveux acted as Interim Chief Executive Officer whilst the 
Company undertook a search for a new Chief Executive Officer. Following Dr. Frank Matthias’ appointment as CEO in March 2023 there 
was once again a clear division of responsibilities between the Chair and Chief Executive Officer.

Certain responsibilities are delegated to three Board Committees – the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees. These 
Committees operate under clearly defined terms of reference, which are disclosed on the Group’s website (www.oxb.com). In addition, 
the Company has an advisory committee, the Science and Technology Advisory Committee (STAC) which comprises four external 
scientific advisors, members of the SET and of the Board. The STAC is chaired by Professor Dame Kay Davies and has clearly defined 
terms of reference, which are also disclosed on the Group’s website (www.oxb.com).

Reports from the Audit and Nomination Committees are included in this section and the Directors’ Remuneration Report is on pages 89 
to 114 incorporating the Remuneration Committee report.

At the end of 2022, the Board comprised the following Directors, whose biographies are set out on pages 70 to 71.

 — Dr. Roch Doliveux who was appointed Non-Executive Chair of the Board and Chair of Nomination Committee in June 2020.  

Dr. Doliveux met the independence criteria recommended by the Corporate Governance Code at the time of his appointment.  
Dr. Doliveux acted as Interim CEO from January 2022 until Dr. Frank Matthias joined as CEO in March 2023.

 — Stuart Paynter who was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of the Group in August 2017. 

 — Stuart Henderson who was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in June 2016. Mr Henderson is Chair of the Audit Committee and 

the designated Board representative for the Workforce Engagement Panel. Mr Henderson was appointed Senior Independent Director 
and Deputy Chair following the 2021 AGM until the separation of the roles in March 2023 following which Mr Henderson continues 
to act as Vice Chair. Mr Henderson is considered to be independent.

 — Dr. Heather Preston who was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in March 2018. Dr. Preston is Chair of Remuneration Committee 

and is considered to be independent.

 — Robert Ghenchev who was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in June 2019. Mr Ghenchev is Managing Partner and Head of 
Growth Equity at Novo Holdings, which is a 10.4% investor in the Group, and as such he is not considered independent under the 
Corporate Governance Code.

 — Dr. Sam Rasty who was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in December 2020. Dr. Sam Rasty is considered to be independent.  

Dr. Rasty has informed the Board that he will not be seeking re-election at the Company’s forthcoming 2023 AGM.

 — Professor Dame Kay Davies who was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in March 2021. Professor Davies is considered 

independent. Professor Davies also acts as Chair of the Science and Technology Advisory Committee, an advisory committee to the 
Board and was appointed Senior Independent Director to the Board in March 2023.

 — Dr. Michael Hayden who was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in July 2021. Dr. Hayden is not currently considered to be 

independent, having previously provided consultancy services to the Board. However, in accordance with the Corporate Governance 
Code, the Board hope to deem Dr. Hayden independent in July 2024.

 — Catherine Moukheibir who was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in December 2021. Ms Moukheibir is considered to be 

independent. 

 — Namrata Patel who was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in April 2022. Ms Patel is considered to be independent. 

During the year, John Dawson stepped down as CEO in January 2022 and retired from the Board in May 2022. Since the year-end, 
Dr. Frank Mathias joined the Group and the Board in March 2023 as Chief Executive Officer. 

Each Director is provided with an appropriate induction on appointment.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance75

All Directors and the Board and its Committees have access to advice and the services of the Company Secretary, and to external 
professional advisers as required. The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole to consider.

Board meetings
The Board meets regularly, with meeting dates agreed for each year in advance. During 2022, there were six regular Board meetings 
(on two occasions the meeting took place over two days). The attendance of individual Directors at Board and Committee meetings 
was as follows:

John Dawson¹
Professor Dame Kay Davies
Dr. Roch Doliveux ²
Robert Ghenchev
Dr. Michael Hayden
Stuart Henderson
Catherine Moukheibir
Namrata Patel ³
Stuart Paynter
Dr. Heather Preston
Dr. Sam Rasty

Regular Board 

Possible
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
4
6
6
6

Attended
3
6
6
6
6 ⁴
6
6
4
6
6
6

Audit Committee
Possible

Attended

Remuneration Committee
Attended

Possible

Nomination Committee

Possible

Attended

18
18*

18

18

18
18*

18

18

14
14

14

14

14
14
1*
1*
14
1*
1*

14
1*

3
3

3

3
3

3*
3

¹ 
² 
³ 
⁴ 
* 

 John Dawson retired from the Board in May 2022.
 Dr. Roch Doliveux acting as Interim CEO was not considered independent.
 Namrata Patel was appointed in April 2022.
 Michael Hayden sent apologies for the second day of the September board meeting, which took place over two days.
 Attended as an observer

In addition to the above regular meetings, the Board (or an appointed sub-committee of the Board) met on fifteen other occasions 
to consider specific ad hoc matters including, inter alia, the approval of the 2021 financial statements, the interim 2022 financial results, 
succession planning and the acquisition of an 80% ownership interest in Oxford Biomedica Solutions.

The Chair holds meetings after each regular Board meeting with Non-Executive Directors, without the Executive Directors in attendance.

Board activity during 2022
Board matters during 2022 included:

 — Routinely recurring items such as: the approval of the 2022 financial budget; the 2022 corporate objectives; performance of 2021 
corporate objectives; the preliminary results and Annual report and accounts; the interim results announcement; and review of the 
basis for the Group’s related going concern disclosures;

 — A review of the Group’s strategy, conducted in September;

 — Reviewing the integration of the Oxford Biomedica Solutions business;

 — Reviewing business development opportunities including partnering and collaboration transactions;

 — Reviewing the Group’s strategy relating to external funding opportunities for its therapeutics portfolio;

 — The appointment of Namrata Patel as a Non-Executive Director;

 — The appointment of Dr. Frank Mathias as CEO;

 — Ongoing reviews of the Group’s risk management processes and key risks;

 — Reports on Health, Safety and Environment;

 — The Group’s activities surrounding workforce engagement;

 — Completion of an internal evaluation on Board effectiveness; 

 — Reviewing the implications of ESG, climate change and the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic;

 — On-going review of cyber risks; 

 — On-going review of the Groups intellectual property position; and

 — Review of employee retention statistics.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements76

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Re-election of Directors
In accordance with the articles of association and to ensure compliance with the Corporate Governance Code all Directors are subject to 
annual re-election.

In line with the Corporate Governance Code, Dr. Roch Doliveux, Stuart Paynter, Stuart Henderson, Dr. Heather Preston, Robert Ghenchev, 
Professor Dame Kay Davies, Dr. Michael Hayden, Catherine Moukheibir and Namrata Patel will retire and be subject to re-election at the 
AGM in 2023. Dr. Frank Mathias shall stand for appointment by the shareholders for the first time. Dr. Sam Rasty has informed the Board 
that he will not seek re-election at the AGM in 2023. 

Communication with shareholders
The Board recognises the importance of effective communication with shareholders and potential investors. The primary points of contact 
during 2022 were the Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer but the Chair, Senior Independent Director and Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee are also available for meetings with investors, if required. Since Dr. Frank Mathias joined the Board as Chief 
Executive Officer in March 2023, he has also acted as a primary point of contact. Novo Holdings (10.4% shareholder), continues to be 
represented on the Board by Robert Ghenchev, which ensures a clear channel of communication with Novo Holdings during the year.

The Group has engaged with shareholders and potential investors through the various channels below:

Meetings with existing shareholders

Dr. Roch Doliveux and Stuart Paynter met with major shareholders during 2022.  
Stuart Henderson as Chair of the Audit Committee and Dr. Heather Preston as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee also met with major shareholders. 

2022 Annual General Meeting

Meetings with potential investors

Results announcements and presentations

The 2022 AGM was held on 27 May 2022 as a combined physical and electronic meeting. Save 
for such persons nominated by the Chair of the meeting in order to establish a quorum, Directors 
and Shareholders were encouraged not to attend the AGM in person due to continued advice 
and restrictions on the numbers of attendees in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. Directors and 
Shareholders were invited to attend the AGM virtually, which lasted around 30 minutes. The AGM 
included a Q&A session after the meeting closed with the answers posted on the Group’s website 
(questions to the Group were submitted in advance of the meeting). 

During 2022, Stuart Paynter regularly made presentations and met potential investors on a 
one-to-one basis or virtually at investor conferences in Europe and the US. In addition, Dr. Roch 
Doliveux (Interim CEO and Chair) also met with a number of investors throughout the year. The 
Group conducted investor roadshows periodically, which provided further opportunities to meet 
potential investors. Since his appointment as CEO in March 2023, Dr. Frank Mathias has assumed 
primary responsibility for meetings with potential investors, alongside Stuart Paynter.  

The Group announced its 2021 full year performance and financial results in April 2022, and its 
2022 half year interim results in September 2022, through RNS announcements accompanied 
by analyst conference calls which are accessible to all shareholders and recordings of which 
were made available on the Group’s website. 

2021 Annual report

The Group published its 2021 Annual report and accounts in April 2022. 

Website

The Group’s website http://www.oxb.com contains details of the Group’s activities as well 
as copies of regulatory announcements and press releases, copies of the Group’s financial 
statements, and terms of reference for the Board Committees. Investors and others can 
subscribe to an e-mail alert service, which provides notifications of announcements. 

Investor relations

The Group endeavours to respond to all enquiries from shareholders and potential investors 
received through its enquiry inbox ir@oxb.com. 

Social media

The Group uses LinkedIn and Twitter to alert followers to Company news flow. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance77

The Senior Executive Team (SET) and its committees
Operational management is conducted by the Executive Directors who, together with Dr. James Miskin, Dr. Kyriacos Mitrophanous,  
Nick Page, Dr. Jason Slingsby (stepped down April 2023), Helen Stephenson-Ellis (stepped down April 2022), Natalie Walter, Matthew Treagus; 
Dave Backer (stepped down in September 2022); Tim Kelly (joined March 2022), Lisa James (joined April 2022), Dr. Ravi Rao (joined April 
2022) and Dr. Sébastien Ribault (joined October 2022) formed the Senior Executive Team (SET) during 2022. During 2022, the SET met 
every week, had a once-a-week update meeting and had an extended SET meeting every month, with the agenda covering the full range 
of activities of the Group, including financial performance, organisational and employment matters, risk management and Safety, Health 
and Environment.

There are three SET sub-committees covering the major business operational areas. During 2022, these sub-committees met monthly, 
except for the Product Development Committee and were attended by SET members and other relevant senior managers from the 
business. These sub-committees are:

 — Product Development Committee (PDC) – covering the development of new cell and gene therapy products from initial concept 

through to clinical development;

 — Technical Development Committee (TDC) – covering the development of new and improved assays and production and other 

processes, including cell and vector engineering; and

 — Extended Operational Leadership Team (eOLT) – incorporates the Quality and Manufacturing Operations Committee and covers 

quality, operational and manufacturing matters.

Within their area of responsibility these committees cover objective and target setting, monitoring performance against targets, ensuring 
compliance with GxP and other relevant requirements, monitoring expenditure against budget and risk management.

There are three other important committees:

 — Commercial Development Committee (CDC) – which covers the external opportunities to out-license and in-license technology 

or product candidates and to generate partnership opportunities for manufacturing and product development. Following the strategic 
decision to focus on being a quality and innovation-led CDMO, the CDC was succeeded by a newly constituted Portfolio of Sales 
Committee in the fourth quarter of 2022;

 — Risk Management Committee (RMC) – this committee comprises senior managers from all parts of the business. The committee 

meets at least quarterly to identify and assess risks facing the business and to propose risk mitigation and management actions; and

 — Science And Technology Committee (STAC) – this committee is Chaired by Professor Dame Kay Davies and comprises four external 
scientific advisors, SET members and Board members. The committee met as required to review and assess new technology and 
product opportunities. STAC provides an external independent view of assets to SET and the Board.

Important matters from all of these committees are referred to the SET.

Risk management
The Board is responsible for determining the nature and extent of the risks it is willing to take in achieving the objectives of the Group and 
it reviews current key risks at every Board meeting. The Audit Committee monitors the conduct of the risk management processes within 
the Group whilst the SET is accountable for those processes, identifying the risks facing the Group and formulating risk mitigation plans. 
The active involvement of the Executive Directors in the management sub-committees allows them to monitor and assess significant 
business, operational, financial, compliance and other risks.

The Board’s assessment of the prospects of the Group, its expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due, and the viability statement, are set out on page 118.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements78

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

During 2022, the Audit Committee comprised Stuart Henderson (Chair), Dr. Heather Preston and Catherine Moukheibir. Provision 24 
of the Corporate Governance Code recommends the Audit Committee to comprise at least three Independent Non-Executive Directors 
and the Company complied with this during 2022. Mr Henderson, Dr. Preston and Ms Moukheibir all have relevant experience, which 
qualified them for membership of the Audit Committee and, in Stuart Henderson’s case, to be Chair of the Audit Committee. Their 
experience is set out in their brief biographies on pages 70 and 71.

The role of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities by reviewing and monitoring:

 — The integrity of the financial and narrative statements and other financial information provided to shareholders;

 — The internal controls and risk management for the Company and its subsidiaries (together, the Group);

 — The internal and external audit process and auditors; and

 — The processes for compliance with laws, regulations and ethical codes of practice.

Key activities:

Statutory reporting
In relation to the financial statements, the Audit Committee ensures that the Group provides accurate and timely financial results that 
reflect the relevant accounting standards and judgements appropriately. This includes assisting the Board with oversight of the quality 
and integrity of the Group’s financial reporting and accounting policies and practices and the Group’s status as a going concern and 
longer-term prospects and viability, including the appropriateness of a three-year period assessment reflecting the dynamic and changing 
environment in which the Group operates (see pages 117 and 119). The Audit Committee reviewed and recommended the approval  
of the 2021 preliminary results and 2021 Annual report and accounts, the 2022 interim financial statements, the Group’s 2022 preliminary 
results and this Annual report and accounts.

As part of its review of the financial statements, the Audit Committee considered, and challenged as appropriate, the accounting policies 
and significant judgements and estimates underpinning the financial statements. Details regarding the significant financial reporting 
matters and how they were addressed by the Audit Committee are set out later in this report.

Risk management
On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee oversees the risk management strategy and appetite, the appropriateness and effectiveness 
of internal control processes, and Corporate Governance Code compliance. 

At least annually, the Chair of the Risk Management Committee (RMC) presents the Audit Committee with an update on the significant 
current and emerging risks including, inter alia, the ongoing war in Ukraine, and the reputational and financial risks related to the launch, 
alignment and financial and operational success of Oxford Biomedica Solutions, and the associated steps that the Group takes to mitigate 
such risks via updates from the RMC. Further details of these risks can be found on pages 64 and 68 of the Annual report and accounts.

During 2022, the RMC extended the Corporate Risk Register to include potential scenarios where fraud could arise across the Group. 
The Audit Committee reviewed and had the opportunity to provide feedback on the identified high and medium risk scenarios.

Internal control
The Directors are responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness. The system is designed 
to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business objectives, and can only provide reasonable, and not absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement or loss. At least annually, the Group Financial Controller, or Director of Financial Controls, 
presents the Audit Committee with an update on control activity performed during the year, including financial, operational and 
compliance controls. The status of the finance function transformation was reviewed at the April 2022 and November 2022 Audit 
Committee meetings. Based on its review, the Audit Committee has concluded that the system of internal control provides a reasonable 
basis for signing off the Annual report and accounts.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance79

The main features of the internal control process which apply to the Group’s financial reporting processes include:

 — A detailed review process of the Annual report and accounts, including review by the SET and the Board;

 — Preparation of accounting papers for significant accounting and judgemental issues and review by the Group Financial Controller, 

Chief Financial Officer and the Audit Committee;

 — Performance of an annual assessment of the risk of financial fraud and misstatement within the financial statements and accounting 

records, and assessment of the appropriateness of controls in place to mitigate the risks identified to an acceptable level;

 — Preparation of detailed going concern and viability assessment papers and cash flow forecasts by the Head of Financial Planning and 

Analysis, with subsequent detailed review and approval by the Chief Financial Officer and the Board; 

 — Organisation of the finance function such that monthly management results and externally reported financial statements are subject 

to thorough review by the Group Financial Controller, Head of Financial Planning and Analysis and the Chief Financial Officer;

 — Performance of control procedures over revenues, journals and key statement of financial position accounts which have been 

assessed to have the greatest risk of misstatement; and

 — Clear separation of duties and detailed authorisation limits within the financial processes such as approval of invoices, purchase orders, 

payroll and disbursements.

The Group is in the process of implementing a finance function transformation strategy to enhance the internal control environment, 
ahead of expected corporate governance reforms published in the UK Government’s Department for Business, Energy & Industrial 
Strategy (BEIS) White Paper “Restoring trust in audit and corporate governance”. During 2022, the UK Government confirmed a draft Audit 
Reform Bill on its 2022/23 legislative agenda. 

The implementation of the transformation strategy has made good progress during 2022 and has achieved the following:

 — Completed a partnership with a professional services firm to review and update the internal control policies, procedures, and process 

flowcharts over financial reporting;

 — Launch of a risk and controls library, managing the key risks and mitigating controls across the end-to-end financial reporting process;

 — Performance of monthly monitoring and testing of the Group’s financial control framework, with escalation in place on key operating 

financial controls;

 — Undertaken extensive housekeeping improvements to the financial reporting process, including bringing all balance sheet 

reconciliations up-to-date; clearing down long-aged balances within the GRNI (goods received but not invoiced) and expense 
ledgers; improving the efficiency of managing prepayments, invoice processing, fixed assets and expense claims; 

 — Continued to develop accounting processes to ensure the timely and accurate integration of the financial reporting of Oxford 

Biomedica Solutions into the Group; 

 — Recognised the importance and risks associated with manual spreadsheets, by ensuring key spreadsheets supporting financial 

reporting comply with spreadsheet control principles;

 — Created a fraud risk register, to complement the corporate risk register, capturing material fraud risks to the group, and an assessment 

of the mitigating controls; and

 — Reported regularly to the Audit Committee on progress of the transformation strategy.

Over the next 12 months, the finance transformation project will continue to deliver strengthened controls and efficiencies across the 
financial reporting processes.

Compliance
The Audit Committee supports the Board in discharging its responsibilities in relation to whistleblowing, ethical behaviour, and the 
prevention of bribery, fraud, and adherence to modern slavery legislation.

External audit
The Audit Committee considers the audit scope and auditor’s fees, auditor independence and non-audit fees, as well as update reports, 
management letter observations and effectiveness reviews.

Annual evaluation for an Internal audit function
The Group does not currently operate an Internal Audit function, although on an annual basis the Audit Committee considers the need 
for such a function. Upon the completion of the finance function transformation referred to above, the Audit Committee will consider the 
commission of an annual third-party internal audit review of the effectiveness of key controls on a cyclical basis.

In the absence of an Internal Audit function, the Audit Committee receives an update from either the Group Financial Controller or the 
Director of Financial Controls regarding control activity performed during the year, as explained in the internal control section on page 78.

Other governance matters
The Audit Committee considers its effectiveness on a stand-alone basis, as a detailed sub-set of the Board effectiveness review. Each year 
the Audit Committee considers its terms of reference and recommends any changes it deems necessary or beneficial to the Board.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements80

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Meetings held:
The Audit Committee met three times in 2022. The key items for discussion and review were as follows:

 — 19 April 2022 – to review the 2021 audit findings and consider the auditors’ report. The Audit Committee reviewed all the material 
accounting and estimation judgments likely to have a material impact on the financial statements. The auditors reported on their 
significant risk areas of audit focus including bioprocessing contract revenue recognition, going concern, and the audit approach to 
the launch of Oxford Biomedica Solutions. The Audit Committee approved the disclosure of the prior period restatement for inclusion 
in the accounts. The Audit Committee noted progress on the finance function transformation project. A risk report was presented and 
the Audit Committee noted new risks, as identified above. 

 — 8 September 2022 – to review the 2022 interim results as well as discussed the audit strategy and plan for 2022. The auditors reported 
on the status of their review of areas of audit focus, including changes to materiality levels, contract revenue recognition, fraudulent 
revenue recognition and management override of controls. In relation to their review of the launch of Oxford Biomedica Solutions, 
the auditors reported on the judgements made and benchmarking over the valuation of intangible assets and goodwill, and their 
assessment of deferred tax liability. The auditors agreed that the adoption of the going concern basis was appropriate.

 — 17 November 2022 – to review risk management, insurance strategy, tax strategy, treasury policy and the financial control environment 

and related controls. Key risks, including risk register updates, were also highlighted to the Audit Committee. The 2022/2023 
insurance strategy was discussed and agreed, including discussions around directors and officers, errors and omissions insurance 
and cyber insurance. The Audit Committee also agreed the tax strategy. The Audit Committee approved the current treasury policy 
and discussed the progress on the Group’s strategy of enhancing its financial control environment and related controls. 

As noted in the Corporate Governance report, the Chair of the Audit Committee often meets shareholders during the AGM, and is always 
available to discuss Audit Committee matters with shareholders throughout the year. It is intended that significant shareholders will 
be informed of the Group’s decision to change auditor and the Chair of the Audit Committee will engage with those shareholders at the 
appropriate time. 

Key judgements and estimates considered within the financial statements:
The Audit Committee considered the following key judgements and estimates during the year. As part of these considerations, 
the Committee received updates from management and from the external auditors.

Issue
Contract revenues: 
identification of performance 
obligations, allocation 
of revenue and timing 
of revenue recognition

How the issue was addressed by the committee
The Group identified three key areas of judgement within the collaboration agreements entered into during the 
period as follows: (i) in relation to the number of distinct performance obligations contained within each collaboration 
agreement; (ii) the fair value allocation of revenue to each performance obligation; and (iii) the timing of revenue 
recognition based on the achievement of the relevant performance obligation. The sales royalties contained within 
the collaboration agreements qualify for the royalty exemption available under IFRS 15 and will only be recognised 
as the underlying sales are made even though the performance obligation, in terms of the technology license, has 
already been met.

The judgements with regards to the number of distinct performance obligations and the fair value allocation of 
revenue to each performance obligation takes place on a contract-by-contract basis across numerous contracts 
entered into by the Group. As these judgements take place across numerous contracts, each with different 
characteristics, it is not practical to provide a quantitative analysis of the impact of applying different judgements.  

Modification of Oaktree 
loan agreement

On 10 March 2022, the Group entered into and drew down an US$85 million loan facility agreement with Oaktree 
under a one year facility agreement maturing in 2023 with a nominal interest rate on the loan of 8.5%. On 7 October 
2022, US$35 million was repaid and the term was extended to October 2026, with a variable interest rate of 10.25%.

The Audit Committee determined that the modification of the loan facility is not a substantial modification and 
therefore will be recognised as a non-substantial modification to the existing loan, with the loan being restated 
to its present value and subsequently at amortised cost under the effective interest rate method. This was 
determined on the basis of a quantitative test performed as required by IFRS 9 resulting in a 3% change to the net 
present value of the remaining cash flows when compared to the original cash flows under the original terms.

This was determined on the basis of the quantitative test performed as required by IFRS 9 resulting in a 3% change to 
the net present value of the remaining cash flows when compared to the original cash flows under the original terms. 
Management has also performed a qualitative assessment to identify substantial differences in terms that by nature 
were not captured by the quantitative assessment.

In considering the qualitative factors, Management has considered the payment terms, options, change in other 
terms and collaterals. Based on the quantitative and qualitative assessment, Management has determined that 
the modification of the loan does not meet the substantial modification criteria.

If the Group had concluded that the amendment constituted a significant modification, this accounting 
treatment would have resulted in the recognition of a loss of £1,391,000, recognition of legal fees of £439,000 
and an increase in the loan balance of £409,000 on 7 October 2022. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance81

Issue
Percentage of completion 
of bioprocessing batch 
revenues

How the issue was addressed by the committee
Bioprocessing of clinical/commercial product for clients is recognised on a percentage of completion basis over 
time as the processes are carried out. Progress is determined based on the achievement of verifiable stages of 
the bioprocessing process. Revenues are recognised on a percentage of completion basis and as such require 
estimation in terms of the assessment of the correct stage of completion including the expected costs of 
completion for that specific bioprocessing batch. 

The value of the revenue recognised with regards to the bioprocessing batches which remain in progress at 
period end is £32.0 million. If the assessed percentage of completion was 10 percentage points higher or lower, 
revenue recognised in the period would have been £3.9 million higher or lower. 

Percentage of completion 
of fixed price process 
development revenues

As it satisfies its performance obligations, the Group recognises revenue and the related contract asset 
with regards to fixed price process development work packages. Revenues are recognised on a percentage of 
completion basis and as such require estimation in terms of the assessment of the correct percentage 
of completion for that specific process development work package. 

The value of the revenue recognised and the related contract asset raised with regards to the work packages which 
remain in progress at period end is £8,179,000. If the assessed percentage of completion was 10 percentage points 
higher or lower, revenue recognised in the period would have been £818,000 higher or lower. 

Provision for out of 
specification bioprocessing 
batches 

Bioprocessing of clinical/commercial product for clients is recognised on a percentage of completion basis over 
time as the processes are carried out. Progress is determined based on the achievement of verifiable stages of 
the process. 

As the Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd has now been bioprocessing product across a number of years, and also 
in a commercial capacity, the Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd has assessed the need to include an estimate of 
bioprocessed product for which revenue has previously been recognised and which may be reversed should 
the product go out of specification during the remaining period over which the product is bioprocessed. In 
calculating this estimate the Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd has looked at historical rates of out of specification 
batches across the last four years and has applied the percentage of out of specification batches to total batches 
produced across the assessed period to the revenue recognised on batches which have not yet completed the 
bioprocessing process at period end.

This estimate, based on the historical average percentage, may be significantly higher or lower depending on the 
number of bioprocessing batches actually going out of specification in future. If the historical average percentage 
had been 10% higher or lower, the estimate would be £259,000 higher or lower. The estimate will increase or 
decrease based on the number of bioprocessing batches undertaken, the percentage of completion of those 
bioprocessing batches, and the number of batches which go out of specification over the assessment period.

Consequently, bioprocessing revenue of £2,592,000 (2021: £769,000) has not been recognised during 2022 
with the corresponding credit to contract liabilities (note 19). This revenue will be recognised as the batches 
complete bioprocessing.

No provision for out of specification batches has been raised for Oxford Biomedica Solutions as management 
has concluded that, based on review of analytical testing results received after year end, no bioprocessing batch 
was deemed to be at risk of failure to meet specifications. 

The estimated useful life of developed technology acquired by the Group is 15 years, as the Group expects the 
technology to generate cash flows for a total of 15 years. The estimate of 15 years is based on management’s 
experience of the time period over which the technology acquired as part of the launch of Oxford Biomedica 
Solutions will become fully obsolete. Over time as the platform technology is improved, parts of the technology 
become obsolete as they are superseded by new technology until after 15 years the original technology is 
expected to have been fully replaced by newer/improved technology. 

If the estimated useful life of the assets had been 10 years, the estimated amortisation for the year ended 
31 December 2022 would be £3,036,000 higher (2021: nil); whilst, if the estimated useful life of the assets had 
been 20 years, the estimated amortisation for the year ended 31 December 2022 would be £1,518,000 million 
lower (2021: nil). 

Amortisation of intangible 
assets (developed technology) 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements82

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Issue
Sale and leaseback: 
lease liability discount rate

How the issue was addressed by the committee
During November 2022, the Group sold its Windrush Court facility to Kadans for a cash consideration of £60 million 
in a sale and leaseback transaction (see note 33). A key estimate identified within the sale and leaseback agreement 
was the incremental borrowing rate used to discount the lease liability cash flows back to their present value to 
determine the lease liability at year end. 

As the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate was based on 
the information available at the commencement date in determining the discount rate used to calculate the present 
value of lease payments. The rate has been determined using previously available information on borrowing rate as 
well as indicative borrowing rate that would be available to the Group based on the value, currency and borrowing 
term provided by financial institutions, adjusted for company and market specific factors. Estimation uncertainty is 
involved in selecting an appropriate rate, and the rate selected for each lease will have an impact on the value of the 
lease liability and corresponding right-of-use asset in the consolidated statement of financial positions.

If the estimated lease liability discount rate had been one percentage higher or lower, the gain recognised on the 
sale of the Windrush Court facility would have been £1,775,000 higher or lower (2021: nil) with the other side of 
the entry decreasing or increasing the lease liability by £2,027,000 (2021: £nil) and decreasing or increasing right 
of use assets by a £253,000 (2021: £nil). 

Valuation of put option liability On 10 March 2022, the Group recognised a put option liability to acquire the remaining 20% of Oxford Biomedica 

Solutions that it doesn’t already own, from Homology Medicines. The fair value of the option at the date of 
acquisition was assessed to be £39.0 million. As at 31 December 2022, the fair value of the put option liability was 
£38.2 million (2021: nil).

The Group estimates the value of the put liability using a Monte Carlo simulation which calculates the expected 
future exercise value of the put option, taking into consideration Oxford Biomedica Solutions’ forecasted 
revenues over the period up until the expected exercise date along with the expected volatility of those revenues 
over that same period. The expected future exercise value is then discounted to the present using a discount rate 
in order to capture the counter party risk of the expected payment. 

Key estimation uncertainty inputs which directly impact the valuation of the put liability are assessed to be:

—  Revenues of Oxford Biomedica Solutions – the revenues of Oxford Biomedica Solutions are based on the 
management approved forecast up until the end of the option period. Should the forecast change or the 
actual results vary, this may impact the value of the put option liability; 

—  Expected volatility of revenues – should the expected volatility of Oxford Biomedica Solutions revenues vary, 

this may impact the value of the put option liability; and

—  Discount rate – the discount rate may be impacted by economic and market factors, as well as changes to the 

risk free rate of return which impacts debt borrowing rates. Should the discount rate calculated by management 
be adjusted, this may impact the value of the put option. Management has calculated the discount rate based on 
the risk free rate, the expected return from similar companies and the Group’s cost of debt. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance83

Other estimates 
The accounting for the following matter involved a high-level of estimation during the year. However, as the acquisition accounting is 
considered final, this matter is not considered a major source of estimation uncertainty with a significant risk of resulting in a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

Issue
Valuation of acquired 
intangible assets

How the issue was addressed by the committee
As part of the acquisition accounting for the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions in 2022, we have 
performed an assessment on the identification, fair value, and expected useful economic lives of acquired 
intangible assets such as developed technology assets at the date of acquisition. The fair value attributed to 
intangible assets arising on acquisition is recognised in accordance with IAS 38 Intangible assets and is based on 
a number of estimates.

The acquired identifiable assets and liabilities have been recognised at their fair values at acquisition date and in 
accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. The fair value of the developed technologies intangible asset is 
considered a key estimate subject to estimation uncertainty.

Below are the details for the valuation methodologies used for the intangible assets.

Acquired developed technology has been valued using the multi-period excess earnings method (MPEEM) 
method, valued at £102.8 million, The MPEEM method considers the present value of net cash flows expected to 
be generated by the client relationships, by excluding any cash flows related to contributory assets.

Management considers the weighted average return on assets and discount rates as critical estimates as a reasonably 
possible change to these assumptions in aggregation, or in isolation, will have an impact on the consolidated 
financial statements. The weighted average return on assets and discount rate used by management in the valuation 
of the developed technology is 17.3% and 20% respectively. Below are the various sensitivities of weighted average 
return on assets and discount rates and their impact on the related intangible assets.

Sensitivities

Discount rate
17%
18%
19%

Weighted average  
rate of return
15.0%
15.8%
16.5%

Adjusted Developed 
technology value 
£’m
121.8
113.5
106.0

Impact 
£’m
19.0
10.7
3.2

Upon identification of these key judgements and estimates, management provided the Audit Committee with a detailed update on 
the nature, reasoning behind and risk of misstatement of these key accounting items, estimates and judgements, including any related 
accounting papers and other supporting documents. Any significant change to the method of calculation of these issues, or the 
judgement or estimates involved, is flagged to the Audit Committee, with regular updates being provided until such time as these are 
finalised prior to release of the year end or interim results. The committee challenged each of the judgements and estimates and the 
range of possible alternatives are as disclosed above. The committee determined that the judgements and estimates made in the financial 
statements accurately reflect the performance and position of the business in the year.

The Group’s external auditor has reported to the Audit Committee that they have reviewed the assumptions and methods used in 
calculating these key accounting items, estimates and judgements, as well as performing detailed testing of the year end position, and 
found these significant issues to be appropriately accounted for.

Having provided appropriate challenge to management and the external auditor, the Audit Committee has concluded that these key 
judgements and estimates have been appropriately accounted for.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
84

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

COVID-19:
The Group, and it’s employees, have experienced how a successful flexible-working model has demonstrated improved cost savings, 
productivity and engagement. As most of the internal controls implemented by the business are system based, this has not had a 
detrimental impact on the control environment. The Group continues to develop the remote working facilities in place for its employees.

External audit:
The Group intends to welcome PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) who, subject to shareholder approval at the Company’s AGM, replace 
KPMG LLP who were appointed in 2018 as independent auditors. PwC’s forthcoming appointment followed a competitive tender between 
two firms (PwC and Ernst & Young LLP) during 2022. KPMG LLP will continue in office until the conclusion of the Company’s AGM.

The audit tender was led by the Chair of the Audit Committee with support from various members of the finance function. A robust 
process was carried out, following a common set of criteria for evaluating the proposals, including:

 — Audit approach and quality;

 — The lead partner and their audit team;

 — Sector experience;

 — Approach to resolving issues in matters of judgement; and

 — Values alignment and cultural fit.

Shareholders are due to consider a resolution to appoint PwC at the Company’s AGM in June 2023. Under the direction of the Audit 
Partner, and working closely with the Group, PwC have implemented a comprehensive audit transition plan. As a tender for audit services 
was completed in 2022, there are no forthcoming plans to conduct a fresh tender for audit services.

The Audit Committee regularly reviews the role of the external auditor and the scope of their audit. The Audit Committee considers the 
effectiveness of the external auditor on an ongoing basis during the year, considering, among other things, its independence, objectivity, 
appropriate mindset and professional scepticism, through its own observations and interactions with the external auditor, and having 
regard to the following: 

 — Experience and expertise of the external auditor in their direct communication with, and support to, the Audit Committee;

 — Content, quality of insights and value of their reports;

 — Fulfilment of the agreed external audit plan;

 — Robustness and perceptiveness of the external auditor in their handling of key accounting and audit judgements;

 — The interaction between management and the external auditor, including ensuring that management dedicates sufficient time 

to the audit process;

 — Provision of non-audit services, as set out below; and

 — Other relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements.

Up to the release of the 2022 financial statements, KPMG contributed a further independent perspective on certain aspects of the Group’s 
financial control systems arising from their normal audit procedures and reported these to the Audit Committee.

The process for approving all non-audit work provided by the external auditor is overseen by the Audit Committee in order to safeguard 
the objectivity and independence of the auditor, and in compliance with regulatory and ethical guidance. If KPMG (or their successors, 
PwC) were to be chosen to provide non-audit services it would be the result of their demonstrating the relevant skills and experience to 
make it an appropriate supplier to undertake the work in a cost-effective manner. The Group’s policy for non-audit services reflects the 
regulations that prohibit the provision of certain non-audit services, such as payroll services, by the external auditor and introduces a cap 
on non-audit fees. In line with the regulations, the Group is required to cap the level of non-audit fees paid to its external auditor and has 
done this at 10% of the audit fees paid in the previous financial year. 

With the exception of fees paid in respect of the auditors’ review of the Group’s interim financial statements, there were no non-audit 
fees received by KPMG in 2022. The non-audit fees policy is compliant with ethical Standards for Auditors. In 2022, KPMG received total 
fees of £1.08 million (2021: £0.5 million) which is an increase of £0.58 million versus the previous period. Fees paid to KPMG are set out 
in note 7 to the financial statements.

Fair, balanced and understandable statement:
The Audit Committee considered this Annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, and concluded that the disclosures, as well as the 
processes and controls underlying its production, were appropriate and recommended to the Board that the Annual report and accounts 
is fair, balanced and understandable while providing the necessary information to assess the Group’s position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

Stuart Henderson
Audit Committee Chair

25 April 2023

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceNOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

85

The Nomination Committee, which is chaired by Dr. Roch Doliveux, in his capacity as the Company’s Chair, leads the process for making 
appointments to the Board and succession planning, and comprises Stuart Henderson, Dr. Heather Preston and Professor Dame Kay 
Davies. All Nomination Committee members, apart from Dr. Doliveux during 2022 (due to Dr. Doliveux holding the roles of Chair and 
Interim CEO) were deemed Independent Non-Executive Directors. Since Dr. Frank Mathias assumed the role of CEO in March 2023, 
all Nomination Committee members are now deemed Independent Non-Executive Directors. The primary duties of the Nomination 
Committee are set out in its written terms of reference, a copy of which is available on the Group’s website.

The Nomination Committee met 14 times in 2022 on an ad hoc basis in order to discuss the search for a new CEO, additional Non-
Executive Directors and general succession planning. In January 2022, John Dawson notified the Group that he intended to retire 
as a Director at the next AGM having provided more than 13 years of dedicated service and leadership to the Group. Mr Dawson 
stepped down as CEO in January 2022 and did not stand for re-election as a Director at the AGM in May 2022. Following Mr Dawson’s 
announcement of his retirement, the Board initiated a search with an external search consultancy, Egon Zehnder, for his successor 
and asked Dr. Doliveux to act as Interim CEO whilst remaining in his position as Chair. In November 2022, the Board was delighted to 
announce the appointment of Dr. Frank Mathias as CEO. Dr. Mathias joined the Group in March 2023. The Company and the Directors 
have no connections with Egon Zehnder. 

In addition, in April 2022, the Company was pleased to announce that the Board had been further strengthened by the appointment 
of Namrata Patel as an Independent Non-Executive Director, Ms Patel’s appointment brings a wealth of international experience in 
manufacturing and end-to-end supply chain with experience in a commercialised regulated industry as well as a wealth of sustainability 
experience to the Board. The appointment followed a search conducted by an external search consultancy, Spencer Stuart, specifically 
targeting the selection of female and ethnically diverse candidates. The Company and the Directors have no connections with Spencer Stuart. 

Board succession planning
During 2022, the Board reviewed the succession plans for both its composition and that of its Committees and the continued 
development of the Board. As noted above, the Board conducted searches with external search consultants during 2022 for a CEO 
and an additional Independent Non-Executive Director, successfully announcing the appointment of Namrata Patel as Independent 
Non-Executive Director in April 2022 and Dr. Frank Mathias as CEO in November 2022. 

Following the announcement of Dr. Frank Mathias as CEO, the Board noted that upon Dr. Mathias joining the Group in 2023, the Board 
would not be in compliance with the forthcoming requirement set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6(9)(a)(i) that the Board comprise 40% women. 
The requirement applies for reporting periods commencing 1 April 2022 and accordingly, at the end of 2022, the Board commenced 
a search for an additional Independent Non-Executive Director targeting the selection of female and ethnically diverse candidates to join 
the Board, with an external search consultancy, Koenig Associates. The Company and the Directors have no connections with Koenig 
Associates. 

In addition, in January 2023, Dr. Sam Rasty informed the Board that he would not be standing for re-election at the AGM in June 2023.

As part of its succession planning, the Nomination Committee identified that in order to meet the forthcoming recommendations for reporting 
periods commencing 1 April 2022 set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6(9)(a)(ii) and also the recommendations of the FTSE Women Leaders Review, 
a woman should hold a senior position on the Board. Following the Company’s announcement of the appointment of Dr. Mathias as CEO, 
in order to prepare for this new requirement, the Nomination Committee decided to split the role of Deputy Chair and Senior Independent 
Director into two roles and appointing Dame Professor Kay Davies as the Senior Independent Director and appointing Stuart Henderson 
as Vice Chair with effect from 22 March 2023. Professor Davies also acts as Chair of the Science and Technology Advisory Committee, an 
advisory committee to the Board. In accordance with the Corporate Governance Code a description of the responsibilities of the Chair, Vice 
Chair, CEO, Senior Independent Director, the Board and its Committees can be found on the Company’s website.

As at 31 December 2022, the Company was, and continues to be, in compliance with the forthcoming recommendations set out in 
Listing Rule 9.8.6(9)(a)(iii) that at least one individual on the Board is from a minority ethnic background. In addition, the Company also 
met the recommendation with regard to 40% of the Board comprised of women.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements86

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Workforce Engagement Panel and Designated Non-Executive Director
In compliance with Corporate Governance Code, the Group has an established Workforce Engagement Panel (WEP) comprising 
employees from all levels and functions across the Group. The purpose of the WEP is to enable employees to discuss issues of importance 
to them and ensure that senior leaders and the Board hear the views of the workforce. Stuart Henderson was appointed as the designated 
Board representative, to oversee engagement between the Board and the workforce (further information on the WEP can be found on 
page 44). The WEP met nine times during 2022 and Mr Henderson attended two of those meetings during 2022. The Chair and Vice Chair 
of the WEP also presented to the Board during 2022 on two occasions. Topics covered by the WEP during 2022 included the results of 
the Company-wide employee engagement survey, “Your Voice”; employee recognition programme; social engagement and activities for 
employees; equality, diversity and inclusion initiatives; and the CEO recruitment process.

During the year, the WEP was pleased to welcome two additional representatives from Oxford Biomedica Solutions and the process for 
appointment of WEP representatives was revised to allow for panel representatives to be elected by employees.

Board evaluation
Following an externally-facilitated evaluation of the Board’s performance in 2021, in December 2022, the Company Secretary conducted 
an internal evaluation of the Board’s performance covering the period from January 2022 to the fourth quarter of 2022. The review 
process comprised the completion of an anonymous questionnaire covering the various aspects of the activities of the Board and its 
Committees. Post period-end, the resulting report was discussed at the first two Board meetings in 2023. Board members valued the 
feedback of their peers and the Board as drawn up an action plan to implement appropriate changes based on the discussions of the 
report, including suggestions provided by Board members regarding the onboarding and integration of the new CEO. The Board intends 
to continue to comply with the Corporate Governance Code guidance that the evaluation should be externally facilitated at least every 
three years and expects to commission the next externally facilitated review in 2024.

Diversity and Inclusion
The Group recognises the importance of diversity and is committed to encouraging equality and diversity among its workforce. The 
Group aims to create an inclusive working environment based on merit, fairness and respect to enable it to attract and retain the most 
talented people from all backgrounds and cultures. The Group is also working to achieve a diverse Board and, just as importantly, diverse 
management teams. Appointments to the Board are based on merit taking into account suitability for the role, composition and balance 
of the Board to ensure that the Group has the right mix of skills, experience, independence, knowledge and consideration of the Group’s 
strategic objectives.

The Nomination Committee has a formal and rigorous appointment process involving most if not all Board members and makes 
recommendations based on the capabilities of individual candidates, having due regard for the benefits of diversity with no restrictions 
on age, gender, religion, ethnic background, whose competencies will enhance the Board.

The Group supports the principles of the FTSE Women Leaders Review on gender balance in FTSE leadership. In order to strengthen 
and diversify the Board, the Board initiated a search for an additional Independent Non-Executive Director targeting the selection of 
female and ethnically diverse candidates and was delighted to welcome Namrata Patel to the Board as an Independent Non-Executive 
Director in April 2022. Following Ms Patel’s appointment, the Board comprised 36% women in April 2022 and 40% women from May 
2022 (following John Dawson’s retirement) until the end of the year. Following Dr. Frank Mathias’ appointment to the Board in March 
2023, this ratio changed and for a short period the Board will comprise 36% women until the conclusion of the Company’s 2023 AGM at 
which point Dr Sam Rasty will not stand for re-election and the Board will again comprise 40% women. Consequently, as at 31 December 
2022 the Board was in compliance with both the recommendations of the FTSE Women Leaders Review and also the forthcoming 
requirement set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6(9)(a)(i) that the Board comprise 40% women. The Remuneration Committee comprised 66% 
women, the Nomination Committee comprised 50% women and the Audit Committee comprised 66% women in 2022. In addition, both 
the Remuneration Committee and the Science and Technology Advisory Committee are chaired by women.

The Group believes that members of the Board and senior management should collectively possess a diverse range of skills, expertise 
and should come from a diverse range of ethnic and societal backgrounds. In terms of the next level of management, as at 31 December 
2022, the SET, excluding the Executive Directors, totalled ten, of which there were two female members. In the gender pay gap report 
for 2022 (for the full report see the Group’s website www.oxb.com), the Group had more females (54%) than males (46%) at the Head of 
Department level and senior management level, thereby meeting the FTSE Women Leaders Review’s recommendation that 40% of senior 
leadership roles (defined as the SET and their direct reports) be held by women at the end of 2025. Part of the Group’s strategy will be to 
maintain and improve on the targets, so that the objectives of the FTSE Women Leaders Review will continue to be met during 2023/2024.

The Board is aware of the recommendations of the Parker Review on Ethnic Diversity (Parker Review). The Parker Review set a target for 
FTSE 250 companies to have at least one Board member from a minority ethnic background by 2024. Whilst during the first 3 months 
of 2022 none of the serving Board members identified as belonging to an ethnic minority, the Nomination Committee had initiated a 
search during 2021 for an additional Independent Non-Executive Director. The search targeted female and ethnically diverse candidates, 
whilst taking into account suitability for the role to ensure that the Group has the right mix of skills, experience, independence and 
knowledge for the Group’s strategic objectives. In April 2022, the Group welcomed Namrata Patel to the Board, further strengthening 
and diversifying the Board and aligning the Board’s composition with both the recommendations of the Parker Review and also the 
forthcoming recommendation set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6(9)(a)(iii) that at least one individual of the board of directors is from a minority 
ethnic background.

As noted above, as at 31 December 2022, the Group met the forthcoming recommendations set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6(9) with regard to 
the representation of female and minority ethnic groups on its Board. Further to this, in line with the forthcoming requirements of Listing 
Rule 9.8.6(10) the Group has collated numerical data on the ethnic background and the gender identity or sex of the individuals on the 
Board and in its SET as at 31 December 2022, as set out in the following tables. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance87

Sex of Board and SET members

Men
Women

Number of  
Board members

Percentage of 
the Board

6

4

60%

40%

Number of 
senior positions 
on the Board (CEO,  
CFO, SID and Chair)

4

0¹

Number in executive 
management

9

2

Percentage of  
executive 
management

81.81%

18.18%

¹ 

 Post period-end the Nomination Committee appointed Dame Professor Kay Davies as the Senior Independent Director.

Ethnic background of Board and SET members

Number of  
Board members

Percentage of 
the Board

Number of 
senior positions 
on the Board (CEO,  
CFO, SID and Chair)

Number in executive 
management

Percentage of  
executive 
management

White British or other 
White (including 
minority-white groups)
Asian/Asian British

9
1

90%
10%

4
–

10
1

91%
9%

The reference date used by the Group for the collection of the data set out above is the Company’s year-end (31 December). 
Dr. Frank Mathias joined the Company on 27 March 2023. The Group collects information on board diversity using the same fields and 
classifications as set out in the Listing Rules. The data was collected in February 2023 and forms the basis of the disclosures made in this 
Annual report and accounts.

Compliance with the Code
The Group considers that it was largely in compliance with the terms of the Corporate Governance Code during 2022 but acknowledges 
that it did not comply in full throughout the year. The Group has set out in this Corporate Governance Report how it has applied the 
principles of the Corporate Governance Code and notes that it was in full compliance with the Corporate Governance Code, save as set 
out below (with reference to the Corporate Governance Code provisions):

Provision 3 – Committee Chair 
engagement with shareholders 
on significant matters related 
to their areas of responsibility

The Chair engaged with shareholders throughout the year which included at the year-end and half year 
results presentations and also engaged with significant shareholders as regards CEO succession.

The Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chair of the Remuneration Committee reached out and met 
with a number of shareholders ahead of the AGM and intend to reach out to shareholders ahead of the 
upcoming AGM. Both the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
are always available to discuss matters with shareholders throughout the year. Shareholders will be 
informed of the Group’s decision to change auditor and the Chair of the Audit Committee will be happy 
to discuss with major shareholders the process by which PwC were appointed. 

Provision 9 – The roles of chair 
and chief executive should not be 
exercised by the same individual

Following John Dawson’s announcement that he would step down as CEO at the end of January 2022 
and retire from the Board at the 2022 AGM, the Board (following consultation with major shareholders) 
asked Dr. Roch Doliveux to act as Interim CEO whilst remaining as Chair until a new CEO was appointed.

In accordance with the provisions of the Corporate Governance Code, the decision to appoint 
Dr. Doliveux as Interim Chair was only taken following consultation with the Company’s major 
shareholders and explained to all shareholders at the time. The Board’s decision to appoint Dr. Doliveux 
was based on the need for an Interim CEO with a proven track record of leading a global company whilst 
the search for a new permanent CEO commenced. As a result, no risks associated with non-compliance 
with the Corporate Governance Code were identified as the appointment was short term in nature.

Dr. Doliveux stood down when Dr. Frank Mathias joined the Group on 27 March 2023. 

Provision 38 – The pension 
contribution rates for Executive 
Directors should be aligned with 
those available for the workforce

During 2022, the Executive Directors received a 15% pension contribution (or cash allowance) unlike the 
wider workforce who received a 7.5% pension contribution. However, in line with Provision 38 of the 
Corporate Governance Code, since 31 December 2022, the Executive Directors have had their pension 
contributions reduced to 7.5% to align with the wider workforce. 

Provision 41 – Engagement with the 
workforce to explain how Executive 
pay aligns with the wider Company 
pay policy

Post period-end, the Group engaged with the workforce at a meeting of the WEP in March 2023 to 
explain how Executive pay aligns with the wider Group pay policy. In particular, the WEP received 
a briefing on the role of the Remuneration Committee and the key highlights from the 2021–2024 
Remuneration Policy, including the underlying context for increases in base pay and adjustments to the 
maximum bonus and long term incentive (share based) opportunity. In addition, WEP members received 
information relating to recent trends in executive pay and the WEP members were given the opportunity 
to provide feedback and discuss the topic with their respective wider teams. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements88

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT (CONTINUED)

Compliance with the Listing Rules
The Group considers that it was largely in compliance with the Listing Rules during 2022 but acknowledges that it did not comply in full 
throughout the year. The Group has set out in this Corporate Governance Report how it has complied with the Listing Rules, save as set 
out below.

9.8.6(9)(a), (b), (c) and (d)

During the first quarter of 2022, the Board comprised three women and seven men (30% women). 
Following Namrata Patel’s appointment, the Board comprised 36% women in April and May 2022 
and 40% women from May 2022 (following John Dawson’s retirement) until the end of the year. 
Consequently, as at 31 December 2022 the Board was in compliance with both the recommendations of 
the FTSE Women Leaders Review and also the forthcoming requirement set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6(9)(a)
(i) that the Board comprise 40% women. 

Whilst none of the senior Board positions was held by a woman during the year ended 31 December 
2022, post-period end in order to comply with the forthcoming requirement set out in Listing Rule 
9.8.6(9)(a)(ii) and following the Company’s announcement of the appointment of Dr. Frank Mathias as 
CEO, the Nomination Committee decided to split the role of Deputy Chair and Senior Independent 
Director into two separate roles appointing Dame Professor Kay Davies as the Senior Independent 
Director and appointing Stuart Henderson as Vice Chair with effect from 22 March 2023.

Whilst during the first 3 months of 2022 none of the serving Board members identified as belonging 
to a minority ethnic group, in April 2022, the Group welcomed Namrata Patel to the Board, further 
strengthening and diversifying the Board and aligning the Board’s composition with the forthcoming 
requirement set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6(9)(a)(iii) that at least one individual the Board of Directors is from 
a minority ethnic background. 

Share capital
The information about the share capital required by Article 10 of the Takeover Directive is set out in the Directors’ Report on page 116.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Annual statement from the Remuneration Committee Chair

89

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2022.

This report, which is subject to an advisory shareholder vote at the 2023 AGM, explains the work of the Remuneration Committee, how 
we have implemented our Remuneration Policy (the Policy) in 2022 and how we intend to apply it in 2023.

For ease of reference, a summary of the key elements of the Policy is included on pages 107 to 110. The full Policy as approved at the 
AGM on 27 May 2021 is included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2020, which is available on the 
Company’s website at www.oxb.com.

2022 remuneration in the context of our business performance and outcomes for our key stakeholders
In 2022, we made significant progress towards establishing our global leadership in viral sector development and supply. We broadened 
our viral sector CDMO offering and expanded our business into the US and into new viral vector types. Our AAV business has grown from 
strength to strength already, with five clients at the end of 2022. In addition, we are proud that our commitment to responsible business 
practices was recognised with inclusion in the FTSE4Good index in June 2022. Further details of our operational highlights in 2022 are set 
out on pages 6 to 7.

The Remuneration Committee considers that the outcomes for bonuses and LTIPs described in this Directors’ Remuneration Report are a 
fair reflection of that performance during 2022 and the past three years, and are appropriate in the context of the stakeholder experience. 
As a result, the Remuneration Committee determined those outcomes to be appropriate.

The Remuneration Committee recognised the impact of the economic climate on employees within the Group and were fully supportive 
of management’s decision to make a cost of living payment of £1,200 to all employees with a base salary of under £50,000, payable 
in two tranches in December 2022 and February 2023. In total, the payments were made to 482 employees, representing 63% of our 
employee population.

2022 Executive Director Remuneration and Variable Pay Outcomes

Fixed pay
John Dawson’s salary and Stuart Paynter’s salary were increased by 3% to £468,650 and by 10% to £341,000 respectively with effect from 
1 January 2022. As set out in the Remuneration Report last year, the 10% increase to Mr Paynter’s salary was aligned with the increases 
for the wider Senior Executive Team, and within the range of increases for the wider workforce as a whole (excluding promotions). 
The increase took into account the permanent increase in the scope and complexity of his role in light of the establishment of Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions. The 3% increase for Mr Dawson was agreed before his intention to retire was announced and was within the range 
of increases for the wider workforce as a whole (excluding promotions).

Dr. Roch Doliveux served as Interim CEO with effect from 28 January 2022 until 27 March 2023. As we reported last year, Dr. Doliveux 
did not participate in any variable remuneration or pension arrangement for 2022. Dr. Frank Mathias’ appointment was announced in 
November 2022 with a start date of March 2023, resulting in Dr. Doliveux’s tenure as Interim CEO being significantly longer than was 
originally envisaged. This significantly increased the amount of time which Dr. Doliveux was required to devote to the role during the 
year. Dr. Doliveux’s additional time commitments during the year included time spent on the Oxford Biomedica Solutions transaction 
and other corporate development activities. The longer than anticipated period as Interim CEO also required Dr. Doliveux to commit 
more time to engagement with clients and employees, including Town Halls and other employee briefings. Dr. Doliveux was also heavily 
involved in leading the right-sizing of our business to ensure that we are efficiently and properly resourced for future growth. Given 
these additional time commitments associated with this longer period, the Remuneration Committee agreed that Dr. Doliveux should 
receive an additional fee of £225,000 in respect of 2022. However, in order to ensure alignment with shareholders, the after tax amount 
of this additional fee will be applied in the acquisition of shares at market value. No additional fee will be payable for 2023 and he will 
not participate in any variable remuneration or pension arrangement for any part of 2023. Dr. Doliveux’s total remuneration for 2022 is 
included in the Executive Directors single total figure of remuneration table on page 95.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements90

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Remuneration arrangements connected with John Dawson’s retirement
John Dawson stepped down as CEO on 28 January 2022 and retired from the Board on 27 May 2022. As we reported last year, 
Mr Dawson remained an employee as an adviser to the Group for the remainder of 2022 and left the Group on 17 January 2023. 
The remuneration in the Executive Directors single total figure of remuneration table on page 95 refers to Mr Dawson’s remuneration 
earned to 27 May 2022. 

The treatment of Mr Dawson’s existing share awards was described in the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report; further information 
is included later in this report as required by the regulations.

Annual bonus
The 2022 annual bonus was subject to financial and non-financial performance measures aligned with key strategic priorities. 
Mr Paynter’s bonus was based 80% on Group objectives and 20% on personal objectives. Mr Dawson’s bonus was based solely on Group 
objectives and was earned on a pro-rata basis for the period to his retirement from the Board on 27 May 2022.

Reflecting the strong performance over the year, Mr Dawson earned a bonus of 129% of salary and Mr Paynter earned a bonus of 126% 
of salary. 50% of the bonus earned will be deferred into shares. Further details are set out on page 99.

Long-term incentives vesting by reference to performance in 2022
In line with the requirements of the reporting regulations, the total single figure of remuneration for 2022 includes the vesting outturn 
for the following LTIP awards.

Grant
18 April 2019

Performance Condition
50%: revenue growth targets measured  
over the three years ending 31 December 2021.

Vesting outturn
Estimated vesting outturn of 100% included in the 2021 
single total figure of remuneration. This vesting outturn 
was confirmed when the award vested in April 2022. 

50%: share price targets assessed  
over the three year period to 17 April 2022.

This element lapsed in April 2022 as the threshold 
level of share price performance was not achieved.  

26 June 2020

50%: revenue growth targets measured  
over the three years ending 31 December 2022.

Estimated vesting outturn of 100% included in the 
2022 single total figure of remuneration. This vesting 
outturn will be confirmed when the award vests in 
June 2023. 

50%: share price targets assessed  
over the three year period to 25 June 2023.

The vesting value of the share price performance 
element of the 2020 LTIP award will be included 
in the single total figure of remuneration for 2023. 

Further details of the performance targets and outturns are set out on pages 100 to 101. In line with the Corporate Governance Code, the 2019 
and 2020 LTIP awards are subject to a further two year holding period following the three year vesting period before they can be exercised.

We reported last year that it was our intention to scale back Mr Paynter’s LTIP award for 2022 to 155% of salary from the usual 175% of 
salary taking into account best practice and investor guidance. We applied this scale back when the awards were granted in April 2022. 
As explained above, neither Dr. Doliveux nor Mr Dawson received an LTIP award in respect of 2022. For Mr Paynter’s LTIP award granted 
in 2022, the performance measures were weighted 40% relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR); 40% revenue growth; and 20% strategic 
milestones. Further details are set out on pages 100 to 101.

Our approach to Directors’ Remuneration in 2023
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy approved at the 2021 AGM will continue to apply in 2023. We have summarised below the way in 
which it will be implemented.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance91

New CEO
As reported on page 5, in September 2022 the Group announced the Board’s updated strategy and direction as a quality and innovation-led 
CDMO business. We were subsequently delighted to announce on 22 November 2022 that Dr. Frank Mathias would join as our new CEO 
with effect from March 2023. Dr. Mathias brings world-class innovation and CDMO experience to Oxford Biomedica and his appointment 
has been a significant step in embedding our strategic focus. Dr. Mathias’ remuneration arrangements, which are in line with the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy approved at the 2021 AGM and reflect his experience and track record of success running both an innovative biopharma 
company and a high-performing CDMO, will be key to the Group as we build on our leading position and cell and gene therapy continues 
on its rapid growth trajectory. Dr. Mathias’ overall package also takes into account market reference points noting that our competitive 
market for talent is not limited to the UK. A summary of Dr. Mathias’ overall remuneration package is set out below. No “buy-out” awards 
have been granted in respect of remuneration forfeited at his former employer as a result of joining Oxford Biomedica. 

Salary

Pension

£610,000. 

7.5% of salary – in line with the wider workforce and the Directors’ Remuneration Policy approved at the 2021 
AGM as it applies for all Executive Directors with effect from 1 January 2023. 

Annual Bonus

150% of salary as with the former CEO. Ordinarily, 50% of any bonus to be deferred into shares vesting over 
a three year period.  

LTIP

Benefits

200% of salary as with the former CEO. Vesting subject to performance over three years with the awards then 
subject to a further two year holding period. 

Dr. Mathias will be eligible to receive benefits in line with Oxford Biomedica’s usual practice. In order to secure 
the recruitment, it was also agreed that he will receive an additional annual allowance of £35,000; this additional 
allowance will not be taken into account for the purposes of pension, bonus or LTIP. 

Executive Directors
Dr. Roch Doliveux ceased to be Interim CEO when Dr. Frank Mathias joined the Group in March 2023. Dr. Doliveux will not receive any 
pension or participate in any variable remuneration in respect of 2023. His fee has reverted to the previous level of £225,000 and no 
additional fee will be paid in respect of the additional time commitment associated with his role as Interim CEO in the first quarter of the year.

Base salary

Dr. Mathias’ salary has been set at £610,000 as referred to above.

With effect from 1 January 2023 Mr Paynter’s salary has been increased to £351,230. This reflects an increase 
of 3%, within the range of increases awarded to the wider workforce and below the Group’s overall 5% budget 
for salary increases. 

Pension

As noted above, Dr. Mathias’ pension provision from appointment is 7.5% of salary. In line with the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy approved in 2021, Mr Paynter’s pension provision has been reduced from 15% to 7.5%  
of salary in line with the wider workforce with effect from 1 January 2023. 

Annual bonus

For 2023, Dr. Mathias and Mr Paynter will be eligible to earn a bonus of up to 150% of salary. 
Dr. Mathias’ bonus will be pro-rated for his period of service in 2023.

50% of any bonus earned will be delivered in the form of deferred shares.

The performance measures and targets will be disclosed in the 2023 Directors’ Remuneration Report to the 
extent they are not commercially sensitive. 

LTIP

It is intended that the 2023 LTIP awards will be granted in the 42 days following the announcement of the Group’s 
full year results. In accordance with the approach for other new joiners to the business, the number of shares 
subject to Dr. Mathias’ award will based on the five day average share price prior to grant. The Remuneration 
Committee will finalise the quantum of Mr Paynter’s grant when the award is granted having regard to share price 
performance at that time.

The performance conditions are summarised below.

A two year holding period will apply following the three-year performance period. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements92

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Performance conditions and targets for 2023 Performance Shares Award under the LTIP
For the grants to be made in 2023, it is intended that the performance measures will be weighted 40% Relative TSR; 40% revenue growth; 
and 20% strategic goals.

Measure
Relative TSR

Weighting
40%

Approach
Vesting based on the Company’s TSR over a three-year performance period relative 
to the TSR performance of comparator companies.

As with the awards granted in 2022, threshold vesting (25%) will require median 
performance, maximum vesting will require upper quartile performance, and TSR 
will be assessed over a three-year period from the date of grant with a three month 
averaging period. 

For the 2023 awards we have decided to use a different comparator group, 
reflecting our positioning as a quality and innovation-led CDMO. The comparator 
group for the 2023 awards will be the companies in the S&P 1500 Pharma Biotech 
and Life Sciences index and the STOXX Europe TM Pharma & Biotech index. 

Revenue Growth

40%

Threshold vesting 25%: 15% CAGR per annum over a three-year performance period 
Maximum vesting: 30% CAGR per annum over a three-year performance period. 

Strategic milestones

20%

Underpin

Applies to the whole award

The strategic measure and targets are commercially sensitive and will be  
disclosed when this is no longer the case, and no later than when the awards vest. 
The measure will be aligned with the Group’s strategy with the level of vesting 
determined by reference to the achievements, with 25% vesting for delivery of 
a threshold milestone. 

Consistent with previous awards, the whole award will be subject to an underpin 
such that it will only vest to the extent that the Remuneration Committee considers 
the overall performance of the business over the performance period justifies it. 

As disclosed in previous Remuneration Reports, in future years, the share price/TSR measure may be substituted for a measure based 
on the profitability of the CDMO, once we have further refined our segmental reporting. It is our current intention that up to 30% of the 
overall long term incentive opportunity may be based on the delivery of specific strategic milestones in the future.

Non-Executive Directors
No increases are proposed to Non-Executive Director fees for 2023. However, as announced on 20 February 2023 and as further 
discussed in the Corporate Governance Code on page 85, with effect from 27 March 2023 a newly created role of Vice-Chair has been 
established, and for which, reflecting the time commitments, a fee of £10,000 will apply. 

Fee element
Base fee
Additional fee for holding the office of Senior Independent Director
Additional fee for holding the position of Vice-Chair
Additional fee for holding the position of Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Additional fee for holding the position of Chair of the Audit Committee
Base fee uplift which may be paid to Non-Executive Directors based outside the UK to recognise the additional 
time commitment (including but not limited to the additional expected time commitment for travel to the UK as 
well as the additional time commitment where the Non-Executive Director is based in a different time zone).

2023 level
£65,000
£10,000
£10,000
£10,000
£10,000

£15,000

In line with the Policy approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM, Non-Executive Directors recruited from or based in the United 
States each receive an additional fee of £50,000 per annum. This additional fee is payable subject to their agreement that the after tax 
amount of this additional fee will be applied in the acquisition of shares at market value which must be retained for at least 12 months 
from acquisition. This seeks to address the significant gap to market practice in the United States that we face when attracting and 
retaining Non-Executive Directors in competition with, or from, NASDAQ listed businesses where equity awards are an ongoing feature 
of the overall package. This also provides alignment with shareholders whilst ensuring that our Non-Executive Directors continue to be 
independent. This additional fee is currently paid to Dr. Heather Preston, Dr. Michael Hayden, Dr. Sam Rasty and Catherine Moukheibir.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance 
93

Other matters
As noted above, the Remuneration Committee supported the cost of living payments proposed by management. These payments 
were targeted at the lower paid members of the Group’s workforce. Further information on the payments made and the population 
that received the payments can be found in the s.172 statement on pages 14 to 15.

Stakeholder engagement
As detailed on page 44, the Group has an established Workforce Engagement Panel (WEP) comprising employees from all levels and 
functions across the Group, including employees of Oxford Biomedica Solutions. The WEP sessions have provided an upward channel 
for views, comments and debate, as well as an opportunity to provide feedback on our ED&I practices, reward principles and employee 
benefits package, future ways of working, employee training programmes, wellbeing practices and how Executive pay aligns with the 
wider Group pay policy.

The Company also engages directly with major shareholders and their representative bodies, where the Remuneration Committee 
considers there to be material changes to the Policy or our Executive remuneration framework. During 2023 and early 2024, the 
Remuneration Committee will consult with shareholders in relation to the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy for which approval will 
be sought at the 2024 AGM in line with the usual three year timetable.

Conclusion
The decisions made as regards remuneration earned in respect of 2022 and the proposals for 2023 demonstrate our commitment 
to ensuring that Executives’ reward is aligned with performance and the outcomes for all our stakeholders.

We look forward to receiving your support at our 2023 AGM, where I will be available to respond to any questions that shareholders 
may have on this report, or our intended approach to reward for 2023.

Dr. Heather Preston
Chair, Remuneration Committee

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements94

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Alignment of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy with the 2018 Corporate Governance Code
In determining the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the Remuneration Committee took into account the principles of clarity, simplicity, 
risk, predictability, proportionality and alignment to culture, as set out in the Corporate Governance Code.

Principle

Clarity: Remuneration arrangements should be transparent and  
promote effective engagement with shareholders and the workforce.

The Remuneration Committee engages regularly with Executives, 
shareholders and their representative bodies in order to explain the 
approach to Executive pay. 

Simplicity: Remuneration structures should avoid complexity and  
their rationale and operation should be easy to understand.

The purpose, structure and strategic alignment of each element of pay 
has been clearly laid out in the Remuneration Policy. 

Risk: Remuneration arrangements should ensure reputational and 
other risks from excessive rewards, and behavioural risks that can 
arise from target-based incentive plans, are identified and mitigated.

Both the annual bonus and LTIP are subject to malus and clawback 
provisions. This allows the Remuneration Committee to have appropriate 
regard to risk considerations. Annual bonus deferral and the application 
of the two-year holding period to awards under the LTIP provide 
longer term alignment with shareholders’ interests. The Remuneration 
Committee also has discretion to override formulaic outcomes, which 
may not accurately reflect the underlying performance of the Group. 

Predictability: The range of possible values of rewards to individual 
directors and other limits or discretions should be identified and 
explained at the time of approving the policy.

Details of the range of possible values of rewards and other limits 
or discretions can be found in the full Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
included in the 2020 Annual report and accounts. 

Proportionality: The link between individual awards, the delivery 
of strategy and the long-term performance of the company should 
be clear. Outcomes should not reward poor performance.

Alignment to Culture: Incentive schemes should drive behaviours 
consistent with company purpose, values and strategy.

The Remuneration Committee believes total remuneration should 
fairly reflect performance of the Executive Directors and the Group as 
a whole, taking into account underlying performance and shareholder 
experience. The Remuneration Committee considers the approach 
to wider workforce pay and policies when determining Directors’ 
remuneration to ensure that it is appropriate in this context. 

The Group’s values are: ’Have integrity’, ’Be inspiring’ and ’Deliver 
innovation’. These three values govern the way that the Group does 
business, how the Group works together and the interactions the Group 
has with all its stakeholders. The Group’s values are an important factor 
in measuring performance, and the Group recognises and rewards 
adherence to the values. Executive Directors are rewarded on both what 
they deliver and how that is delivered, which reinforces the Group’s 
purpose and values. 

Annual report on remuneration
In this report:

 — Nil or nominal cost shares awards under the Company’s LTIP are referred to as “Performance Shares Awards”; and

 — An “Overseas Executive Director” means any Executive Director appointed after 1 January 2021 in respect of which appointment, 

in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, the Company is competing for talent with US competitors (including NASDAQ listed 
US biotechnology businesses) including but not limited to Executive Directors recruited from or based in the US and having regard 
to the fact that over 80% of cell and gene therapy is based in the United States, that United States’ regulatory requirements are critical 
to the future success of the Group and that the United States’ market has the largest commercial potential for the Group.

Remuneration Committee role and members
The responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee are set out in its terms of reference which are available on the Group’s website 
and include:

 — Recommending to the Board the policy and framework for the remuneration of the Executive Directors. 

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is a matter for the Board;

 — Approval of individual remuneration packages for the Chair, the Executive Directors and the Senior Executive Team 

(including the Company Secretary);

 — Approval of annual performance incentive plans and bonuses payable;

 — Approval of Performance Shares Awards for Executive Directors and the Senior Executive Team 

(including the Company Secretary); and

 — Approval of awards granted to all employees under the Group’s share plans.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance95

The Remuneration Committee members during 2022 comprised Dr. Heather Preston (Chair), Stuart Henderson, and Professor Dame 
Kay Davies. Other Directors are invited to attend meetings on an agenda driven basis. Following the appointment of Dr. Frank Mathias 
as CEO with effect from 27 March 2023, Dr. Roch Doliveux has re-joined the Remuneration Committee.

Remuneration Committee activities during 2022
During 2022, the Remuneration Committee met 18 times. The main activities and decisions were as follows:

 — Considering the level of bonus payable to Executive Directors in respect of 2021 in light of performance 

against the Group’s 2021 objectives. The outcome of these discussions was reported in the 2021 Annual report and accounts.

 — Approving the corporate objectives for 2022.

 — Discussing and then approving the exit package and final terms for John Dawson, the Group’s previous CEO.

 — Approving the reward package for the Group’s incoming CEO.

 — Approving the reward package for the Group’s Chief People Officer, Chief Medical Officer and Chief Commercial Officer.

 — Considering and then approving the 2022 salary adjustments in line with the wider workforce increases and the 2021 bonuses 

for SET members, including Executive Directors.

 — Considering and then granting options to employees under the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan (including both 

Performance Shares Awards and, for below Board members of staff, Restricted Stock Awards) and Deferred Bonus Plan.

 — Approving the share-based remuneration structure for Oxford Biomedica Solutions.

 — Approving an invitation to all employees to participate in the Group’s 2022 share-save scheme.

 — Confirming that the share price performance conditions for the 2019 grant of options had been met.

Single total figure of remuneration
(audited)

Executive Directors
The following table shows the single total figure of remuneration for 2022 for the Executive Directors and comparative figures for 2021. 
During 2022, Dr. Roch Doliveux was Non-Executive Chair for part of the year and Interim CEO for part of the year. His total remuneration for 
2022 has been disclosed in the table below. 

2022
John Dawson¹
Stuart Paynter
Dr. Roch Doliveux⁶
Total

2021
John Dawson
Stuart Paynter
Dr. Roch Doliveux⁷
Total

Salary 
£’000
189
341
450
980

Salary 
£’000
455
310
N/A
765

Benefits² 
£’000
5
11
–
16

Benefits² 
£’000
11
11
N/A
22

Bonus 
£’000
243
429
–
672

Bonus 
£’000
573
387
N/A
960

LTIP³ 
£’000
101
56
–
157

LTIP⁴ 
£’000
721
336
N/A
1,057

Pension⁵ 
£’000
28
51
–
79

Pension⁵ 
£’000
68
47
N/A
115

Total 
£’000
566
888
450
1,904

Total fixed 
Remuneration
222
403
450
1,075

Total variable 
remuneration
344
485
–
829

Total 
£’000
1,828
1,091
N/A
2,919

Total fixed 
Remuneration
534
368
N/A
902

Total variable 
remuneration
1,294
723
N/A
2,017

¹ 

 Mr Dawson retired from the Board with effect from 27 May 2022 but continued as an employee and adviser to the Group until 17 January 2023. The remuneration in  
the table above for 2022 reflects his remuneration earned to 27 May 2022, including his bonus for 2022 which was earned on a pro-rata basis for the period to this date; 
Mr Dawson did not earn a bonus in respect of the remainder of the financial year.

²  Benefits comprise medical insurance and the provision of a car allowance.
³ 

 This comprises the portion of the Performance Shares Awards granted in 2020 which vest by reference to performance to 31 December 2022. The portion of the 
Performance Shares Awards granted under the LTIP in 2019 with a performance condition based on share price performance assessed to 17 April 2022 lapsed in  
April 2022 as the threshold level of share price performance was not achieved. Further information is included on page 100. 
 The performance criteria, performance against them and details of the calculations of the values included in the single total figure of remuneration table are set out 
on pages 100 to 101.

⁴  This comprises:

(a) the Performance Shares Awards granted under the LTIP in 2018 which vested on 11 August 2021; and
(b)  the portion of the Performance Shares Awards granted in 2019 which vested by reference to performance to 31 December 2021.
 The relevant performance criteria and the performance against them are set out on pages 116 and 117 of the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report. In the 2021 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report, the values were calculated by reference to: (i) the share price at vesting of 1358p in the case of the Performance Shares Awards granted under the LTIP 
in 2018; and (ii) the average share price over October, November and December 2021 of 1384.94p in the case of the Performance Shares Awards granted under the LTIP 
in 2019 and an estimated vesting outturn of 100%. The Remuneration Committee confirmed the vesting outturn of 100% on 28 March 2022 and in line with the applicable 
regulations, the values above have been updated for the Performance Shares Awards granted under the LTIP in 2019 to reflect the price of 559p at vesting on 23 April 2022.
 Pension contributions are made into the Group’s defined contribution scheme, or at the election of the Director, as a cash allowance in lieu of a company pension 
contribution – Mr Dawson and Mr Paynter elected to receive such a cash allowance.
 Dr. Doliveux’s fee for 2022 includes the additional £225,000 paid to him in recognition of the additional time commitments from 28 January 2022 to 31 December 2022 
as described on page 89. 

⁵ 

⁶ 

7  Dr. Doliveux did not perform an Executive role during 2021 therefore received no Executive remuneration during 2021.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
96

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

2022 Annual Bonus
Each of Mr John Dawson and Mr Stuart Paynter was eligible to earn a bonus of up to 150% of salary for 2022, subject to the satisfaction 
of performance objectives, with Mr Dawson’s bonus earned on a pro-rata basis for the period up to 27 May 2022.

Dr. Roch Doliveux was not eligible to earn a bonus for 2022.

Mr Dawson’s bonus was based solely on Group objectives. Mr Paynter’s bonus was based on Group objectives as regards 80% of the 
opportunity and personal objectives as regards 20% of the opportunity.

In January 2023, the Remuneration Committee met to consider the achievement of the 2022 objectives and the extent to which bonuses 
were earned for 2022.

Group objectives element
Performance against the applicable Group objectives for 2022 was as follows:

Objective and headline

Weighting Performance assessed

Align the Group’s two locations for delivery to client

To deliver to Homology Medicines as agreed  
and make them a satisfied client.

The Group delivered a seamless transition of services to Homology 
Medicines throughout the formation of Oxford Biomedica Solutions. 
Homology Medicines batches, technical deliverables and revenue were 
all achieved as per the plan.

To focus on change and best practice in  
Oxford Biomedica Solutions for service 
of AAV development and GMP manufacture. 

Oxford Biomedica Solutions has transitioned from an in-house technical 
operations team to a service-organisation, servicing multiple clients with 
its AAV technology, of which Homology Medicines is one.

Assessment 
against 
objective

% of 
bonus 
awarded

To integrate back-office staff and systems 
to reduce demands for overhead costs.

20%

Expenditure has been limited in back-office colleagues and systems.  
Focus has been on business development and onboarding the new AAV 
clients which Oxford Biomedica Solutions has attracted in 2022. 

16%

To preserve the culture and capabilities 
of Oxford Biomedica Solutions.

For Oxford Biomedica Solutions to operate 
independently of Homology Medicines and 
exit transitional services in a timely manner.

Deliver on client commitments

The Oxford Biomedica Solutions team have continued to operate in their 
own style whilst taking account of the Group’s goals. The Boston site scored 
highly in The Group’s annual “Your Voice” employee survey. Retention 
remains consistent with levels prior to transaction.

Oxford Biomedica Solutions has established its own capabilities for all 
support functions where it was previously reliant on Homology Medicines 
providing those services under a transitional arrangement. Homology 
Medicines continue to host some core IT systems, which will transition 
at the opportune time in vendor contracts.

To service the Group’s clients to achieve agreed 
milestones and decision gates as agreed. 

The Group met several contractual milestone deliverables with payments 
triggered against these as agreed with clients. 

To maintain the Net Promoter Score (NPS) 
score of >40.

10%

Oxford Biomedica ran a client satisfaction survey during 2022 
and achieved a strong net promoter score, greater than 40.

10%

To ensure the fill and finish A suite at Oxbox is in 
use by clients in 2022.

Fill/finish was completed, validated and approved for use by the UK MHRA. 
A number of client batches were delivered through the fill/finish suite in 
Q4 2022. 

Key

Exceeded

Partially met

Met

Did not meet

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance97

Assessment 
against 
objective

% of 
bonus 
awarded

Objective and headline

Weighting Performance assessed

Achieve the 2022 budget

To achieve revenue targets as set by the budget 
approved by the Board.

The financial year 2022 Group revenue budget was not achieved,  
partially due to the reduction in AZ vaccine revenue.

To achieve EBITDA targets as set by the budget 
approved by the Board.

The financial year 2022 Group EBITDA was exceeded, as the shortfall in 
revenues was more than offset by reductions in costs achieved by active 
cost management and the gain on the sale of Windrush Court. 

To achieve cash flow targets as set by the budget 
approved by the Board.

Cash flow and cash-on-hand performed significantly above target as a result 
of the sale and leaseback of Windrush Court . There was also some deferred 
investment activity and a continued cautious approach to cash management.

To achieve a target goal of sales for new projects 
recognised in 2022.

30%

The target for sales for new projects recognised in 2022 was not fully met, 
despite securing several new projects, partly due to their timing, but also 
ambitious targets being set.

20%

To sign two contracts for AAV development 
programmes and GMP manufacturing.

The Group secured 4 new AAV clients in 2022, in addition to Homology 
Medicines, so exceeded this target.

To enter 2023 with 60% of forecast revenues 
booked.

The Group entered 2023 with booked revenues as a percentage of the 
revenue target which did not meet the 60% objective. 

To maintain on budget delivery of planned 
2022-23 strategic projects such as Windrush 
Innovation Centre (WIC), the Oxbox fallow 
area and digitisation projects.

Innovate the Group’s AAV and lentiviral platforms

Strategic projects have made progress in a timely manner. The major 
laboratory and manufacturing facilities investments are at a detail design 
stage. Timelines and expenditures have been purposefully constrained.

To achieve five new inventions.

The Group has achieved more than five discrete inventions in 2022 and has 
made filings to protect these.

To launch Process C to the market.

Process C is an active part of client work today both in development and 
in GMP production, and is enjoying significant interest from prospects and 
clients alike.

To exemplify a Group invention in a GMP setting.

A Group invention has been exemplified in a GMP setting.

To demonstrate Process D (stable cell lines)  
in the platform manufacturing process. 

10%

Process D has been demonstrated to be effective in the platform 
manufacturing process with two exemplar stable cell lines.

10%

To demonstrate proof of principle for in vivo 
CAR-T products.

To launch the Collaborative Training 
Partnerships (CTP) programme in the fourth 
quarter of 2022.

Chart the Group’s path to products

To establish a strategy with delivery milestones 
for the products at the Group.

Proof-of-principle work was completed with encouraging results.

The CTP programme has been launched successfully in collaboration with 
the University of Oxford and University College London in 2022. The initial 
cohort, comprising a total of 7 funded projects which were selected by the 
CTP board and enjoyed a very healthy number of high quality applicants for 
all 7 projects that were progressed to cohort initiation. Significant progress 
was also made for cohort 2, where a total of 9 projects have been selected.

A clear strategy for the formation and funding of TherapyCo was set 
in 2022. A team under the leadership of the Chief Medical Officer has 
established focused therapeutic areas and identified an in vivo CAR-T 
candidate for that business.

To complete the efficacy evaluation of OXB-302.

Evaluation of OXB-302 was completed and further development was halted.

10%

10%

To initiate pre-clinical development for one 
indication.

Pre-clinical development is initiated and ongoing.

Nominate/identify an in vivo CAR-T candidate. 

An in vivo CAR-T candidate has been identified as part of the TherapyCo 
formation and funding strategy.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements98

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Objective and headline

Weighting Performance assessed

Strengthen the Group’s leadership and change capability

Assessment 
against 
objective

% of 
bonus 
awarded

To increase employee retention and satisfaction 
as measured through employee survey.

To demonstrate an engrained approach to 
Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (“ED&I”)  
through confirmation and communication 
of the three-year plan.

To strengthen governance of change initiatives 
and CAPEX investments.

To create space and capabilities for strategic 
thinking for the senior leadership team.

To deliver on the year two of the three-year 
learning and development plan.

Achieve the Group’s ESG priorities

For environmental impact: to establish a 
roadmap to net zero CO2 by 2040.

Due to the Group’s right-sizing activity, this objective was no longer relevant 
as some attrition was helpful to achieve headcount reductions. The Group 
focussed on ensuring this activity was managed in a way that employees 
impacted were well supported. A “Your Voice” employee engagement survey 
was undertaken in December in both Oxford and Boston locations.

The three-year ED&I plan was communicated and year one actions 
implemented successfully. These included setting up an EDI working group 
who met regularly during the year, identifying data collection methods to 
allow greater reporting and monitoring abilities and drafting a set of new 
inclusive people policies that embrace diversity and aim to create a sense 
of belonging in the workplace.

10%

10%

A senior leader session was held to review company values and discuss 
behaviours needed to drive a culture of high performance. In addition, 
all senior leaders attended a two-day training session focussed on leading 
teams and change. Discussions also focussed on how leadership can take 
a more focussed view on governance of major initiatives with new processes 
established to prioritise activities and see them through to completion.

2022 saw the launch of three management development plan cohorts, a 
manager toolkit training designed and implemented, digital learning content 
piloted in multiple areas of the business, micro learning sessions launched 
to support apprentices and a discovery day programme designed and 
delivered to support early careers engagement.

The Group, with help from the ESG Committee, set out a clear roadmap 
to net zero CO2 emissions by 2040 in the second half of 2022. A supplier 
code of conduct was also launched. 

Reduce packaging waste and volume of 
hazardous waste.

In line with the Group’s long-term target, work continues with regard 
to reducing packaging waste by 2032. As regards liquid hazardous waste, 
the Group reduced the volume of waste by 49%. 

Meet Task Force on Climate-related financial 
Disclosures metric targets.

For employee engagement: build on Workforce 
Engagement Panel success to bring employee 
views into change initiatives and business 
decision making.

10%

For governance: holistic approach to risk 
management to improve key decisions.

The Group reviewed it’s disclosures with regard to TCFD and sought expert 
input to develop an updated statement incorporating, amongst other things, 
physical risks that could impact the Group’s Boston site. In addition, the 
Group assessed the top five suppliers to the Group and their reliance against 
physical climate risks. 

Further information can be found in the Group’s TCFD statement in the ESG 
Report on pages 56 to 62.

New employee representatives were elected for the Group Workforce 
Engagement Panel, and new initiatives included continuous improvement 
projects, the launch of an informal recognition and employee engagement 
programme and an improved company communications mindset. Two 
colleagues from the Group’s Boston site were asked to represent Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions on the WEP. In the final quarter of 2022, the Group 
launched its “Your Voice” survey enabling colleagues to share their views. 

The Group’s business continuity, crisis management and crisis 
communications plans were updated to ensure that they reflect today’s 
environment. In addition, the Group implemented a transformation 
project specifically for the finance function to enhance the internal control 
environment – further details can be found in the Audit Committee report 
on pages 78 to 84. 

Ensure environmental, quality and cyber security 
is thought about in all business activity.

The Group’s senior leaders take a proactive and progressive stance 
on environment, quality and cyber matters. New initiatives and systems 
consider these drivers and “design-in” thinking to the solutions.

In aggregate, the Group objectives were achieved as to 86%.

10%

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance99

Personal objectives element – Stuart Paynter
The personal element of the bonus for Mr Paynter was assessed by reference to the achievement of clear personal objectives and targets, 
which supported the strategic objectives of the business. The objectives and targets are considered by the Group to be commercially 
sensitive, as they will give the Group’s competitors insight into its strategic plans, and so are not disclosed in detail. However, the principal 
areas of his personal objectives related to strengthening controls within the business, focusing investor relations activities in the US, 
supporting the CEO transition and refinancing the 1 year term loan from Oaktree.

The Remuneration Committee undertook a robust assessment of the achievements of Mr Paynter with respect to his personal objectives, 
and based on achievements against those objectives determined that they were satisfied as to 15% such that a bonus of 22.5% of salary 
was earned by reference to these objectives.

Overall bonus outturn
Accordingly, bonuses earned by John Dawson and Stuart Paynter in respect of 2022 were:

 — Mr Dawson: £243,480 (129% of salary); and

 — Mr Paynter: £428,637 (126% of salary).

The Remuneration Committee reviewed performance against the annual bonus out-turn and concluded the overall bonus payments 
to be appropriate. The bonuses will be paid 50% in cash and 50% in deferred share awards.

The deferred share awards are not subject to further performance targets and will become exercisable in three equal instalments on 
the first three anniversaries of the award date.

Non-Executive Directors
The following table shows the single total figures of remuneration for 2022 for the Non-Executive Directors and comparative figures 
for 2021. During 2022, Dr. Roch Doliveux was Non-Executive Chair for part of the year and Interim CEO for part of the year. We have 
disclosed his remuneration in the table for Executive Directors on page 95. Because the Non-Executive Directors do not receive any 
remuneration other than fees, no separate totals are included in the table below. Robert Ghenchev elected to receive no fees for his 
services as Director.

Fees (audited)
Dr. Roch Doliveux¹ 
Dr. Andrew Heath²
Stuart Henderson
Dr. Heather Preston
Dr. Sam Rasty
Professor Dame Kay Davies³
Dr. Michael Hayden³
Catherine Moukheibir³
Namrata Patel³
Total

2022 
£’000
–
–
85
140⁴
130⁴
65
130⁴
140⁴
47
737

2021 
£’000
225
26
85
140⁴
130⁴
54
83⁴
4
n/a
747

¹  Dr. Roch Doliveux’s remuneration for 2022 is included in the Executive Directors single total figure of remuneration table on page 95.
²  Dr. Andrew Heath stepped down from the Board on 27 May 2021. In the table above his fees for 2021 are his fees to the date on which he stepped down from the Board.
³ 

 Professor Dame Davies was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 March 2021. Dr. Michael Hayden was appointed to the Board with effect from 15 July 2021. 
Ms Moukheibir was appointed to the Board with effect from 14 December 2021. Namrata Patel was appointed to the Board with effect from 13 April 2022.
 This includes the additional fee of £50,000 payable to Non-Executive Directors recruited from or based in the United States. The after tax amount of this additional fee 
was used to acquire shares at market value.

⁴ 

Aggregate Directors’ emoluments 
Salaries
Benefits
Pension/cash alternative
LTIP
Bonuses
Non-Executive Directors fees
Total

2022 
£’000
980
16
79
157
672
737
2,641

2021 
£’000
765
22
115
1,057
960
747
3,666

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements100

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Performance Shares Awards granted under the LTIP and vesting in respect of performance in 2022
(audited)

2019 Awards
Performance Shares Awards were granted under the LTIP on 18 April 2019 to John Dawson and Stuart Paynter when the share price was 
704.6p. The performance conditions were based on growth in revenue between 2018 and 2021 as regards 50% of the award and growth 
in share price over the three years starting with the date of grant as regards 50% of the award.

The revenue performance condition was assessed following the end of 2021 and in the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report, the vesting 
was estimated to be 100%, but with final vesting to be confirmed in 2022 following the end of the share price performance period. 
The Remuneration Committee confirmed the vesting outturn of 100% on 28 March 2022. 

Accordingly, the value included in the 2021 single total figure of remuneration in respect of this element of the 2019 awards has been 
updated to reflect the price at vesting.

The share price performance condition was as follows:

Compound annual growth rate of the company’s share price 
over the three-year period starting with the date of grant¹
Less than 10%
10% (i.e. 33% over 3 years)
Between 10% and 17.5%
17.5% or more (i.e. 63% over 3 years)

Percentage of the award subject to the share price 
measure that will vest
0%
25%
Calculated on a straight line basis between 25% and 100%
100%

¹ 

 The starting price is 704.6p being the average share price over the five business days preceding the date of grant. 

Over the three-year performance period, the compound annual growth rate of the Company’s share price was –9%. Because the 
threshold level of share price performance was not achieved, this element of the 2019 awards lapsed. Accordingly, no value is included 
in the 2022 single total figure of remuneration in respect of this element of the 2019 awards.

2020 Awards
Performance Shares Awards were granted under the LTIP on 26 June 2020 to John Dawson and Stuart Paynter when the share price was 
760p. The performance conditions were based on growth in revenue between 2019 and 2022 as regards 50% of the award and growth 
in share price over the three years starting with the date of grant as regards 50% of the award.

The share price performance condition will be assessed in June 2023 and the vesting outturn in respect of that element will be confirmed 
in the 2023 Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

The revenue growth performance condition was as follows:

Compound annual growth rate of the company’s revenue 
between 2019 and 2022
Less than 15%
15% (i.e. 52.1% over 3 years)
Between 15% and 24%
24% or more (i.e. 90.7% over 3 years)

Percentage of the award subject to the share price measure 
that will vest
0%
25%
Calculated on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100%
100%

Over the three-year performance period, the compound annual growth rate of the Group’s revenue was 29.9% resulting in an estimated 
vesting outturn of 100%.

For the purposes of the single total figure of remuneration table the value of these awards is calculated as follows.

Executive Director
John Dawson
Stuart Paynter

Shares subject to award
70,805
31,500

Shares subject to the 
revenue performance 
condition¹
35,402
15,750

Estimated vesting 
outturn of the elements 
of the awards subject 
to the revenue 
performance condition
100%
100%

Estimated number 
of shares that will vest 
by reference to the 
revenue performance 
condition¹,²
28,519
15,750

Value of the shares 
included in the 
single total figure 
of remuneration ³
101,477
56,043

¹ 

² 

³ 

 As noted above, the share price performance condition will be assessed in June 2023 so that only the element of the award subject to the revenue performance 
condition is included in this table.
 In the case of Mr Dawson, this is the estimated number of shares that will vest which are attributable to his service in the performance period as a Director up until 
27 May 2022.
 The awards will not vest until the share price performance condition has been assessed. In line with the applicable regulations, the share price for these purposes 
is taken to be the average share price over October, November and December 2022, being 356p. As that average share price is less than the share price at the date 
of grant of the awards (760p), the value is not split between that attributable to the share price at grant and that attributable to growth in share price.

The awards are also subject to a performance underpin, such that they would vest only to the extent that the Remuneration Committee 
considers that the overall performance of the business across the period justifies it. The Remuneration Committee will review 
performance against this underpin following the end of the share price performance period.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance101

Performance Shares Awards granted under the LTIP during 2022
(audited)

On 29 April 2022, Stuart Paynter was awarded a Performance Shares Award under the LTIP as follows:

Stuart Paynter

Basis of award (% of salary)
155%

Number of shares under award
96,100

Face value of grant
£528,550

As noted in the statement from the Remuneration Committee Chair, Stuart Paynter’s LTIP award for 2022 was scaled back to 155% 
of salary. The number of shares under award was calculated by reference to the average share price of 550p in the five business days 
prior to the date of the award. Neither John Dawson nor Dr. Roch Doliveux received an LTIP award in respect of 2022.

Mr Paynter’s award is a nil cost option and is subject to a three-year vesting period. It is subject to the achievement of the performance 
conditions based on relative Total Shareholder Return, growth in revenue and strategic milestones set out below.

TSR and Revenue performance conditions

Vesting amount
0%
25%
100%

TSR¹ – relative TSR performance 
(40% of the award)
Below median
Median
Upper quartile

Revenue² – compound annual growth rate 
(40% of the award)
Less than 15%
15%
30%

¹ 

 Company’s TSR over a three-year performance period relative to the TSR performance of companies in the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index. TSR will be assessed over 
a three-year period from the date of grant of the awards, with a three-month averaging period applied.

²  Assessed over the three financial-year performance period 2022 – 2024.

Strategic milestones performance conditions (20% of the award)
The measures and targets relating to these performance conditions are commercially sensitive and will be disclosed when this is no 
longer the case, and no later than when the awards vest. The measures are aligned with the Group’s strategy with the level of vesting 
determined by reference to the achievements, with 25% vesting for delivery of a threshold milestone.

A performance underpin also applies, such that the award will only vest to the extent that the Remuneration Committee considers that 
the overall performance of the business across the period justifies it.

Although the award will vest following the assessment of the performance period (subject to satisfaction of the performance conditions), 
it cannot be exercised until the end of a further holding period of two years.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests
(audited)

The Remuneration Committee has adopted a shareholding guideline for the Executive Directors, which specifies a shareholding 
equivalent to 200% of base salary. Because Dr. Roch Doliveux was appointed as CEO on an interim basis, he is not subject to this 
guideline. As John Dawson retired from the Board in May 2022 his satisfaction of the guideline at 31 December is not stated; in line 
with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy certain of his incentive awards remain subject to post-cessation shareholding rules. 

The value of the shares as at 31 December 2022 has been determined based on a share price of 442.50p (being the prevailing closing 
share price on 30 December 2022). Under this criteria Mr Paynter is working towards meeting this guideline.

The interests in shares of the Directors who served during the year as at 31 December 2022 were as set out below. Consistent with 
the approach to the single total figure of remuneration, we have included Dr. Doliveux in the Non-Executive Directors section.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements102

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Shares held outright

Vested but  
unexercised options

Deferred bonus plan 
not yet exercisable

Unvested Performance 
Shares Awards subject to 
performance conditions

Executive Directors
John Dawson¹
Stuart Paynter

Non-Executive Directors
Dr. Roch Doliveux
Stuart Henderson
Dr. Heather Preston
Robert Ghenchev²
Dr. Sam Rasty
Professor Dame Kay Davies
Dr. Michael Hayden
Catherine Moukheibir
Namrata Patel

2022
203,551
14,657

335,675
9,862
11,614
–
11,614
–
11,289
11,846
7,500

2021
90,343
10,742

2022
544,404
172,057

2021
553,820
101,462

2022
73,467
46,349

2021
46,349
26,582

2022
151,265
175,566

2021
224,001
111,824

125,000
8,862
2,235
–
2,235
–
1,910
–
n/a

¹  Mr Dawson retired from the Board on 27 May 2022.
²  Mr Ghenchev is Head of Growth Equity at Novo Holdings which has a holding of 8,253,000 shares.

Reflecting best practice, the Remuneration Committee has adopted, with effect from 1 January 2019, a post-cessation shareholding 
guideline, as set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

During 2022 the following options have vested and lapsed:

LTIP
John Dawson
Stuart Paynter

Deferred bonus
John Dawson
Stuart Paynter

Unvested at 
1 January 2022
224,001
111,824

Vesting during 
2022
36,368
16,179

Lapsed during 
2022
36,368
16,179

Awarded during 
2022
–
96,100

Unvested at 
31 December 
2022¹
151,265
175,566

Not exercisable at 
1 January 2022
46,350
26,132

Becomes 
exercisable  
during 2022
25,001
14,954

Awarded during 
2022
52,118
35,171

Not exercisable 
at 31 December 
2022¹
73,467
46,349

¹ 

In the case of Mr Dawson the figures are stated as at 27 May 2022, the date on which he retired from the Board.

During 2022, John Dawson exercised options over 132,000 shares. Stuart Paynter did not exercise any options in 2022. John Dawson 
and Stuart Paynter did not exercise any options in 2021. 

Payment to past Directors and payments for loss of office
(audited)

As reported in the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration, John Dawson retired from the Board on 27 May 2022 and from the Group on 
17 January 2023. His remuneration to 27 May 2022 was £566,000 and is included in the single total figure of remuneration table on 
page 95, including his bonus earned to that date (which is his full bonus for the year) and the pro-rata portion of his LTIPs vesting 
by reference to performance in the year. From 28 May 2022 until 17 January 2023, Mr Dawson continued to receive his salary, pension 
and benefits. Information in relation to the treatment of Mr Dawson’s incentive awards in connection with his retirement was included 
on page 106 of the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report. No other payments to past directors or payments for loss of office were made 
in the year. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance 
103

Performance graph and comparison with CEO’s remuneration
The chart below illustrates the Company’s TSR performance since January 2013 relative to the FTSE all-share index, the FTSE350 Pharma 
and Biotech index and the NASDAQ Biotech index. The FTSE all-share index has been selected because it represents a broad-based 
measure of investment return from equities. The FTSE350 Pharma and Biotech index, comprising Pharma and biotech companies listed in 
the UK and are constituents of the FTSE350 index, and the NASDAQ Biotech index in the United States (NASDAQ Biotech) market, provide 
further benchmarks that are more specific comparators.

Key:

 Oxford Biomedica plc 
 FTSE all-share index 

 FTSE 350 Pharma and Biotech index
 NASDAQ Biotech index

1.600

1.400

1.200

1.000

800

600

400

200

0

Dec 12

Dec 13

Dec 14

Dec 15

Dec 16

Dec 17

Dec 18

Dec 19

Dec 20

Dec 21

Dec 22

CEO’s remuneration in last ten years

Year

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

John 
Dawson²

Roch 
Doliveux²

CEO’s total single figure  
of remuneration

LTIP vesting

Annual bonus

£’000
% of 
maximum
% of 
maximum

468

680

732

653

811

1,311

1,220

1,258

1,828

104

417

0%

0%

100%

50%

25%

80%

100%

62%

42%¹

50%

N/A

30%

75%

42%

50%

85%

92%

70%

85%

84%

86%

N/A

¹ 
² 

 The vesting percentage has been calculated by calculating the weighted average vesting percentage of the 2018 LTIP award and the revenue element of the 2019 LTIP award.
 In 2022, Dr. Doliveux was interim CEO from 28 January 2022. Therefore, the CEO’s total single figure of remuneration is shown separately for Mr Dawson’s remuneration 
from 1 January 2022 to 27 January 2022 (calculated on a pro-rata basis) and Dr. Doliveux’s remuneration from 28 January 2022 until 31 December 2022 (calculated 
on a pro-rata basis). Dr. Doliveux did not participate in an LTIP that vested by reference to performance in 2022 or the 2022 annual bonus or any pension arrangement. 
For Mr Dawson: (1) the LTIP vesting has been calculated by the weighted average vesting percentage of the share price element of the 2019 LTIP award and the revenue 
element of the 2020 LTIP award in which Mr Dawson participated; and (2) the annual bonus is calculated by reference to Mr Dawson’s bonus.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements104

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees
The table below shows the percentage change in salary/fees, benefits and bonus between 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022 for the Directors. 
Ms Namrata Patel was appointed during 2022 and, accordingly, has been excluded from the table below. Robert Ghenchev did not 
receive any remuneration for his role, and accordingly has been excluded from the table below. The average percentage change in the 
same elements of remuneration over the same period are in respect of a comparator group of employees. The regulations require 
that the comparator group is all employees of the Company; however, as the Company (Oxford Biomedica Plc) has no employees and 
for consistency with prior years the Remuneration Committee has chosen as the comparator group all those employees other than 
the Directors who were employed by Oxford Biomedica UK Ltd throughout the whole of the relevant years.

Year
John Dawson¹
Stuart Paynter
Dr. Roch Doliveux ²
Stuart Henderson
Dr. Heather Preston
Dr. Sam Rasty³
Professor Dame Kay 
Davies⁴
Dr. Michael Hayden⁴
Catherine 
Moukheibir⁴
Namrata Patel
Comparator 
employee group

2021/22 
% change 
–58
10
100
0
0
0

Salary/Fees
2020/21 
% change 
6
30
89
27
109
1,757

2019/20 
% change
5
5
N/A
3
3
N/A

2021/22 
% change 
–60
0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Benefits

2020/21 
% change 
0
0
–
–
–
–

2019/20 
% change
0
0
N/A
–
–
N/A

2021/22 
% change 
–58
11
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Bonus
2020/21 
% change 
25
47
–
–
–
–

2019/20 
% change
27
28
N/A
–
–
N/A

20
57

3,400
N/A

11

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

8

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

9

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

(10)

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

9

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

11

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

11

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

22

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

98

¹ 

² 

 John Dawson retired from the Board on 27 May 2022 and his remuneration for this disclosure is that earned to that date. The reduction in his remuneration between 
2021 and 2022 reflects that 2022 was a part year only.
 Dr. Doliveux was appointed as a Director in June 2020. The increase in his fees between 2020 and 2021 reflects that 2020 was a part year only. The increase in 
Dr. Doliveux’s fees between 2021 and 2022 reflect the payment of an additional fee in respect of 2022 having regard to his additional time commitments in 2022,  
as described on page 89.

³  Dr. Rasty was appointed as Director in December 2020. The increase in his fees between 2020 and 2021 reflects that 2020 was a part year only.
⁴ 

 Professor Dame Davies, Dr. Hayden and Ms Moukheibir were appointed to the Board in 2021. The increase in their fees between 2021 and 2022 reflects that 2021  
was a part year only.

CEO’s pay ratio
The table below sets out the CEO’s pay ratio at the 25th, median and 75th percentile employee within the organisation. The Group used 
Option A as defined in The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018, as this calculation methodology for the ratios was 
considered to be the most accurate method. The 25th, median and 75th percentile pay ratios were calculated using the full-time equivalent 
remuneration for all UK employees as at the end of 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022 respectively. In 2022, Dr. Roch Doliveux was interim 
CEO from 28 January 2022. Given the significant proportion of the year for which he was interim CEO, the CEO’s remuneration for 2022 
is his remuneration, albeit for the full year and not only for the period from 28 January. 

Employees’ involvement in the Group’s performance is encouraged, with all employees eligible to participate in the Company’s all-employee 
share plan. From 2020 all eligible employees (previously only certain employees) may participate in discretionary bonus schemes. The Group 
aims to provide a competitive remuneration package which is appropriate to promote the long-term success of the Group and to apply this 
policy fairly and consistently to attract and motivate employees. The Group considers the median pay ratio to be consistent with the Group’s 
wider policies on employee pay, reward and progression. As noted above, given the significant proportion of the year for which Dr. Doliveux 
was interim CEO, the 2022 ratios are calculated by reference to his remuneration (for the full year); the reduction in the ratios compared 
to 2021 reflects that Dr. Doliveux does not participate in any variable pay arrangement.

Financial year
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022

Method
Option A
Option A
Option A
Option A
Option A

25th percentile pay ratio
1:48
1:42
1:40
1:59
1:13

Median pay ratio
1:37
1:32
1:30
1:44
1:10

75th percentile pay ratio
1:27
1:24
1:23
1:32
1:7

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernancePay details for the individuals are set out below:

2018
Salary (£’000)
Total remuneration (£’000)

2019
Salary (£’000)
Total remuneration (£’000)

2020
Salary (£’000)
Total remuneration (£’000)

2021
Salary (£’000)
Total remuneration (£’000)

2022
Salary (£’000)
Total remuneration (£’000)

CEO
£380
£1,311

CEO
£410
£1,220

CEO
£431
£1,258

CEO
£455
£1,828

CEO
£450
£450

25th percentile
£25
£27

25th percentile
£26
£29

25th percentile
£28
£31

25th percentile
£27
£31

25th percentile
£31
£36

Median
£32
£35

Median
£35
£38

Median
£37
£42

Median
£36
£42

Median
£40
£46

105

75th percentile
£44
£48

75th percentile
£45
£50

75th percentile
£47
£55

75th percentile
£50
£57

75th percentile
£54
£62

Relative importance of spend on pay
The chart below illustrates the spend on employee remuneration compared with the Group’s key cash measures. Since the Group does 
not make dividend or other distributions, these have not been included in the table.

The Group’s key cash measures were chosen by the Directors because they illustrate very clearly the importance of employee 
remuneration as a fundamental element of operational spend and activities, as well as the continued investment of the business in 
its people. The key cash measure amounts were identified as being:

200

150

100

m
£

50

0

-50

Staff pay

Non-payroll costs

Cash generated from / (used in) 
operations

Net cash inflow/(burn)

Cash revenues

  2020
  2021 
  2022

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements106

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Approach to Directors’ Remuneration in 2023
The Company’s approach to Directors’ Remuneration in 2023 is set out in the statement from the Remuneration Committee Chair on 
pages 89 to 93.

Statement of voting at AGM
At the 2022 AGM, the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report was approved by shareholders as follows:

Resolution
Approval of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report

Votes for 
(including 
discretionary)

% for

Votes against

% against

Total votes cast 
(excluding votes 
withheld)

Votes withheld 
(abstentions)

57,808,878

80.73

13,801,220

19.27%

71,610,098

834,739

At the 2021 AGM, the 2020 Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders as follows:

Resolution
Approval of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy

Votes for 
(including 
discretionary)

% for

Votes against

% against

Total votes cast 
(excluding votes 
withheld)

Votes withheld 
(abstentions)

46,437,980

80.95%

10,926,461

19.05%

57,364,441

1,039,205

Advisers to the Remuneration Committee
Deloitte LLP acted as adviser to the Remuneration Committee during 2022. Deloitte is a founding member of the Remuneration 
Consultants Group and adheres to its Code of Conduct in relation to Executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Deloitte’s fees for 
advice to the Remuneration Committee during 2022 were £31,000 plus VAT. The advice received from Deloitte LLP was both objective 
and independent. Deloitte also advised the Group on below Board remuneration, on the operation of its share plans, on the design 
of a sales incentive plan, on corporate tax and related matters, on the tax treatment of internationally mobile employees, and on the 
tax treatment of non-UK resident Directors during 2022.

The Remuneration Committee reviewed the potential conflicts of interest and the safeguards against them and is satisfied that Deloitte 
does not have any such interests or connections with the Group that may impair independence.

Dr. Heather Preston
Chair, Remuneration Committee

25 April 2023

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance107

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
We have included below the parts of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy that we think shareholders will find most useful, but with the 
table of service contracts updated to reflect the current circumstances and certain date specific references updated. The full Policy 
as approved at the AGM on 27 May 2021 is included in the Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 
2020, which is available on the Company’s website at www.oxb.com.

Policy table

Component and purpose

Operation

Maximum potential

Performance targets and metrics

Executive Directors

Base salary

To provide a base salary which 
is sufficient to attract and retain 
Executive Directors of a suitable 
calibre.

While no formal performance conditions 
apply, an individual’s performance in role 
is taken into account in determining any 
salary increase.

Base salaries are initially set by 
reference to market information 
at the time of appointment and 
taking into account the experience 
and previous package of the new 
Executive Director. Base salaries are 
normally reviewed annually taking 
into account a number of factors 
which may include (but are not limited 
to): underlying Group performance; 
role, experience and individual 
performance; competitive salary 
levels and market forces; and pay and 
conditions elsewhere in the Group. 
Any changes are normally effective  
from 1 January.

While there is no maximum salary, 
increases will normally be in line with 
the level of salary increase awarded (in 
percentage of salary terms) to other 
employees in the Group.

Salary increases above this level may be 
awarded in appropriate circumstances, 
such as, but not limited to:

−  where an Executive Director has 

been promoted or has had a change 
in scope or responsibility;

−  to reflect an individual’s development 
or performance in role (e.g. to align a 
newly appointed Executive Director’s 
salary with the market over time);

−  where there has been a change in 

market practice; or

−  where there has been a change 
in size and/or complexity of the 
business.

Such increases may be implemented 
over such time period as the 
Remuneration Committee deems 
appropriate.

There is no predetermined maximum 
but the totals are reviewed annually 
by the Remuneration Committee.

Not applicable.

Benefits

To provide benefits on a market 
competitive basis.

Benefits are provided in line with 
market practice and may include 
medical insurance (including for the 
Executive Director’s spouse or partner 
and dependants), life assurance, 
permanent health insurance, provision 
of a company car or a car allowance, 
assistance with the preparation of tax 
returns, tax equalisation arrangements, 
other benefits consistent with those 
typically offered in their country of 
residence and other appropriate benefits 
determined by the Remuneration 
Committee. Additional benefits may 
be provided based on individual 
circumstances, including the location 
of the Executive Director. These may 
include, for example, travel expenses.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements108

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Component and purpose

Operation

Maximum potential

Performance targets and metrics

Retirement benefits 

To provide funding for retirement.

Sharesave scheme

To create alignment with the Group 
and promote a sense of ownership.

The Group operates a defined 
contribution scheme for all employees, 
including Executive Directors. In 
appropriate circumstances, such 
as where contributions exceed the 
annual or lifetime allowance, Executive 
Directors may be permitted to take a 
cash supplement instead of some or 
all of the contributions to a pension 
plan. Non-UK national Executive 
Directors may be permitted to 
participate in home country pension 
arrangements where appropriate.

Executive Directors are entitled to 
participate in a tax qualifying all 
employee Sharesave scheme under 
which they may make monthly savings 
contributions over a period  
of three or five years linked to the 
grant of an option over the Company’s 
shares with an option price which 
can be at a discount of up to 20% to 
the market value of shares at grant 
(or such other discount as may be 
permitted by the applicable legislation 
from time to time).

Executive Directors will be able to 
participate on the same basis as other 
qualifying employees in any other 
all-employee share scheme adopted 
by the Group.

Any Executive Director appointed 
before 1 January 2021.

Not applicable.

A maximum employer contribution 
or cash supplement (or combination 
thereof):

−  of 15% of base salary up to 
31 December 2022; and

−  with effect from 1 January 2023, not 
exceeding the contribution available 
to the wider workforce (currently 
7.5%).

Any Executive Director appointed after 
1 January 2021.

A maximum employer contribution 
or cash supplement (or combination 
thereof) not exceeding the 
contribution available to the wider 
workforce (currently 7.5%).

For the Sharesave scheme, 
participation limits and the level of 
discount permitted in setting the 
exercise price are those set by the UK 
tax authorities from time to time.

For any other all-employee share plan, 
the maximum will be determined in 
accordance with the plan rules and 
will be the same as for other qualifying 
employees.

Not subject to performance measures in 
line with usual practice.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceComponent and purpose

Operation

Maximum potential

Performance targets and metrics

109

Any Overseas Executive Director

The maximum bonus opportunity is 
200% of base salary.

Any Executive Director appointed 
before 1 January 2021 and any 
Executive Director appointed after that 
date who is not an Overseas Executive 
Director

The maximum bonus opportunity 
is 150% of base salary.

The performance metrics may be based 
on financial or strategic objectives (which 
may include ESG metrics and individual 
objectives). Metrics and targets are set 
by the Remuneration Committee taking 
into account the strategic needs of the 
business. Financial objectives are typically 
assessed over a financial year, but may 
be assessed over part of the year.

Given the nature of the business, these 
objectives and metrics may change 
significantly each year.

There is no minimum bonus earned 
if threshold performance is not met. 
For financial metrics, up to 50% of 
the maximum which may be earned 
for a metric is earned for on-target 
performance, rising to 100% for meeting 
or exceeding the maximum level of 
performance. For strategic objectives, 
the bonus will be earned between 0% 
and 100% based on the Remuneration 
Committee’s assessment of the extent 
to which the objective has been achieved.

Annual bonus

To incentivise and reward delivery  
of the Group’s objectives.

Delivery of part of the bonus in 
deferred shares aligns the incentive 
package with shareholders’ interests.

Bonus targets and measures are 
typically reviewed annually and 
any pay-out is determined by the 
Remuneration Committee after 
the year end.

The Remuneration Committee has 
discretion to amend the pay-out 
should: (1) any potential pay-out not 
reflect the Remuneration Committee’s 
assessment of overall performance; (2) 
any potential pay-out be inappropriate 
in the context of circumstances that 
were unexpected or unforeseen at the 
start of the performance period; or 
(3) there be any other reason why an 
amendment is appropriate.

Ordinarily, 50% of the bonus is 
delivered as cash and 50% is delivered 
in deferred shares.

The Remuneration Committee may 
permit or require the deferral of 
a greater proportion of any bonus 
earned.

Deferred shares ordinarily become 
exercisable in three equal instalments 
on the first, second and third 
anniversaries of the award. The 
deferred shares are not subject to 
further performance targets.

Additional shares may be awarded in 
respect of deferred shares to reflect 
the value of dividends over the deferral 
period. These dividend equivalents may 
assume the reinvestment of dividends 
into shares on a cumulative basis.

Recovery provisions apply as 
summarised on the next page.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements110

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Component and purpose

Operation

Maximum potential

Performance targets and metrics

Long Term Incentives

To augment shareholder alignment 
by providing Executive Directors with 
longer term interests in shares whilst 
requiring challenging performance 
before the awards vest.

Any Overseas Executive Director.

The maximum Performance Shares 
Award in respect of a financial year 
is 500% of base salary.

Any Executive Director appointed 
before 1 January 2021 and any 
Executive Director appointed after 
that date who is not an Overseas 
Executive Director.

The maximum Performance Shares 
Award is:

−  175% of base salary in respect of 
a financial year for an Executive 
Director other than the CEO; and

−  200% of base salary in respect of 

a financial year for the CEO.

At the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee, annual grants of nil 
or nominal cost shares awards 
(“Performance Shares Awards”) which 
vest subject to the achievement of 
performance targets, typically assessed 
over a three-year performance period.

Holding period
Vested shares will be subject to a 
holding period of two years after 
vesting before they are “released”. 
The holding period will be structured 
either on the basis that: (1) the 
Executive Director is not entitled to 
acquire shares until the end of it; or 
(2) the Executive Director is entitled 
to acquire shares following vesting 
but that (other than as regards sales 
to cover tax liabilities and any exercise 
price) the Executive Director is not 
able to dispose of those shares until 
the end of it.

Dividend equivalents
Additional shares may be awarded in 
respect of any Performance Shares 
Award to reflect the value of dividends 
over the period between the grant 
and the date on which the Executive 
Director is first able to acquire 
the vested shares. These dividend 
equivalents may assume the 
reinvestment of dividends into shares 
on a cumulative basis.

Recovery provisions apply as 
summarised below.

Performance conditions will be 
based on financial measures or the 
achievement of strategic objectives 
(which may include ESG metrics). 
Financial measures may include (but 
are not limited to) share price and 
revenue measures.

The Remuneration Committee has 
discretion to amend the formulaic 
vesting out-turn should: (1) any 
formulaic output not reflect the 
Remuneration Committee’s assessment 
of overall performance; (2) any 
formulaic output be inappropriate 
in the context of circumstances that 
were unexpected or unforeseen at 
the date of grant; or (3) there be any 
other reason why an amendment 
is appropriate.

For the achievement of threshold 
performance in respect of a financial 
measure, up to 25% of the award 
will vest rising to 100% of the award 
vesting for achieving or exceeding 
maximum performance; for below 
threshold performance, none of the 
award will vest.

For strategic measures, vesting will be 
determined between 0% and 100% 
depending upon the Remuneration 
Committee’s assessment of the extent 
to which the measure has been 
achieved.

Notes to the policy table

Recovery provisions
The annual bonus and long-term incentive awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions as follows:

Annual bonus:
For up to two years following the payment of an annual bonus award the Remuneration Committee may require the repayment of some 
or all of the cash award in the relevant circumstances (clawback). Deferred bonus awards which have not yet become exercisable may be 
cancelled or reduced in the relevant circumstances (malus). For up to one year following the first instalment of deferred shares becoming 
exercisable, the Remuneration Committee may require the repayment of some or all of the deferred shares in the relevant circumstances 
(clawback).

Long term incentive awards:
The Remuneration Committee has the right to reduce, cancel or impose further conditions on unvested awards in the relevant 
circumstances (malus). For up to two years following the vesting of a long term incentive award the Remuneration Committee may 
require the repayment of some or all of the award in the relevant circumstances (clawback).

Circumstances in which malus and/or clawback may be applied malus or clawback may be applied in the event of:
 — A material misstatement of the Group’s financial results;

 — An error in the information or assumptions on which the award was granted or vests including an error in assessing any applicable 

performance conditions;

 — A material failure of risk management by the Group;

 — Serious reputational damage to the Group;

 — Material misconduct on the part of the participant; or

 — Material corporate failure.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance111

Share ownership guidelines
To align Executives with shareholders and provide an ongoing incentive for continued performance, the Remuneration Committee has 
adopted formal share ownership guidelines, which apply both during and after employment.

Shareholding guidelines during employment
Executive Directors are required to build and maintain a minimum level of shareholding equal to their normal annual LTIP opportunity. 
Executive Directors will be required to retain half of any post-tax (and if relevant, post exercise price) awards which vest under the long-
term incentive plans, and half of any post-tax deferred shares becoming exercisable under the annual bonus, until the share ownership 
guideline has been satisfied. Shares which are fully owned with no outstanding vesting criteria count towards the shareholding guideline 
together with deferred annual bonus shares and shares subject to Performance Shares Awards which have vested but which are in a 
holding period (in each case, on a net of tax basis).

Shareholding requirement after employment
Shares are subject to this requirement only if they are acquired from long term incentive or deferred bonus awards granted after 1 January 
2019. Following employment, an Executive Director must retain such of the relevant shares as have a value at cessation equal to their 
in-service shareholding requirement, with the required holding tapering to zero over a two-year period. If the Executive Director holds 
less than the required number of relevant shares at any time, they will be required to retain all of those shares.

Performance targets and metrics
Performance targets for the annual bonus are set by the Remuneration Committee after taking into account the strategic needs of the 
business. A key component of the Group’s strategy is to develop cell and gene therapy products from pre- clinical proof of concept 
through to the end of Phase I or Phase II clinical studies before partnering or out-licencing. Annual bonus targets for a particular year are 
therefore likely to include specific product development targets depending on the stage of development of each opportunity. The annual 
bonus objectives are also likely to include targets related to generating recurring revenues such as from manufacturing or development 
services to third parties.

The performance metrics for long term incentives are determined to ensure that the most appropriate targets are set for the Group’s 
situation at the time. The approach to performance measures for the awards to be granted in 2023 is set out on page 92. It is the 
Group’s current intention that up to 30% of the overall long term incentive opportunity may be based on the delivery of specific strategic 
milestones in the future. It is intended that there will continue to be a performance underpin, such that the awards will only vest to 
the extent that the Remuneration Committee considers that the overall performance of the business across the period justifies it.

The Remuneration Committee retains the ability to adjust or set different performance measures if events occur (such as a change 
in strategy, a material acquisition and/or a divestment of a Group business, or a change in prevailing market conditions) which cause 
the Remuneration Committee to determine that the measures are no longer appropriate, and that amendment is required so that they 
achieve their original purpose.

Operation of share plans
Awards and options may be adjusted in the event of a variation of share capital or other relevant event in accordance with the rules of the 
applicable share plan. The Group’s share plans may be operated in accordance with their terms, including that awards may be granted as 
cash based awards over a notional number of shares, and that share awards may be settled in whole or in part in cash at the election of 
the Remuneration Committee; the Remuneration Committee would only use these cash provisions for operational flexibility, for example 
if a regulatory restriction in any territory prevented the Company from offering shares to an Executive Director. Where a long-term 
incentive award is granted as a “Market Value Option” as referred to in the “Approach to recruitment remuneration” section below, it may 
be settled on the basis that the participant receives for nil-cost a number of shares with a market value equal to the “gain” at exercise in 
the vested shares.

Differences in remuneration policy for all employees
The structure of the reward package for the wider employee population is based on the principle that it should be sufficient to attract and 
retain the best talent and be competitive within the biotech sector, remunerating employees for their contribution linked to the Group’s 
holistic performance.

All employees receive a base salary and are entitled to participate in benefits, including the Group’s defined contribution pension scheme 
to which the Group contributes.

In 2020, the Group introduced a Group-wide cash bonus scheme which will give employees at all levels the opportunity to share in the 
success of the Group by receiving a cash bonus linked to their grade level and their own personal performance. The maximum bonus 
receivable varies between the participating employees. 50% of the bonuses of the Executive Directors’ and Senior Executive Team are 
delivered in deferred shares, whereas all other staff receive 100% of their bonuses in cash.

Where possible, the Group also encourages employee share ownership through a number of share plans that allow employees to benefit 
from the Group’s success. Generally speaking, a much higher proportion of total remuneration for the Executive Directors is linked to 
business performance, compared to the rest of the employee population, so that remuneration will increase or decrease in line with 
business performance and to align the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements112

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
Each year the Remuneration Committee is briefed on the structure and quantum of the all-employee remuneration framework as well as 
throughout the year being informed about the context, challenges and opportunities relating to the remuneration of the wider workforce 
to enable the Remuneration Committee to consider the broader employee context when making Executive remuneration decisions.

The Chief Executive Officer determines the overall salary increases and bonuses for all employees, other than the Executive Directors, 
the Senior Executive Team and Company Secretary which are subject to the approval of the Remuneration Committee. The Group is 
committed to offering highly competitive reward packages for all employees. Every year, the Group benchmarks salaries and benefits 
against the local biotech and pharmaceutical market which informs the decision making process. The Chief Executive Officer discusses 
the overall increase in payroll cost and the total amount to be paid in bonuses with the Chair of the Remuneration Committee before 
implementing the salary increases and bonuses.

The Remuneration Committee spent considerable time in the second half of 2020 formulating this Remuneration Policy (set out on 
pages 107 to 110) which included canvassing the views of shareholders. Post consultation the Remuneration Committee engaged with 
the workforce on the Policy and Executive pay via the WEP in compliance with Provision 41 of the Corporate Governance Code.

Component and purpose
Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors’ fees and benefits
To compensate Non-Executive Directors for 
their services to the Group.

Operation

Maximum potential

The Chair’s fees are set by the Remuneration 
Committee.

The fees of other Non-Executive Directors are 
determined by the Board.

There is no overall maximum, but fees are 
set taking into account the responsibilities 
of the role and expected time commitment.

Base fee and additional fees

The Chair and Non-Executive Directors may 
be eligible to receive benefits such as the 
use of secretarial support, assistance with the 
preparation of tax returns, or other benefits 
that may be appropriate.

Non-Executive Directors receive a base fee, with 
additional fees for chairing Board Committees 
and holding the office of Senior Independent 
Director. Supplementary fees may be paid for 
other responsibilities or time commitments.

Travel and accommodation expenses in 
connection with attendance by the Chair and 
Non-Executive Directors at Board meetings 
(and any tax thereon) are paid by the Company.

The Chair and Non-Executive Directors do not 
participate in any of the Group’s incentive plans 
and do not receive pension contributions.

Additional fees for Non-Executive Directors 
based outside the UK

An additional fee may be paid to any Non-
Executive Director outside the UK to recognise 
the additional time commitment associated with 
their role.

An additional fee of up to £50,000 per annum 
may be paid to any Non-Executive Director 
recruited from or based in the United States 
to reflect market levels of remuneration in the 
United States for Non-Executive Directors, 
subject to their agreement that the after tax 
amount of this additional fee will be applied in 
the acquisition of shares at market value which 
must be retained for at least 12 months from 
acquisition. 

Service contracts and policy on payment for loss of office
Executive Directors’ service contracts are subject to 12 months’ notice from both the Group and from the Director. Executive Directors 
may be required to work during the notice period or be paid in lieu of notice if not required to work for the full notice period.

The details of service contracts and letters of appointment of those who served as Directors during the year are:

Service contracts
John Dawson¹
Frank Mathias²
Stuart Paynter

10 October 2008

27 March 2023

29 August 2017

Contract date

Unexpired term  
at 31 December 2022

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

12 months

Notice period

12 month

12 month

12 months

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance113

Letters of appointment
Dr. Roch Doliveux
Stuart Henderson
Dr. Heather Preston
Robert Ghenchev
Dr. Sam Rasty
Professor Dame Kay Davis
Dr. Michael Hayden
Catherine Moukheibir
Namrata Patel

Date of appointment

24 June 2020

1 June 2016

15 March 2018

24 June 2019

1 December 2020

1 March 2021

15 July 2021

14 December 2021

13 April 2022

Unexpired term  
at 31 December 2022

Notice period

5 months

29 months

3 months

N/A

11 months

14 months

19 months

23 months

28 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

¹ 
John Dawson retired from the Board on 27 May 2022.
²  Dr. Frank Mathias joined the Board on 27 March 2023.

All Directors are subject to re-election by shareholders on an annual basis.

The principles on which the determination of payments for loss of office will be approached are set out below:

Policy
Payment in lieu of notice

Annual Bonus

Contractual termination payments may not exceed the Director’s current salary and benefits 
(including pension contributions and any applicable salary supplement) for the notice period. 
Alternatively, the Company may continue to provide the relevant benefits. 

This will be at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee on an individual basis and the decision as 
to whether or not to award a bonus in full or in part will be dependent on a number of factors, including 
the circumstances of the individual’s departure and their contribution to the business during the bonus 
period in question. Any bonus amounts paid will typically be pro-rated for time in service during the 
bonus period and will, subject to performance, be paid at the usual time (although the Remuneration 
Committee retains discretion to pay the bonus earlier in appropriate circumstances). The Remuneration 
Committee has discretion to pay the whole of any bonus earned for the year of departure and preceding 
year in cash. 

Deferred Bonus Awards

The extent to which any unvested award will vest will be determined in accordance with the applicable 
share plan rules.

Unvested awards will normally lapse on cessation of employment. However, if a participant leaves due 
to death, ill-health, injury, disability, the sale of his employer or any other reason at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee, the Remuneration Committee shall determine whether the award will vest at 
cessation or at the normal date. In either case, this will be determined by the Remuneration Committee, 
taking into account, unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, the period of time 
elapsed from the date of grant to the date of cessation relative to the deferral period. Awards may then 
be exercised during such period as the Remuneration Committee determines. Awards which have already 
become exercisable at the date of cessation may be exercised for such period as the Remuneration 
Committee determines. 

Long Term Incentives

The treatment of long term incentive awards will be determined in accordance with the applicable share 
plan rules.

Unvested awards

Unvested long term incentive awards will normally lapse on cessation of employment. However, if a 
participant leaves due to death, ill-health, injury, disability, the sale of his employer or any other reason at 
the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, the Remuneration Committee shall determine whether 
the award will vest at cessation or continue until the end of the performance period. In either case, the 
extent of vesting will be determined by the Remuneration Committee taking into account the extent 
to which the performance condition is satisfied and, unless the Remuneration Committee determines 
otherwise, the period of time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of cessation relative to the 
performance period. If the award continues, the holding period will ordinarily apply until its originally 
anticipated end date, although the Remuneration Committee has discretion to release the award at an 
earlier date.

Vested awards in a holding period

If an Executive Director ceases employment with the Group after an award has vested but before the end 
of its holding period, the award will continue to the end of the holding period (unless the cessation is for 
summary dismissal, in which case it will lapse). The award will be released to the extent it has vested by 
reference to the performance conditions. The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to release the 
award at cessation. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements114

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Policy
Change of control

Unvested awards

Other payments

The extent to which unvested deferred bonus awards and long term incentive awards will vest will be 
determined in accordance with the rules of the relevant plan.

−  Deferred bonus awards will vest in full in the event of a takeover, merger or other relevant corporate event.

−  Long term incentive awards will vest early on a takeover, merger or other relevant corporate event. The 
Remuneration Committee will determine the level of vesting taking into account the extent to which 
the performance condition is satisfied and, unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, 
the period of time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of the relevant event relative to the 
performance period.

Vested awards in a holding period

Vested long term incentive awards will be released on a takeover, merger or other relevant corporate 
event to the extent they have vested by reference to the performance conditions. 

Payments may be made either in the event of a loss of office or a change of control under the Sharesave 
scheme, which is governed by its rules and the legislation relating to such tax qualifying plans. There is 
no discretionary treatment for leavers or on a change of control under this scheme.

In appropriate circumstances, payments may also be made in respect of accrued holiday, outplacement 
and legal fees and any other all-employee share plan.

In cases where an Executive Director was recruited from outside the UK and has been relocated to 
the UK as part of their appointment, the Company will pay reasonable repatriation costs for leavers at 
the Remuneration Committee’s discretion. The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to make 
additional exit payments where such payments are made in good faith in discharge of an existing 
legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of settlement or 
compromise of any claim arising in connection with the termination of a Director’s office or employment.

Where a ’buyout’ or other award is made in connection with recruitment, the leaver provisions would 
be determined no later than the time of the award. 

The Directors’ Remuneration Report is approved by the Remuneration Committee and the Board and signed on their behalf.

Dr. Heather Preston
Chair, Remuneration Committee 

25 April 2023

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance DIRECTORS’ REPORT

for the year ended 31 December 2022

115

The Directors present their Annual report and audited consolidated financial statements (Annual report and accounts) for the year ended 
31 December 2022 as set out on pages 134 to 137. This report should be read in conjunction with the Corporate Governance Report 
on pages 72 to 88. Discussions regarding financial information contained in this Annual report and accounts may contain forward-
looking statements with respect to certain of the plans, current goals and expectations relating to the future financial condition, business 
performance and results of the Group and Company. By their nature, all forward looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because 
they relate to future events and circumstances that are beyond the control of the Group and Company. Readers are cautioned that, as a 
result, the actual future financial condition, business performance and results of the Group may differ materially from the plans, goals and 
expectations expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements.

Strategic Report
The Strategic Report, including the outlook for 2023 on page 37, is on pages 2 to 68. The Directors consider that the Annual report and 
accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable. In reaching this conclusion, the Audit Committee initially discussed 
the requirements with the Group’s auditors when discussing the strategy for the 2022 audit, and the full Board have had an opportunity 
to review and comment on the contents of the report. Since the Board met six times for routine meetings in 2022 the Directors consider 
that they are sufficiently well informed to be able to make this judgement.

Key financial performance indicators (KPIs)
Key financial performance indicators are outlined in the Chief Financial Officer’s review on pages 28 to 38.

Corporate Governance
The Group’s statement on corporate governance is included in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 72 to 88, which forms part 
of this Directors’ Report.

Risk management
The Group’s exposure to risks is set out on pages 64 to 68 (Principal risks, uncertainties and risk management) and on page 150 
(note 3: financial risk management).

Dividends
The Directors do not recommend payment of a dividend (2021: £nil).

Directors
Details of the Directors of the Company who were in office during the year and up to the date of signing the financial statements are 
detailed on pages 70 to 71 and page 74. The contracts of employment of the Executive Directors are each subject to a twelve month 
notice period. The Directors’ remuneration and their interests in the share capital of the Company as at 31 December 2022 are disclosed 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 89 to 114.

Appointment and replacement of Directors
Directors may be appointed by an ordinary resolution at any general meeting of shareholders, or may be appointed by the existing 
Directors, provided that any Director so appointed shall retire at the next AGM and may offer themselves for re-election. In order to 
ensure that the Company complies with the Corporate Governance Code all Directors will retire at each AGM and may offer themselves 
for re-election. Any Director may appoint another Director or another person approved by the other Directors as an alternate Director.

Directors’ third-party indemnity provision
The Group maintains a qualifying third-party indemnity insurance policy to provide cover for legal action against its Directors. This was 
in force throughout 2022 and up to the date of approval of the financial statements.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements116

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Share capital

Structure of the Company’s capital
At 31 December 2022, the Company had 96,264,245 ordinary shares in issue, all allotted and fully paid. There are no restrictions on the 
transfer of shares in the Company or on voting rights. All shares are admitted to trading on the premium segment of the main market 
of the London Stock Exchange.

Rights to issue and buy back shares
Each year at the AGM the Directors seek rights to allot shares. The authority, when granted, lasts for 15 months or until the conclusion 
of the next AGM if sooner. At the last AGM held at the Group’s offices and by webcast on 27 May 2022, authority was given to allot 
up to 32,201,408 shares (that number being one third of total issued share capital of the Company at the time), subject to the normal 
pre-emption rights reserved to shareholders contained in the Companies Act 2006, and to allot up to a further 32,201,408 shares, 
solely in a rights issue. Authority was also given, subject to certain conditions, to waive pre-emption rights over up to 9,606,420 shares, 
being 10% of the shares then in issue. No rights have been granted to the Directors to buy back shares.

Substantial shareholdings
At 15 March 2023, the latest practicable date prior to approval of the Directors’ Report, the Company had been notified of the following 
shareholdings amounting to 3% or more of the ordinary share capital of the Company.

Shareholder
Novo Holdings
Vulpes Investment Management
Liontrust Asset Management
M&G Investment
Global Alpha Capital Management
Nine Ten Capital
Serum Life Sciences Ltd (UK)
Vanguard group Inc.
Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Management
Vitruvian Partners
Mr S.M.H. Shah

Number of ordinary shares
9,998,802
9,626,085
8,044,568
5,067,751
3,880,863
3,387,228
3,382,950
3,156,491
3,031,200
3,004,567
2,910,383

Percentage of issued share capital
10.4%
9.9%
8.6%
5.8%
4.0%
3.5%
3.5%
3.3%
3.2%
3.1%
3.0%

No other person has reported an interest in the ordinary shares of the Company required to be notified to the Company. No person holds 
shares carrying special rights with regard to control of the Company.

Research and development
The Group’s strategy is centered on being an innovative CDMO. Research and development activities are focussed on making improvements 
to viral vector systems, the way in which they are manufactured and the way in which they are analysed with the aim being to increase yield 
and quality through science and process engineering including developing new technologies and automation where possible.

Employees
In accordance with s172 of the Companies Act 2006, the Group communicates and consults regularly with employees throughout 
the year. The Group has established a Workforce Engagement Panel comprising employees representing all levels and functions across 
the Group. In addition, the Group has designated Board representative, Stuart Henderson, for gathering the views of the workforce 
and overseeing employee engagement between the Board and the workforce. Employees’ involvement in the Group’s performance 
is encouraged, with all employees eligible to participate in the Group’s Sharesave Scheme. All employees who have completed probation 
are eligible to participate in discretionary bonus schemes. For further details on how the Group engaged with its employees, including 
keeping employees informed of matters of concern and awareness of the financial and economic factors affecting the performance 
of the Group, please see the Group’s Stakeholders section of the Strategic Report for Employees on pages 14 to 15.

The Group’s aim for all members of staff and applicants for employment is to fit the qualifications, aptitude and ability of each individual 
to the appropriate job, and to provide equal opportunity regardless of sex, religion or ethnic origin. The Group is committed to 
recognising and supporting the skills and experiences of individuals with disabilities (both visible and invisible) during the hiring process 
and continuing throughout employees’ careers and development.

Further details on employees, health and safety, environmental matters and corporate social responsibility are in the ESG statement 
on pages 40 to 63.

Financial instruments and related matters
Included in note 3, on pages 150 to 151, are the Group’s financial risk factors and policies and an indication of the Group’s exposure 
to certain risks. Those elements of that note form part of this report and are incorporated by reference.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance117

Employee share schemes
The Group has established an Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) to hold shares purchased in order to settle shares awarded to Executive 
Directors and other senior managers under the 2013 Deferred Bonus Plan. As at 31 December 2022, the EBT held 16,350 shares with 
a value of £72,000 on which all the related options have vested. The EBT also administers the 2015 Deferred Bonus Plan in as far as 
subscribing for and applying the share capital for nil cost options in the Company exercised by senior management. Settlement of the 
funds occurs through the Group. At the end of 2022 bonuses to senior management with a value of £1,029,000 vested and will be 
converted to nil cost options during 2023. Refer to note 27 of the consolidated financial statements for further information.

Agreements that take effect, alter, or terminate because of a takeover bid or on change of control
There are no such agreements that the Directors consider are material. There are no agreements providing for compensation for loss 
of office for Directors or employees in the event of a takeover bid.

Going concern
The financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are described in the strategic report and notes to these financial 
statements.

The Group made a loss for the year ended 31 December 2022 of £45.2 million and consumed net cash flows from operating activities 
for the year of £12.6 million. The Group also:

 — raised £77.0 million (net of £3 million of share issue cost) in cash from an equity fundraise in January and March 2022; 

 — entered into a one year US$85 million (£63 million) loan facility with Oaktree as part of the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions 
in March 2022 which was then converted into a four-year term loan facility together with repayment of US$35 million of the initial 
principal amount in October 2022; 

 — during November 2022, sold its Windrush Court facility in a sale and leaseback transaction for £60 million to Kadans, whilst also 

agreeing an occupational lease of the property for 15 years; and

 — ended the year with cash and cash equivalents of £141.3 million. 

In considering the basis of preparation of the Annual report and accounts, the Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts for a period 
of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements, based in the first instance on the Group’s 2023 annual 
budget and forecasts for 2024. The Directors have undertaken a rigorous assessment of this base case forecast and have also assessed 
the potential impact from the principal risks and uncertainties outlined in the strategic report of the Group’s Annual report and accounts, 
taking into consideration the magnitude and likelihood of these risks and uncertainties occurring to prepare a downside scenario with 
associated mitigated actions. 

The cash flow forecast prepared for the severe but plausible downside scenario with mitigating actions assumes the following:

 — Commercial challenges leading to a substantial manufacturing and development revenue downside affecting both the LentiVector® 

platform and AAV businesses;

 — Significant decreases in forecasted existing client milestone and royalty revenues;

 — The product development spin out strategy taking longer, or ultimately being unsuccessful; and

 — The potential impacts of the current ongoing war in Ukraine on the Group and its clients including expected revenues from existing 

clients under long term contracts.

Under both the base case and mitigated downside scenario, the Group and parent company has sufficient cash resources to continue 
in operation for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements.

In the event of the downside scenarios crystallising, the Group would continue to meet its existing loan covenants until June 2024 
without taking any mitigating actions, but the Board has mitigating actions in place that are entirely within its control that would enable 
the Group to reduce its spend within a reasonably short time-frame to increase its cash covenant headroom as required by the loan 
facility with Oaktree Capital Management. The Board has confidence in the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for the 
following reasons:

 — The Group has cash balances of £141.3 million at the end of December 2022 and £139.1 million at the end of March 2023;

 — Approximately two thirds of 2023 forecasted revenues are covered by binding purchase orders which give certainty to revenues over 

the next 12 months;

 — The Group’s history of being able to access capital markets including raising £77 million of equity during 2022;

 — The Group’s history of being able to obtain loan financing when required for purposes of both capital expenditure and operational 
purposes, as recently evidenced by the US$85 million one-year facility and US$50 million replacement four-year facility obtained 
with Oaktree;

 — The Group’s ability to continue to be successful in winning new clients and building its brand as demonstrated by successfully entering 
into new and expanding existing client agreements with AstraZeneca, Juno Therapeutics (a wholly owned subsidiary of Bristol Myers 
Squibb Company), Homology Medicines and multiple other new partners over the last twelve months.

Taking account of the matters described above, the Directors are confident that the Group and parent company will have sufficient 
funds to continue to meet their liabilities as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements and 
therefore have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements118

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Viability statement 
In performing a viability statement assessment of the prospects of the Group in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the Directors have assessed the prospects of the Group over the three years to December 2025. They believe three years to 
be appropriate due to the inherent significant uncertainties of forecasting within and beyond this time horizon given the nature of the 
business sector in which the Group operates. The assessment has been informed by refreshing, in 2022, the strategy adopted by the 
Board in 2016, and the evolution of the business plan over the last twelve months. The outcome of this work has been to develop an 
updated long-range plan that covers the viability assessment period which the Board has scrutinised in depth together with its financial 
advisors prior to the publication of this statement.

The Group’s strategy is to exploit its platform technologies in lentiviral vector (LentiVector®) and AAV to support the development of 
other companies’ cell and gene therapy products. The Group is generating growing cell and gene therapy revenues and other operating 
income from licensing its platform technology, generating upfront receipts and royalties, and fees for providing process development 
and bioprocessing services to other companies. Over the three years to December 2025 the Directors believe that revenues from 
licensing its technology to third parties and from providing process development and bioprocessing services to its partners will be 
sufficient to support a sustainable Group.

The following factors are considered both in the formulation of the Group’s strategy, and in the assessment of the Group’s prospects  
over the three-year period:

 — The principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group, including emerging risks as they are identified (such as climate change), and 

the Group’s response to these;

 — The prevailing economic climate and global economy, competitor activity, market dynamics and changing client behaviours;

 — The potential short and longer-term economic impact of the war in Ukraine;

 — How the Group can best position itself to take advantage of the current opportunities within the cell and gene therapy and adenovirus 

markets;

 — Opportunities for further technology investment and innovation; and

 — The resilience afforded by the Group’s enviable technology platform and innovation capabilities;

Assessment of viability 
The Group has experienced a challenging, but successful year in FY22. During this period, the robustness of the Group’s operations and 
the long-term nature of its clients’ investments has been proven, and through the inspiring innovation and integrity of employees during 
the last twelve months the Group has continued to add new LentiVector® platform clients, while expanding on its existing partnerships. 
The Group was also able to successfully raise £77 million in equity finance and to secure a US$85 million debt facility (which was 
part repaid and refinanced in October 2022), which allowed it to make its first major US acquisition by taking an 80% stake in Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions; to add market leading AAV platform technology, expertise and high quality facilities into its core client offering to 
increase its future sales growth potential – during the period Oxford Biomedica Solutions’ client base was expanded by signing four new 
undisclosed client agreements, in addition to Homology Medicines. Further during the last 12 months, the Group entered into a sale 
and leaseback arrangement of its Windrush Court facility realising £60 million proceeds from the sale. The Group has now entered an 
extremely exciting stage in its development focusing its efforts on commercial development and manufacture of cell and gene therapy 
products. 

The financial viability of the Group has been assessed, taking into account the Group’s current financial position, and assuming the Group 
continues to execute on its growth strategy and is able to raise additional equity finance by early 2025 to fund its continuing growth and 
purchase the remaining 20% of Oxford Biomedica Solutions. While Management acknowledges the economic and financial risks associated 
with the additional equity finance raise, this is considered reasonable because the Group has a strong and supportive shareholder following 
and a successful track record of raising equity finance, and because there’s a sufficiently long timeframe over which this needs to be 
achieved.. This assessment has been made using long range financial planning assumptions, augmented by the preparation of more detailed 
cash flow forecasts over the period that also consider the impact of severe but plausible downside scenarios, including scenarios arising from 
the Group’s principal risks as outlined on pages 64 to 68. In modelling these downside scenarios, the Group has considered the principal risks 
that are most likely to have a direct and material impact on the viability of the Group. These risks are outlined below. It is important to note 
that while each risk could adversely affect the Group’s financial performance, as the Group’s client product portfolio expands its resilience 
to individual product setbacks and its reliance on securing individual new products reduces. Hence, the combination of downside risks that 
would need to crystallize to make the business unviable becomes increasingly remote. In addition, there are significant upside opportunities 
that aren’t assumed in the Group’s financial plans, so the scenarios modelled are considered appropriately balanced.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance119

Scenario
No revenues from new clients 

Risk 
Commercialisation risk

A substantial downside affecting 
the core multi-vector platform business 

Commercialisation risk 

Supply Chain and business execution risk 

Significant decreases in forecasted existing 
client milestones and royalties

Commercialisation risk

Description
The Group is unable to attract new clients, or 
existing clients do not add additional products 
to their existing programmes.
Clients discontinue their existing programmes 
or transfer them to other suppliers.
The Group is unable to produce batches 
for clients meeting the required specification.
Clients terminate or delay their existing 
programmes due to the products under 
development not meeting safety and efficacy 
requirements.

In addition, Management needs to ensure that costs stay flexible and can be aligned with revenues which can sometimes be lumpy, 
or potentially significantly reduce or stop at relatively short notice (e.g. in the case of a vaccine for a pandemic). However, over the last 
twelve months the business has demonstrated that it has solid foundations, and the necessary controls in place to successfully manage 
its financial resources dynamically and effectively, and with the addition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions, now has a broadened offering 
to help mitigate that risk. 

As mentioned above, the hypothetical downside scenarios with mitigating actions modelled over the viability period were purposefully 
severe whilst remaining realistically plausible, with the aim of creating outcomes that could threaten the viability of the Group. However, 
in the event of these scenarios arising, there are various options available to the Group to maintain its liquidity and continue its operations 
e.g. (i) accessing external funding; (ii) more radical short term cost reduction actions; and (iii) further reductions to capital expenditure. 
Over the three-year viability assessment period, assuming the Group continues to execute its growth strategy it has strong prospects for 
revenue growth and raising additional finance arising from its expanding client product portfolio and increasingly broad spectrum 
of capabilities and, as such, the Directors are confident in the ongoing viability of the business.

Conclusion 
The Directors anticipate that the Group has strong prospects for attracting and fulfilling the demands from more client programmes, 
and in doing so being able to continue the recent growth in client activity for the foreseeable future. The Group’s financial forecasts 
reflect these assumptions and therefore the Directors have concluded that there is a reasonable expectation, although not a certainty, 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period to December 2025.

Amendment of the Company’s articles of association
Amendment of the Company’s articles may be made by special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders.

Compliance with Listing Rule 9.8.4R
The Directors have reviewed the requirements of LR 9.8.4R. The majority of these do not apply to the Group but the following are 
applicable.

Listing Rule
LR 9.8.4 (5) and (6)

LR 9.8.4 (7) and (8)

Information required
Arrangement under which a Director  
has waived current or future emoluments.
Allotment of shares other than to existing 
shareholders in proportion to holdings.

Response
Robert Ghenchev elected to receive no fees  
for his services as a Director (page 99).
Allotment of shares on exercise of options  
by employees under approved share schemes 
(note 27, pages 169 to 171).

Allotment of shares in accordance with the 
equity fundraise completed in February and 
March 2022 (note 25, page 168). 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements120

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual report and accounts
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual report and accounts and the Group and parent Company financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent Company financial statements for each financial year. Under company 
law, the directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting 
standards and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent Company financial statements on the same basis.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of the Group’s profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group 
and parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 — Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 — Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable;

 — State whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;

 — Assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 

concern; and

 — Use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease 

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent Company and enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent  
and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Report that complies with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

In accordance with Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, the financial statements will form part of the annual financial 
report prepared using the single electronic reporting format under the TD ESEF Regulation. The auditor’s report on these financial 
statements provides no assurance over the ESEF format.

Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect of the Annual report and accounts
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 — The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole; and

 — The Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the issuer and 
the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face.

We consider the Annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Statement as to disclosure of information to auditors
In accordance with s418 of the Companies Act 2006, so far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the Group and Company’s auditors are unaware, and each Director has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken as a Director 
in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group and Company’s auditors are aware of 
that information.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance121

Independent auditors
KPMG will retire as the Group’s independent auditors at the conclusion of the Company’s AGM in 2023 and a resolution concerning 
the appointment of their replacement, PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP, will be proposed at the Company’s AGM in 2023.

Greenhouse gas emissions report
Details on greenhouse gas emissions are set out in the ESG Report in the Strategic Report on page 54.

Statement of employee engagement
Details of the actions that have been taken during the financial year in order to keep employees informed of matters of concern and 
awareness of the financial and economic factors affecting the performance of the Group is described in Group’s Stakeholders section 
of the Strategic Report for Employees on pages 14 to 19.

Statement of engagement with suppliers, clients and others.

The statement of how the Directors have engaged with suppliers, clients and others is described in the Group’s Stakeholders section 
of the Strategic Report on pages 14 to 17, with a working example in action on pages 18 to 19.

Annual General Meeting
The AGM will be held on Friday, 23 June 2023 at the Group’s offices at Windrush Court, Transport Way, Oxford, OX4 6LT. The Group 
encourages shareholders to attend the AGM by webcast and vote by proxy.

By order of the Board

Stuart Paynter
Director

25 April 2023

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements122

 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the members of Oxford Biomedica plc

1. Our opinion is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Oxford Biomedica plc (“the Company”) for the year ended 31 December 2022 which 
comprise the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated and company statements of financial position, 
consolidated and company statements of cash flows, the consolidated and company statements of changes in equity attributable 
to owners of the parent, and the related notes, including the accounting policies in note 1. 

In our opinion:
 — the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2022 

and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended; 

 — the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; 

 — the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting 

standards and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

 — the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
are described below. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. Our audit 
opinion is consistent with our report to the audit committee. 

We were first appointed as auditor by the shareholders on 29 May 2018. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for the five 
financial years ended 31 December 2022. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and we remain independent of the Group 
in accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities. No non-audit 
services prohibited by that standard were provided.

 Overview

Materiality: 

group financial statements as a whole £1,100k (2021: £1,140k) 0.80% (2021: 0.80%) of revenue

Coverage 

100% (2021: 100%) of Group revenue

Key audit matters vs 2021

Event driven 

New: Valuation of Acquired Intangible Assets 

New: Sale and leaseback arrangements 

Recurring risks 

Contract revenue recognition 

Recoverability of parent Company’s investment in and intercompany loans due from subsidiaries 

2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements 
and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those 
which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team. We summarise below the key audit matters, in decreasing order of audit significance, in arriving at our audit opinion 
above, together with our key audit procedures to address those matters and, as required for public interest entities, our results from those 
procedures. These matters were addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the 
purpose of, our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are incidental to that 
opinion, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
123

Contract revenue recognition

Accounting treatment

The risk

Our response

(Customer license revenues and milestones 
£11.9 million; 2021: 14.4 million)

Refer to page 78 (Audit Committee Report), 
pages 140 (accounting policy) and 
page 152, 160 – 161 (financial disclosures). 

The Group enters into a number of 
multiple element contracts with differing 
terms. There are inherent judgements 
required to be made by the Group in the 
following areas: 

We performed the detailed tests below rather than seeking to rely 
on any of the Group’s controls because our knowledge of the design 
of these controls indicated that we would not be able to obtain the 
required evidence to support reliance on controls. Our procedures 
included:

−  Identification of performance obligations 
of the contract, primarily the licence fees 
and milestones; 

−  Assessing the allocation of the total 

transaction price to each performance 
obligation with reference to their 
standalone selling price; and 

−  Whether revenue for each performance 

obligation satisfies the criteria for 
recognition over time or at a point in time.

Depending on the outcome of the 
judgements made on each of the areas 
described above, there is a risk that revenue 
is recognised in the wrong period.

Valuation of Acquired Intangible Assets

Subjective valuation

(Acquired Intangible assets £102.9 million)

Refer to page 78 (Audit Committee Report)  
and page 150 (critical accounting 
judgements and estimates – estimation), 
pages 143 – 144 (accounting policy) and 
page 156 – 157 (financial disclosures)

As a result of the acquisition of Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions LLC, in accordance with 
IFRS 3 Business Combinations, the Group 
has performed a fair value assessment 
of the identified acquired intangible assets. 
The valuation of the identified assets and 
liabilities requires the group to make an 
estimate of the fair value of the acquired 
intangibles which is reliant on selection of an 
appropriate valuation method and a number 
of key observable and unobservable input 
assumptions. 

There was a high degree of subjectivity in 
assessing a number of the assumptions 
applied by the Group in the multi-period 
excess earnings method used to calculate 
the acquisition-date fair value of the acquired 
intangible assets, in particular, weighted 
average return on assets and discount rate. 

The effect of these matters is that. as part of 
our risk assessment, we determined that the 
valuation of the acquired intangibles has a 
high degree of estimation uncertainty, with 
a potential range of reasonable outcomes 
greater than our materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole, and possibly many 
times that amount. The financial statements 
(Note 2) disclose the sensitivity estimated by 
the Group.

−  Accounting analysis: We evaluated the Group’s revenue accounting 

policy against the relevant accounting standard.

−  Testing application: We assessed and challenged the directors’ 

judgements made, in line with accounting policies and with reference 
to significant contracts, including:

−  Assessment of the goods or services promised in the contract and 

whether they are distinct and therefore separate performance 
obligations; 

−  Challenge of the Group’s judgements made through consideration 
of the contract terms and based on our knowledge of the entity 
and our experience of the industry in which it operates.

−  Assessment of the stand-alone selling prices of individual 

components, through benchmarking across the other customer 
contracts; and 

−  Assessment of the contract terms against the requirements of 
the relevant accounting standard to determine whether the 
timing of revenue recognition should be recorded over time or 
at a point in time.

Our results: We found the Group’s treatment of license and milestone 
revenues derived from contracts entered into to be acceptable (2021: 
acceptable). 

We performed the tests below rather than seeking to rely on any of 
the Group’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we 
would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed 
procedures described below:

Sensitivity analysis: We assessed the sensitivity of the fair value of the 
intangible assets acquired to changes in certain assumptions to identify 
if a reasonably possible change in assumptions could materially alter 
the valuation.

Methodology Choice: We considered whether the forecasts used 
are the most appropriate basis upon which to fair value the acquired 
intangible assets and if there were any alternatives available. 

Our valuation expertise: We used our own valuation specialists to 
assess the completeness of the intangible assets identified and the 
valuation methodology applied and challenged key assumptions such 
as weighted average return on assets and discount rate based on our 
sector expertise. 

Assessing valuer credentials: We assessed the external valuer 
qualifications and expertise and read its terms of engagement with the 
Group to determine whether there were any matters that might have 
affected their independence and objectivity or may have imposed 
scope limitations upon their work.

Benchmarking assumptions: We compared the Group’s assumptions 
to internally and externally derived data in relation to the key inputs 
of forecast capital expenditure; market growth; revenue growth and 
discount rate. 

Historical comparisons: We assessed the accuracy of the forecasting 
processes in place for the acquired businesses through comparison 
of previous forecasts to actual results

Assessing transparency: We assessed whether the Group’s disclosures 
about the sensitivity of the outcome of the fair value assessment to 
changes in key assumptions reflected the risks inherent in the valuation 
of acquired intangible assets in note 2 of the financial statements.

Our results: We found the Group’s valuation of the intangible assets 
acquired to be acceptable. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements124

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Sale and Leaseback arrangements

Subjective valuation

The risk

Our response

(Gain on sale and leaseback £27.1 million 
and lease liability £32.7 million)

Refer to page 78 (Audit Committee 
Report) and page 148 (critical accounting 
judgements and estimates – estimation), 
pages 142 (accounting policy) and 
page 174–175 (financial disclosures)

Recoverability of parent Company’s 
investment in and intercompany loans 
due from subsidiaries

(£426.9 million; 2021: £273.3 million) 

Refer to page 144 (accounting policy) and 
pages 158–159, 178 (financial disclosures). 

The Group entered into a sale and 
leaseback transaction of its manufacturing 
facility. The calculation requires the Group 
to determine an appropriate discount rate, 
which can have a significant impact on the 
calculation of the gain on the sale and the 
value of the lease liability recognised. 

As the interest rate implicit in the lease 
could not be readily determined, the 
Group have based the discount rate on the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate. The 
incremental borrowing rate is based on 
unobservable inputs including assumptions 
over the Group’s credit risk and risks 
specific to the leased asset.

Small changes in the assumptions could 
lead to a material change in the gain 
recognised on the sale and leaseback and 
the valuation of the lease liability. 

The effect of these matters is that, as part 
of our risk assessment, we determined that 
the valuation of the sale and lease back has 
a high degree of estimation uncertainty, 
with a potential range of reasonable 
outcomes greater than our materiality for 
the financial statements as a whole, and 
possibly many times that amount. The 
financial statements (Note 2) disclose the 
sensitivity estimated by the Group.

Forecast-based assessment

The carrying amount of the parent 
Company’s investment and intercompany 
loans due from the trading subsidiaries 
represents 85% (2021: 75%) of the parent 
Company’s total assets. 

Their recoverability is not at a high risk 
of significant misstatement or subject to 
significant judgement. However, due to the 
inherent uncertainty involved in forecasting 
and discounting future cash flows, and the 
materiality of the balances in the context of 
the parent Company financial statements, 
this is considered to be the area that had 
the greatest effect on our overall parent 
Company audit. 

We performed the tests below rather than seeking to rely on any of 
the Group’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we 
would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed 
procedures described below: 

Sensitivity analysis: We performed a sensitivity analysis over the 
assumptions and compared the sensitivity to the recorded value to 
identify the key assumptions affecting the valuation.

Our valuation expertise: We used our own valuation specialists to 
assess the appropriateness of the incremental borrowing rate including 
asset specific adjustments applied and challenged the rate based on 
our sector expertise. 

Tests of detail: We corroborated the Group’s credit risk assumption 
with reference to loan agreements in place and financing 
arrangements that the Group could attain based on their credit history.

Benchmarking assumptions: We compared the risk-free rate within 
the Director’s calculation of the incremental borrowing rate to market 
information including gilts and corporate bonds.

Assessing transparency: We assessed the adequacy of the Group’s 
disclosures about the sensitivity of the gain on sale and leaseback and 
the valuation of the lease liability to changes in key assumptions. 

Our results: We found the gain recognised on the sale and leaseback 
transaction and the valuation of the related lease liability to be 
acceptable.

We performed the tests below rather than seeking to rely on any of the 
Group’s controls because the nature of the account balance meant 
that detailed testing is inherently the most effective means of obtaining 
audit evidence. Our procedures included: 

−  Comparing values: Comparing the carrying values of the investments 

and intercompany loans due from subsidiaries with the net assets 
of the relevant subsidiary included within the group consolidation, 
to identify whether the net asset values of the subsidiaries, being an 
approximation of its minimum recoverable amount, were in excess of 
their carrying amount

−  Test of detail: For those balances not supported by the net assets of 
the relevant subsidiary we obtained the Company’s value in use cash 
flow model. We compared the amount derived from this model to 
the above carrying amount and assessed the mathematical integrity 
of the model.

−  Historical comparisons: We assessed cash flow forecasts used in the 
value in use model against historical results achieved in the year and 
in previous years to assess historical reliability of the forecasts. 

−  Sensitivity analysis: We performed sensitivity analysis to evaluate 
the impact of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions in 
the Group’s cash flow forecasts.

Our results: We found the Company’s conclusion that there is no 
additional impairment of its investment in and intercompany loans 
due from subsidiaries to be acceptable (2021: acceptable). 

The bioprocessing revenue contract modification accounting treatment risk has reduced in the year; this is due to there being no 
contract modifications taking place during the year. We continue to perform procedures over going concern, as noted in section 5 
of this report. However, following the sale and leaseback transaction, which has provided additional cash flow to the entity, we have 
not assessed this as one of the most significant risks in our current year audit and, therefore, it is not separately identified as a key audit 
matter in our report this year. Therefore, both matters are not separately identified in our report this year as key audit matters.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance125

3. Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at £1,100k (2021: £1,140k), determined with reference to a benchmark 
of Group revenue of which it represents 0.80% (2021: 0.80%). 

Materiality for the parent Company financial statements as a whole was set at £385k (2021: £395k), determined with reference to a 
benchmark of the parent Company total assets, of which it represents 0.11% (2021: 0.21%). 

In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower threshold, 
performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that individually immaterial misstatements in individual account 
balances add up to a material amount across the financial statements as a whole. 

Performance materiality was set at 65% (2021: 65%) of materiality for the financial statements as a whole, which equates to £715k 
(2021: £741k) for the Group and £250k (2021: £256k) for the parent Company. We applied this percentage in our determination 
of performance materiality based on the level of identified misstatements and control deficiencies identified during the prior period. 

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £55k (2021: £57k), 
in addition to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the Group’s 5 (2021: 2) reporting components, we subjected 4 (2021: 2) to full scope audits for group purposes.

The components within the scope of our work accounted for the percentages illustrated opposite. 

For the residual components, we performed analysis at an aggregated group level to re-examine our assessment that there were 
no significant risks of material misstatement within these.

The work on all the components, including the audit of the parent Company, was performed by the Group team.

The Group team used component materialites, which ranged from £385k to £990k (2021: £395k to £1,080k), having regard to the mix 
of size and risk profile of the Group across the components.

The scope of the audit work performed was predominately substantive as we placed limited reliance upon the Group’s internal control 
over financial reporting. 

£1,110k
Whole financial statements materiality  
(2021: £716k)

£715k
Whole financial statements performance materiality 
(2021: £741k)

£990k
Range of materiality at  
4 components (£385k – £990k)  
(2021: £395k – £1,080k)

£55k
Misstatements reported to the audit committee  
(2021: £57k) 

  Revenue

 Group materiality

Group revenue
£139,989k (2021: £142,797k)

Group materiality
£1,110k (2021: £1,140k)

100%

(2021 100%)

100

100

  Full scope for group audit purposes 2022
 Full scope for group audit purposes 2021

Group revenue

100%

(2021 100%)

100

100

100%

(2021 100%)

100

100

  Full scope for group audit purposes 2022
 Full scope for group audit purposes 2021

  Full scope for group audit purposes 2022
 Full scope for group audit purposes 2021

Group profit before tax

Group total assets

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
126

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

4. The impact of climate change on our audit
In planning our audit, we have considered the potential impact of risks arising from climate change on the Group’s business and 
its financial statements. Further information is provided in the Group’s Environment, Social and Governance report which has been 
incorporated into the 2022 Annual Report on pages 40–63. 

We considered that climate change risks and opportunities have had a limited impact on the Group. There is enhanced narrative in 
the Annual Report on climate matters. 

As part of our audit we performed a risk assessment of the impact of climate change risk made by the Group in respect of climate change 
on the financial statements and our audit approach. In doing this we performed the following: 

 — Understanding the Group’s processes: we made enquiries to understand the Group’s assessment of the potential impact of climate 
change risk on the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts and the Group’s preparedness for this. As a part of this we made enquiries 
to understand Group’s risk assessment process as it relates to possible effects of climate change on the Annual Report and Accounts 
including the way in which the accounting policies of the Group are updated to reflect climate change risks. 

 — Annual report narrative: We made enquiries of Group to understand the process by which climate related narrative is developed 

including the primary sources of data used and the governance process in place over the narrative. As a part of our procedures, we 
read the climate related information in the front half of the Annual Report and considered consistency with the financial statements 
and our audit knowledge.

On the basis of the procedures performed above, we concluded that the risk of climate change was not significant. As a result, there was 
no material impact from this on our key audit matters.

5. Going concern
The directors have prepared the financial statements on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the parent 
Company or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the Group’s and the parent Company’s financial position means 
that this is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their 
ability to continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of the financial statements (“the going concern period”). 

We used our knowledge of the Group, its industry, and the general economic environment to identify the inherent risks to its business 
model and analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s and Company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations over the 
going concern period. The risks that we considered most likely to adversely affect the Group’s and Company’s available financial resources 
over this period were: 

 — The impact of macro economic trends on customer activity.

 — Impact of future actions, such as reduction in capital and project expenditure, obtaining of additional funding in the form of equity 

financing, loan financing or other government finance initiatives.

 — Covenant compliance.

We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity and covenant compliance in the going concern period by assessing 
the directors sensitivities over the level of available financial resources and covenant thresholds indicated by the Group’s financial 
forecasts taking account of severe, but plausible adverse effects that could arise from these risks individually and collectively.

Our procedures also included: 

 — Critically assessing assumptions in base case and downside scenarios relevant to liquidity metrics, in particular in relation to customer 

pipeline, inflationary impacts and foreign exchange rate fluctuations by comparing to historical trends in severe economic situations and 
overlaying knowledge of the entity’s trading performance to date and our knowledge of the entity and the sector in which it operates. 

 — We also compared past budgets to actual results to assess the directors’ track record of budgeting accurately. 

 — We inspected confirmations from the lender on the level of committed financing, the associated covenant requirements and 

restrictions on the use of funds.

 — We inspected the loan agreements in order to confirm the nature of the associated covenant requirements.

 — We considered whether the going concern disclosure in note 1 to the financial statements gives a full and accurate description of the 

Directors’ assessment of going concern, including the identified risks, dependencies, and related sensitivities.

 — We assessed the completeness of the going concern disclosures.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance 
127

Our conclusions based on this work:

 — we consider that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate; 

 — we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s or parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 
the going concern period; 

 — we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in note 1 to the financial statements on 
the use of the going concern basis of accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the Group and 
Company’s use of that basis for the going concern period, and we found the going concern disclosure in note 1 to be acceptable; and 

 — the related statement under the Listing Rules set out on page 88 is materially consistent with the financial statements and our audit 

knowledge. 

However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with 
judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or the parent 
Company will continue in operation. 

6. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect

Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or 
pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included: 

 — Enquiring of the directors, other management and the audit committee and inspection of policy documentation as to the Group’s 

high-level policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the Group’s channel for “whistleblowing”, as well as whether 
they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud. 

 — Reading Board, Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee minutes. 

 — Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets for management and the directors. 

 — Using analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships. 

We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit. 

As required by auditing standards and taking into account possible incentives and pressures to increase the Group’s share price or 
earnings trend, our overall knowledge of the control environment and the nature of revenues that involve subjective estimates and 
judgements, we performed procedures to address the risk of management override of controls and the risk of fraudulent revenue 
recognition. In particular the risk that the judgements taken in recognising contract revenue are inappropriate and that bioprocessing and 
process development revenues are recorded in the wrong period through the percentage of completion derived at the reporting date, 
and the risk that Group management may be in a position to make inappropriate accounting entries.

We did not identify any additional fraud risks. 

We performed procedures including:

 — Assessing the judgements made by the Group in recognition of contract revenues, as described in more detail in section 2 

of our audit report. 

 — Assessing the accuracy and appropriateness of underlying data and assumptions used to determine the percentage of completion of 

bioprocessing batches and process development work packages in progress at the year end reporting date. 

 — Assessing whether credit notes issued after the year end report date were indicative of inappropriate revenues having been recognised 

in the year. 

 — Identifying journal entries and other adjustments to test based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to supporting 

documentation. These included those posted with key words included in the description, those posted to seldom used accounts, 
those posted to accounts which contain accounting estimates and are made close to the period end, and those posted to unusual 
account combinations, including those with entries to revenue and cash with an unexpected double entry. 

 — Evaluated the business purpose of significant unusual transactions. 

 — Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of potential bias. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
128

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to non-compliance with laws and regulations
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from 
our general commercial and sector experience and through discussion with the directors and other management, including legal counsel 
(as required by auditing standards), and discussed with the directors and other management, the policies and procedures regarding 
compliance with laws and regulations. 

We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our team and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance 
throughout the audit. 

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial statements varies considerably. 

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the financial statements including financial reporting legislation 
(including related companies legislation) and taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and 
regulations as part of our procedures on the related financial statement items. 

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material 
effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation. We identified the 
following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: healthcare regulations, such as good manufacturing practice (GMP), good 
clinical practice (GCP) and good laboratory practice (GLP) standards for laboratories and manufacturing facilities (through audits by the 
MHRA), health and safety, anti-bribery and employment law and certain aspects of company legislation recognising the nature of the 
Group’s activities and its legal form. 

Auditing standards limit the required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of 
management, including legal counsel, and the directors and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Therefore if a 
breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach.

Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements 
in the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For 
example, the further removed non- compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it. 

In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. 
We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non- compliance with all laws and 
regulations.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance129

7. We have nothing to report on the other information in the Annual Report 
The directors are responsible for the other information presented in the Annual Report together with the financial statements. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, 
except as explicitly stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, 
the information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that 
work we have not identified material misstatements in the other information. 

Strategic report and directors’ report 
Based solely on our work on the other information: 

 — we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report and the directors’ report; 

 — in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and 

 — in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 

Directors’ remuneration report
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and longer-term viability
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a material inconsistency between the directors’ disclosures in respect 
of emerging and principal risks and the viability statement, and the financial statements and our audit knowledge. 

Based on those procedures, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to: 

 — the directors’ confirmation within the Viability Statement on page 118–119 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 

emerging and principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency 
and liquidity; 

 — the principal risks, uncertainties and risk management disclosures describing these risks and how emerging risks are identified, and 

explaining how they are being managed and mitigated; and 

 — the directors’ explanation in the viability statement of how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have 
done so and why they considered that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, 
including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

We are also required to review the viability statement, set out on pages 118–119 under the Listing Rules. Based on the above procedures, 
we have concluded that the above disclosures are materially consistent with the financial statements and our audit knowledge. 

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context of only the knowledge acquired during our financial statements audit. As we 
cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements 
that were reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of anything to report on these statements is not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s and parent Company’s longer-term viability. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
130

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a material inconsistency between the directors’ corporate governance 
disclosures and the financial statements and our audit knowledge. 

Based on those procedures, we have concluded that each of the following is materially consistent with the financial statements and our 
audit knowledge: 

 — the directors’ statement that they consider that the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 

understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business 
model and strategy; 

 — the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit Committee, including the significant issues that the audit committee 

considered in relation to the financial statements, and how these issues were addressed; and 

 — the section of the annual report that describes the review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems. 

We are required to review the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for our review. We have nothing to report in this respect. 

8. We have nothing to report on the other matters on which we are required to report by exception 
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

 — adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or 

 — the parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with 

the accounting records and returns; or 

 — certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

 — we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate Governance131

9. Respective responsibilities

Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on pages 120, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements 
including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative 
but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does 
not guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

The Company is required to include these financial statements in an annual financial report prepared using the single electronic reporting 
format specified in the TD ESEF Regulation. This auditor’s report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report has been 
prepared in accordance with that format. 

10. The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our responsibilities 
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in 
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

William Smith (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor

Chartered Accountants

2 Forbury Place
33 Forbury Road Reading
RG1 3AD
25 April 2023

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Corporate GovernanceStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
132

BUILDING ON A LEADING POSITION
THE GROUP AIMS TO 
ULTIMATELY HAVE A 
MARKET LEADING POSITION 
IN THE VIRAL VECTOR 
OUTSOURCED SUPPLY 
MARKET ACROSS ALL KEY 
VECTOR TYPES, WITH LONG 
TERM REVENUE GROWTH 
RATES EXCEEDING 
THE BROADER MARKET 

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Financial Statements

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Group Financial Statements

133

FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Statement of financial positions 
Statements of cash flows 
Statements of changes in equity attributable  
to owners of the parent 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
Glossary 
Advisors and contact details 

134
135
136

137
138
179
182

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Financial Statements

134

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Research and development costs
Bioprocessing costs
Administrative expenses
Other operating income
Gain on sale and leaseback
Change in fair value of asset held  
at fair value through profit and loss
Operating (loss)/ profit
Finance income
Finance costs
(Loss)/profit before tax
Taxation
(Loss)/profit for the period
Other comprehensive  
income/(expense)
Items that are or may be reclassified 
subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation  
differences
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive (expense)/
income
(Loss)/profit attributable to:
Owners of the company
Non-controlling interest

Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income attributable to:
Owners of the company
Non-controlling interest

Basic (loss)/ profit per share
Diluted (loss)/profit per share

Note

4

4

13

4

6

6

8

9, 29

36

36

9

9

There was no other comprehensive income or loss.

The profit for the year is attributable to the owners of the parent.

2022 
£’000
139,989
(70,808)
69,181
(60,937)
(33,886)
(28,223)
2,307
21,389

(51)
(30,220)
973
(16,729)
(45,976)
817
(45,159)

10,575
10,575

(34,584)

(39,157)
(6,002)
(45,159)

(31,332)
(3,252)
(34,584)
(41.29p)
(41.29p)

2021 
£’000
142,797
(60,157)
82,640
(40,189)
(7,233)
(15.152)
867
–

(165)
20,768
–
(888)
19,880
(869)
19,011

–
–

19,011

19,011
–
19,011

19,011
–
19,011
22.77p
22.20p

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
 
 
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITIONS
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments and loans in subsidiary
Trade and other receivables

Current assets
Inventories
Assets at fair value through profit 
and loss
Trade and other receivables
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Contract liabilities
Deferred income
Lease liabilities
Deferred Tax

Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Provisions
Contract Liabilities
Deferred income
Loans
Lease liabilities
Put Option liability
Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets
Equity attributable to owners  
of the parent
Ordinary shares
Share premium account
Other reserves
Accumulated losses
Equity attributable  
to owners of the Company
Non-controlling interest
Total Equity

Note

11

12

14

16

15

13

16

8

17

18

19

19

33

24

20

19

19

21

33

22

24

25

26

30

29

135

Company

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

–
39,394
341,237
–
380,631

–

–
–
–
19,197
19,197

143
–
–
683
–
826
18,371

2,758
–
–
39,780
34,939
–
–
77,477
321,525

48,132
379,953
26,843
(133,403)

321,525
–
321,525

–
–
181,163
–
181,163

–

–
–
–
61,630
61,630

152
–
–
–
–
152
61,478

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
242,641

43,088
307,765
20,372
(128,584)

242,641
–
242,641

Group

2022 
£’000

105,886
133,780
–
5,010
244,676

2021 
£’000

52
69,728
–
3,605
73,385

12,625

9,521

23
61,571
–
141,285
215,504

36,579
18,370
894
3,295
525
59,663
155,841

8,424
76
1,069
39,780
71,206
38,182
5,588
164,325
236,192

48,132
379,953
(24,887)
(198,545)

204,653
31,539
236,192

74
44,747
558
108,944
163,844

19,058
12,502
894
853
–
33,307
130,537

6,244
92
1,760
–
8,488
–
–
16,584
187,338

43,088
307,765
2,291
(165,806)

187,338
–
187,338

The Company’s registered number is 03252665.

The Company made a loss for the year of £4,804,000 (2021: £2,366,000).

The financial statements on pages 138 to 178 were approved by the Board of Directors on 25 April 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

Roch Doliveux 
Chair

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
136

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Cash flows  
from operating activities
Cash generated (used in)/from 
operations
Tax credit received
Net cash generated (used in)/from 
operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiary,  
net of cash acquired
Purchases of property, plant  
and equipment
Proceeds on disposal of PPE 
Loan to subsidiary
Other initial direct costs in relation 
to leases
Interest received
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows  
from financing activities
Proceeds from issue  
of ordinary share capital
Costs of share issues
Payment of lease liabilities capital
Payment of lease liabilities interest
Loans received
Loans repaid
Interest paid
Loan arrangement fees
Net cash generated  
from financing activities

Net increase in cash  
and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents 
at 1 January
Effects of movements in  
exchange rates on cash held
Cash and cash equivalents 
at 31 December

Note

31

12

12

25, 26

26

Group

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

Company

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

(13,173)
558

24,461
994

10,146
–

( 2,349)
–

(12,615)

25,455

10,146

(2,349)

(99,206)

(16,296)
60,000
–

(1,420)
460
(56,462)

80,154
(2,952)
(1,120)
(3,124)
64,866
(31,424)
(4,554)
(3,224)

–

(9,461)
–
–

–
–
(9,461)

51,600
–
(4,520)
(873)
–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–
(153,603)

(1,420)
–
(155,023)

80,154
(2,952)
–
(422)
64,866
(31,424)
(4,554)
(3,224)

–
–
(11,251)

–
–
(11,251)

51,600
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

98,622

46,207

102,444

51,600

29,545

62,201

(42,433)

38,000

108,944

46,743

61,630

23,630

2,796

–

–

–

17

141,285

108,944

19,197

61,630

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE  
TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT
for the year ended 31 December 2022

137

Group
At 1 January 2021
Loss for period
Total comprehensive income for the period
Transactions with owners:
Share options

Proceeds from shares issued
Value of employee services
Deferred tax on share options
Issue of shares excluding options

At 31 December 2021
At 1 January 2022
Loss for the period
Foreign currency translation differences
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income for the period
Transactions with owners:
Share options

Ordinary  
shares 
£’000
41,161

Share 
premium 
account 
£’000
258,017

Note

Merger  
£’000
2,291

Reserves

Other 
Equity 
£’000
–

–

–

–

– 

Trans- 
lation 
£’000

Accu- 
mulated 
losses 
£’000
– (188,723)
 19,011 
19,011

–

Non-con-
trolling 
interest 
£’000

Total  
equity 
£’000
– 112,746
 19,011 
–
19,011
–

Total  
£’000
112,746
 19,011 
19,011

 236 
– 
– 
 1,691 

 1,439 
– 
– 
 48,309 
43,088 307,765
43,088 307,765
 – 
– 
– 
–

 – 
 –
– 
–

– 
– 
– 
– 
2,291
2,291
–
– 
– 
–

 –
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 

 –
– 
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
 –
 – 
–

 –
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 

– 
 (75) 
– 
 3,523 
– 
 458 
– 
– 
– (165,806)
– (165,806)
(39,157)
 – 
–
7,825
7,825
–
7,825 (39,157)

 1,600 
 3,523 
 458 
 50,000 
187,338
187,338
(39,157)
7,825
7,825
(31,332)

– 
 1,600 
– 
 3,523 
– 
 458 
 50,000 
– 
– 187,338
– 187,338
(45,159)
10,575
10,575
(34,584)

(6,002)
2,750
2,750
(3,252)

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 

 (29) 
5,922
125
– 
– 
6,018

 155 
5,922
125
 80,000 
 (2,952) 
83,250

155
– 
6,471
549
–
125
–  80,000
(2,952)
– 
83,799
549

Proceeds from shares issued 
Value of employee services

Tax on share options
Issue of shares excluding options
Cost of share issues
Total contributions
Changes in ownership interests:

25, 26, 29

5

–

25, 26

26

 106 
 –
– 
 4,938 
– 
 5,044 

 78 
– 
– 
 75,062 
 (2,952) 
 72,188 

Acquisition of subsidiary with NCI
Acquisition of NCI without a change in control

Put Option recognition
Put Option revaluation
At 31 December 2022

– 
 –
– 
– 

– 
 –
– 
– 
48,132 379,953

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
(38,996)
3,993
2,291 (35,003)

– 
– 
– 
– 

 – 
400
(38,996)
3,993
7,825 (198,545) 204,653

– 
400
– 
– 

34,642
 (400) 
– 
– 

34,642
–
(38,996)
3,993
31,539 236,192

Company
At 1 January 2021
Period ended 31 December 2021:
Loss for the year
Total comprehensive income for the period
Transactions with owners:
Share options

Proceeds from shares issued
Value of employee services
Issue of shares excluding options
At 31 December 2021
Period ended 31 December 2022:
Loss for the period
Total comprehensive income for the period
Transactions with owners:
Share options

Proceeds from shares issued
Value of employee services
Issue of shares excluding options
Cost of share issues
At 31 December 2022

Reserves

Ordinary  
shares 
£’000
41,161

Share 
premium 
account 
£’000
258,017

Note

Merger  
£’000
1,580

Accu- 
mulated 
Other 
losses 
Equity 
£’000
£’000
15,269 (126,143)

Total  
£’000
189,884

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

(2,366)
(2,366)

(2,366)
(2,366)

29

236
–
1,691

1,439
–
48,309
43,088 307,765

–
–
–
1,580

–
3,523
–

1,600
3,523
50,000
18,792 (128,584) 242,641

(75)
–
–

–

–

–

–

(4,804)

(4,804)

29

25, 26

26

106
–
4,938
– 

78
–
75,062
 (2,952) 
48,132 379,953

–
–
–
– 
1,580

–
6,471
–
– 

169
(15)
6,471
–
– 80,000
(2,952)
– 
25,263 (133,403) 321,525

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
138

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2022

1, Accounting policies
Oxford Biomedica plc (Oxford Biomedica or the Company) is a public company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in England, 
and listed on the London Stock Exchange. The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022 comprise the 
results of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings (together referred to as the Group).

The Company’s principal subsidiary is Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited.

The Group is a cell and gene therapy research, development and bioprocessing business providing services to third parties as well as 
 performing internal research and development for its own purposes. The Group currently has no marketed pharmaceutical products.

Basis of preparation
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all the financial years presented, unless otherwise stated.

The Group and parent Company financial statements were prepared in accordance UK-adopted international accounting standards.  
As more fully explained in the Directors’ Report on pages 115 to 121 and below, the going concern basis has been adopted in preparing 
the financial statements.

A summary of the more important Group accounting policies is set out below.

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree 
of judgement or complexity, or where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

Measurement convention
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except that the following assets and liabilities are stated at their fair value: 

 — Assets held at fair value through profit & loss

 — Put option liability

Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale are stated at the lower of previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

Going concern
The financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are described in the strategic report and notes to these financial 
statements.

The Group made a loss for the year ended 31 December 2022 of £45.2 million and consumed net cash flows from operating activities 
for the year of £12.6 million. The Group also:

 — raised £77.0 million (net of £3 million of share issue cost) in cash from an equity fundraise in January and March 2022; 

 — entered into a one year US$85 million (£63 million) loan facility with Oaktree as part of the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions 
in March 2022 which was then converted into a four-year term loan facility together with repayment of US$35 million of the initial 
principal amount in October 2022; 

 — during November 2022, sold its Windrush Court facility in a sale and leaseback transaction for £60 million to Kadans, whilst also 

agreeing an occupational lease of the property for 15 years; and

 — ended the year with cash and cash equivalents of £141.3 million. 

In considering the basis of preparation of the Annual report and accounts, the Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts for a period 
of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements, based in the first instance on the Group’s 2023 annual 
budget and forecasts for 2024. The Directors have undertaken a rigorous assessment of this base case forecast and have also assessed 
the potential impact from the principal risks and uncertainties outlined in the strategic report of the Group’s Annual report and accounts, 
taking into consideration the magnitude and likelihood of these risks and uncertainties occurring to prepare a downside scenario with 
associated mitigated actions. 

The cash flow forecast prepared for the severe but plausible downside scenario with mitigating actions assumes the following:

 — Commercial challenges leading to a substantial manufacturing and development revenue downside affecting both the LentiVector® 

platform and AAV businesses;

 — Significant decreases in forecasted existing client milestone and royalty revenues;

 — The product development spin out strategy taking longer, or ultimately being unsuccessful; and

 — The potential impacts of the current ongoing war in Ukraine on the Group and its clients including expected revenues from existing 

clients under long term contracts.

Under both the base case and mitigated downside scenario, the Group and parent company has sufficient cash resources to continue 
in operation for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements139

In the event of the downside scenarios crystallising, the Group would continue to meet its existing loan covenants until June 2024 
without taking any mitigating actions, but the Board has mitigating actions in place that are entirely within its control that would enable 
the Group to reduce its spend within a reasonably short time-frame to increase its cash covenant headroom as required by the loan 
facility with Oaktree Capital Management. The Board has confidence in the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for the 
following reasons:

 — The Group has cash balances of £141.3 million at the end of December 2022 and £139.1 million at the end of March 2023;

 — Approximately two thirds of 2023 forecasted revenues are covered by binding purchase orders which give certainty to revenues over 

the next 12 months;

 — The Group’s history of being able to access capital markets including raising £77 million of equity during 2022;

 — The Group’s history of being able to obtain loan financing when required for purposes of both capital expenditure and operational 

purposes, as recently evidenced by the US$85 million one-year facility and US$50 million replacement four-year facility obtained with 
Oaktree;

 — The Group’s ability to continue to be successful in winning new clients and building its brand as demonstrated by successfully entering 
into new and expanding existing client agreements with AstraZeneca, Juno Therapeutics (a wholly owned subsidiary of Bristol Myers 
Squibb Company), Homology Medicines and multiple other new partners over the last twelve months.

Taking account of the matters described above, the Directors are confident that the Group and parent company will have sufficient 
funds to continue to meet their liabilities as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements and 
therefore have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.

Accounting developments

The Group has adopted the following IFRSs in these financial statements:

 — Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020

 — Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceed before intended use – amendments to IAS16

At the date of authorisation of these Group financial statements, several new, but not yet effective, Standards and amendments to existing 
Standards, and Interpretations have been published by the IASB. None of these Standards or amendments to existing Standards has been 
adopted early by the Group.

The Directors anticipate that all relevant pronouncements will be adopted for the first period beginning on or after the effective date of 
the pronouncement. New Standards, amendments and Interpretations not adopted in the current year have not been disclosed as they 
are not expected to have a material impact on the Group financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its subsidiary undertakings for the year to 31 December each year. 
Subsidiaries are entities that are directly or indirectly controlled by the Group. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date at which control 
is transferred to the Group. Control exists where the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity  
so as to obtain benefits from its activities. The Group does not currently have any associates.

All intragroup transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

Foreign currencies

Foreign currency transactions 
The Group’s presentational currency is sterling. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rate of exchange 
ruling at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency 
at the exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated 
into functional currency at the exchange rate when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured at historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency differences are generally 
recognised in profit or loss and presented within operational costs.

Foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated into 
sterling at the exchanges rates at reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated into sterling at the average 
exchange rate for the month based on the date of the transaction.

Foreign currency differences are recognised in OCI and accumulated in the translation reserve, except to the extent that the translation 
difference is allocated to NCI.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to the Group’s presentational currency, at foreign exchange rates in effect 
at the statement of financial position date. The revenue and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for the year 
where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates in effect at the dates of the translations. Exchange differences arising from the 
translation of foreign operations are reported as an item of other comprehensive income and accumulated in an exchange reserve and 
subsequently reclassified to the Consolidated Income Statement on disposal of the net investment.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements140

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Revenue
Revenue comprises income derived from bioprocessing of clinical product for clients, fees charged for providing development services 
to clients, product and technology licence transactions, royalties, options, and funded research and development programmes.

Platform
The Group bioprocesses batches on behalf of clients who use this manufactured clinical product for clinical and commercial purposes. 
The bioprocessing of a batch creates an asset with no alternative use and the Group has an enforceable right to payment for performance 
completed to date, thereby meeting IFRS 15.35. Bioprocessing of clinical/commercial product for clients is therefore recognised on a 
percentage of completion basis over time as the processes are carried out using the Input Method under IFRS. Progress is determined 
based on the achievement of verifiable stages of the process with incremental adjustments made based on the percentage of completion 
of the next unachieved verifiable stage. The gross amount due from clients, on all partnerships with regards to bioprocessing batches in 
progress for which costs incurred plus recognised profits exceed progress billings, is presented separately as a contract asset within the 
note to Trade and Other receivables as presented in the statement of financial position.

Consideration received in excess of the stage of completion will be deferred until such time as it is appropriate to recognise the revenue. 
The Group has determined that its contracts with clients do not contain a significant financing component.

Revenues for providing process development activities to clients are recognised during the period in which the service is rendered on 
a percentage of completion basis over time as the processes are carried out. The process development activities are recognized over time 
as the activities create an asset that has no alternative use to the Group and the Group has an enforceable right to payment for the work 
packages within the process development activity completed to date.

 — Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd makes use of the output method under IFRS with revenue being recognised based on the achievement 

of verifiable stages of the process. 

 — Oxford Biomedica Solutions makes use of the input method under IFRS with revenue being recognised based on the labour and other 

resources expended to provide the services as a percentage of the total expected effort to complete the services. 

Technology licences that have been established by the Group have all been determined as “right to use” licences, rather than “right to 
access” licences. As such, the revenue from these licences is recognised at the point in time at which the licence transfers to the client.

The granting of the technology licences to the Group’s background intellectual property and know-how constitutes a “right to use” 
licence as the Group’s clients are able to conduct development work on the licence independent of the Group. The Group is incentivised 
separately for its performance obligations in relation to development work and milestone payments. The criteria for recognising these 
technology licences as “right to access” licences has therefore not been met.

Milestones relating to bioprocessing or process development activities have been identified as separate performance obligations as 
they involve the transfer of a distinct good or service, determined with reference to conditions stipulated in the relevant agreements 
or contracts. Each milestone is determined as either binary or non-binary.

Milestones that are considered to be binary relate to the achievement of specific events rather than the provision of, for example, support. 
Milestones related to the achievement of specific deliverables are considered to be binary milestones and will be recognised in full once it 
is deemed highly probable that the obligation will be met.

Milestones related to the provision of support services are considered to be non-binary Milestones and are recognised on a percentage of 
completion basis, but taking into account the likelihood of achievement of the deliverable. Amounts receivable on delivery of a milestone 
performance obligation represents variable consideration and have been allocated to the relevant performance obligation.

Options to technology licences are considered to form part of the technology licence performance obligation and as such are recognised 
when the client exercises the option to obtain that licence. Options to technology licences are not considered to be material rights.

Product
Product licences that have been established by the Group have all been determined as “right to use” licences, rather than “right to access” 
licences. As such, the revenue from these licences is recognised at the point in time at which the licence transfers to the client.

The granting of the product licences to the Group’s background intellectual property and know-how constitutes a “right to use” licence 
as the Group’s clients are able to conduct development work on the licence independent of the Group. The Group is incentivised 
separately for its performance obligations in relation to development work and milestone payments. The criteria for recognising these 
technology licences as “right to access” licences has therefore not been met.

Amounts receivable in respect of milestone payments are considered to be separate performance obligations which are binary and will 
be recognised in full once it is deemed highly probable that the specific performance obligations stipulated in the licence agreement have 
been met. Payments linked to “success” such as regulatory filing or approval, or achievement of specified sales volumes, are recognised 
in full when the relevant event has occurred.

Non-binary milestones are recognised on a percentage of completion basis in the period in which related costs are incurred, or over 
the estimated period to completion of the relevant phase of development or associated clinical trials. Amounts receivable on delivery 
of a milestone performance obligation represents variable consideration and have been allocated to the relevant performance obligation.

Royalty revenue is recognised as the underlying commercial sales of the underlying manufactured product occur to third parties of our 
contracted clients.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements141

Cost of sales
Cost of sales comprises the cost of bioprocessing clinical product for clients, the cost of client development project activities, and 
royalties arising on clients’ licences.

The cost of client development project activities includes the labour costs, overheads and other directly attributable material and third 
party costs. Costs are recognised as incurred.

The cost of bioprocessing clinical product for clients includes the raw materials, labour costs, overheads and other directly attributable 
third party costs. Costs are recognised as incurred.

The Group’s products and technologies include technology elements that are licensed from third parties. Royalties arising from such 
clients’ licences are treated as cost of sales. Where royalties due have not been paid they are included in accruals. Where revenue is 
spread over a number of accounting periods, the royalty attributable to the deferred revenue is included in prepayments.

Research, development and bioprocessing
Research, development and bioprocessing expenditure is charged to the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which 
it is incurred.

Employee benefit costs
Employee benefit costs, notably holiday pay and contributions to the Group’s defined contribution pension plan, are charged to the 
statement of comprehensive income on an accruals basis. The assets of the pension scheme are held separately from those of the Group 
in independently administered funds. The Group does not offer any other post-retirement benefits.

Share based payments
The Group’s employee share option schemes, long term incentive plans, a Sharesave scheme and deferred bonus plans allow Group 
employees to acquire shares of the Company subject to certain criteria. The fair value of options granted is recognised as an expense of 
employment in the statement of comprehensive income with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at the date 
of grant and spread over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options where the options are 
not nil cost options. Nil cost options are valued at the market price on the date of grant of the options. The fair value of options granted 
under the share option schemes and share save scheme is measured using the Black-Scholes model. The fair value of options granted 
under the LTIP schemes, which includes market condition performance criteria, is measured using a Monte Carlo model taking into 
account the performance conditions under which the options were granted. The fair value of options granted under the deferred bonus 
plan is based on the market value of the underlying shares at the date of grant of these options.

At each financial year end, the Group revises its estimate of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable based on 
forfeiture such that at the end of the vesting period the cumulative charge reflects the actual options that have vested, with no charge 
for those options which were forfeit prior to vesting. When share options are exercised the proceeds received are credited to equity.

Options over the Company’s shares have been awarded to employees of Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd. In accordance with IFRS 2 ’Share-
based Payments’, the expense in respect of these awards is recognised in the subsidiaries’ financial statements. In accordance with IFRS 2 
the Company has treated the awards as a capital contribution to the subsidiaries, resulting in an increase in the cost of investment and a 
corresponding credit to reserves.

Employee Benefit Trust
The Oxford Biomedica Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) has been set up to hold market-purchased shares to settle the 2013 Deferred Bonus 
Share Awards made to Executive Directors and employees. Within the Company financial statements, the investment in the Oxford 
Biomedica Employee Trust forms part of the Investments and loans in subsidiary, taking the form of a loan to subsidiaries. The EBT is 
consolidated within the Group financial statements.

Leases

As a lessee
At commencement or on modification of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the consideration in the 
contract to each lease component on the basis of its relative stand-alone prices. However, for the leases of property, the Group has 
elected not to separate non-lease components, and to account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially 
measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the 
commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred, and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset,  
or to restore the underlying asset or site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method, from the commencement date to the end of the lease 
term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the end of the lease term, or the cost of the right-of-
use asset reflects that the Group will exercise a purchase option. In that case, the right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the useful life 
of the underlying asset, which is determined on the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is 
periodically reduced by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain re-measurements of the lease liability.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements142

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted 
using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, 
the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

The Group determines its incremental borrowing rate by obtaining relevant interest rates from external financing sources and makes 
certain adjustments to reflect the terms of the lease and the type of the asset leased.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed payments.

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is re-measured if:

 — there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual future lease payments;

 — the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination options; or

 — there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment.

If a lease liability is re-measured, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in 
the Profit or Loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

The Group presents right-of-use assets in ’property, plant and equipment’ and lease liabilities as a category on the face of the Statement 
of Financial Position.

Short term or low-value leases
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of short term and low-value leases. The Group recognises 
lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Sales & Leaseback
A sale and leaseback is where the Group sells an asset and immediately reacquires the use of the asset by entering into a lease with the 
buyer.

For sale and operating leasebacks, generally the assets are sold at fair value, and accordingly the profits and loss from the sale are 
recognised immediately in the Statement of Profit and loss. The fair value is determined by obtaining a valuation from an independent 
property valuation firm.

A sale occurs when control of the underlying asset passes to the buyer. A lease liability is recognised, the associated property, plant 
and equipment asset is derecognised, and a right of use asset is recognised at the proportion of the carrying value relating to the right 
retained. Any gain or loss arising relates to the rights transferred to the buyer.

Grants
Income from government and other grants is recognised over the period necessary to match them with the related costs which they 
are intended to compensate. Grant income is included as other operating income within the statement of comprehensive income, and 
the related costs are included within research, development and bioprocessing costs, and administrative expenses. Where grant income 
received exceeds grant income recognised, it is included within deferred income on the Statement of financial position, whereas grant 
income recognised exceeds grant income received, it is included within accrued income on the Statement of financial position.

Finance income and costs
Finance income and costs comprise interest income and interest payable during the year, calculated using the effective interest rate 
method. It also includes the revaluation of external loans denominated in a foreign currency.

Financing expenses include interest payable and finance charges on lease liabilities recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest 
method and unwinding of the discount on provisions.

Interest income and interest payable is recognised in profit or loss as it accrues, using the effective interest method.

Taxation
In 2022 and before, the Group was entitled to claim tax credits in the United Kingdom for certain research and development expenditure. 
The Group receives a Research and Development Expenditure Credit (’RDEC’) which is accounted for as a reduction in research and 
development costs in the statement of comprehensive income, and within trade and other receivables in the Statement of financial 
position. The credit is paid in arrears once tax returns have been filed and agreed.

Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates 
and laws that have been enacted, or substantially enacted, by the Statement of financial position date.

Deferred tax is calculated in respect of all temporary differences identified at the Statement of financial position date except for: the 
initial recognition of goodwill; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in 
a business combination, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Temporary differences are differences between the carrying amount of the Group’s assets and liabilities and their tax base. Deferred tax 
liabilities may be offset against deferred tax assets within the same taxable entity or qualifying local tax group. Any remaining deferred 
tax asset is recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as probable that there will be suitable taxable 
profits within the same jurisdiction in the foreseeable future against which the deductible temporary difference can be utilised. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements143

Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the asset is realised or liability settled, 
based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the Statement of financial position date.

Measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequence expected to fall from the manner in which the asset 
or liability is recovered or settled.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost, together with any incidental expenses of acquisition, less depreciation. Cost includes 
the original purchase price of the asset and any costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use.

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of property, plant and equipment less their estimated residual values on a straight-line 
basis over the expected useful economic lives of the assets concerned. Depreciation of an asset begins when it is available for use. The 
principal annual rates used for this purpose are:

Freehold property
Leasehold improvements

Office equipment and computers
Bioprocessing and laboratory equipment

10%
10% 
(over the remaining lease term if shorter)
20–33%
20%

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed annually. Residual values are set at zero and will be reassessed should the asset’s 
selling price exceed its net book value.

The bioprocessing plants are reviewed annually for impairment triggers and, where necessary, a full impairment review is performed.

Assets under construction are capitalised throughout the course of the construction period with depreciation starting once the asset is 
available for use.

Assets capitalised under a category of fixed assets may be transferred to another category within fixed assets if, upon review, it is identified 
that the asset is more appropriately identifiable with that other category of fixed asset.

Intangible assets & Goodwill

Recognition and measurement

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Developed technology

Developed technology acquired by the Group (see note 11) has a finite useful life. It is measured at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Patents

Patents have finite useful lives and are measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and  
any accumulated impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which 
it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognised in profit or loss as 
incurred.

Cash generating unit (CGU)
A cash generating unit is the smallest group of assets that independently generates cash flow and whose cash flow is largely independent 
of the cash flows generated by other assets.

Amortisation
Amortisation is calculated to write off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over 
their estimated useful lives, and is generally recognised in profit or loss. Goodwill is not amortised. 

The estimated useful lives for current and comparative periods are as follows: 

 — patents: 3–20 years

 — developed technology: 15 years

Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

Impairment
The carrying value of non-financial assets is reviewed annually for impairment, or earlier if an indication of impairment occurs, and 
 provision made where appropriate. Charges or credits for impairment are passed through the statement of comprehensive income.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements144

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

For the purposes of assessing impairments, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows or 
cash-generating units. Impairment losses are recognised for the amount by which each asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell, and value in use. Value in use is calculated using 
estimated discounted future cash flows. The key assumptions used in calculating the discounted future cash flows are management 
estimates, based where possible on available market information and information for similar products.

Impairment and amortisation charges are included within research, development and bioprocessing costs in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

Intellectual property rights comprise third party patent rights or rights to market commercial products for key therapeutic indications that 
have been purchased by the Group.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments are carried at cost less any provision made for impairment. Options over the Company’s shares have been awarded to 
employees of subsidiary companies. In accordance with IFRS2, the Company treats the value of these awards as a capital contribution 
to the subsidiaries, resulting in an increase in the cost of investment.

Investments in subsidiary undertakings, including shares and loans, are carried at cost less any impairment provision. Such investments are 
subject to review, and any impairment is charged to the statement of comprehensive income.

At each year end the Directors review the carrying value of the Company’s investment in subsidiaries. Where there is a material and 
sustained shortfall in the market capitalisation, or a significant and sustained change in the business resulting in a decrease in market 
capitalisation, the Directors consider this to be a trigger of an impairment review as set out in IAS 36, and the carrying value of the 
Company’s investments in subsidiaries is adjusted. The Directors consider that reference to the market capitalisation of the Group 
is an appropriate external measure of the value of the Company’s subsidiaries for this purpose.

At year end the Directors will assess the requirement to write back a portion or all of any impairment previously recognised on its 
investment in subsidiaries. Factors which will be taken into account with regard to this decision will be the Groups track record of 
improved financial results across the last three to four years, as well as the expectation of future impairments being required after a write 
back was accounted for.

Financial assets

Assets at fair value through profit and loss
The gain or loss on Assets at fair value through profit and loss is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

Investments
Other investments held by the Group are classified as at fair value through profit and loss.

Bank deposits
Bank deposits with original maturities between three months and twelve months are included in current assets and are valued 
at amortised cost.

Financial instruments

Classification
On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at: amortised cost; FVOCI – debt investment; FVOCI – equity investment; 
or FVTPL. Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition unless the Company changes its business model for 
managing financial assets in which case all affected financial assets are reclassified on the first day of the first reporting period following 
the change in the business model.

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:

 — it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and

 — its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal 

amount outstanding.

A debt investment is measured at FVOCI if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:

 — it is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; 

and

 — its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal, and interest on the principal 

amount outstanding.

On initial recognition of an equity investment that is not held for trading, the Company may irrevocably elect to present subsequent 
changes in the investment’s fair value in OCI. This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis.

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortised cost or FVOCI as described above, are measured at FVTPL. This includes 
all derivative financial assets. On initial recognition, the Group may irrevocably designate a financial asset that otherwise meets the 
requirements to be measured at amortised cost or at FVOCI, as at FVTPL if doing so eliminates, or significantly reduces an accounting 
mismatch that would otherwise arise.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements145

Derecognition

Financial assets
The Group derecognises a financial asset when:

 — the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire; or

 — it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which either; or

 — substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred; or

 — the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership, and it does not retain control of 

the financial asset.

Financial liabilities
The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Group also 
derecognises a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which 
case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognised at fair value.

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including 
any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed), is recognised in profit or loss.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. It excludes 
borrowing costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling 
expenses.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at the transaction price as these assets do not have significant financing components, and are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost. The Group recognises loss allowances for receivables under the expected credit loss model 
as established by evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, bank deposits repayable on demand, and other short term highly liquid investments with 
original maturities of three months or less.

Deposits
Deposits consist of amounts held in escrow and is included within other receivables within the Statement of financial position until such 
time as the restrictions relating to those amounts have been lifted.

Trade payables
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 
Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Contract liabilities
Contract liabilities primarily relate to the advance consideration received from clients for commercial development work and 
bioprocessing batches, as well as options and funded research and development activities.

Deferred income
Deferred income primarily relates to the advance consideration received for grants and lease incentives.

Provisions
Provisions for dilapidation costs and other potential liabilities are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of past events; it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount 
has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditure expected to be required to settle the obligation using the 3 year historic 
inflation rate. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Costs of share issues are charged to the share premium account.

Merger reserve
A merger reserve is used where more than 90% of the shares in a subsidiary are acquired and the consideration includes the issue of new 
shares by the Company, thereby attracting merger relief under s612 and s613 of the Companies Act 2006.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements146

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Business combinations
The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets 
the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets is a 
business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities acquired includes, at a minimum, an input and substantive process, 
and whether the acquired set has the ability to produce outputs. The Group has an option to apply a ’concentration test’ that permits 
a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of activities and assets is not a business. The optional concentration test is met if 
substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable 
assets. The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. 
Any goodwill that arises is tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss immediately. 
Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except if related to the issue of debt or equity securities.

The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts are 
generally recognised in profit or loss.

Non-controlling interests (NCI)
NCI are measured initially at the Group’s proportionate interest in the recognised amount of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the 
acquiree. NCI are measured subsequently at their proportionate share of the subsidiary’s net assets at the reporting date. Changes in the 
Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

When a foreign operation is disposed of in its entirety, or partially such that control, significant control or joint control, is lost, the 
cumulative amount in the translation reserve related to the foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on 
disposal. If the Group disposes of part of its interest in a subsidiary but retains control, then the relevant proportion of the cumulative 
amount is reattributed to NCI. When the Group disposes of only part of an associate or joint venture while retaining significant influence 
or joint control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss.

Financial liability: loans 
On initial recognition, external loans are measured at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs. On subsequent measurement, 
external loans are measured at amortised cost under the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate method is a method 
of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and allocating the interest expense over the relevant period. The calculation of the 
effective interest rate takes into account the estimated cash flows which consider all the contractual terms of the financial instrument, 
including any embedded derivatives which are not subject to separation. 

Financial liability: Put Options
Where a put option with non-controlling shareholders (NCI) exists on their equity interests, a liability for the fair value of the exercise price 
of the option is recognised. 

Management have assessed that the NCI still have access to the returns associated with the underlying ownership interests, and have 
therefore chosen to apply the present access method under which the corresponding entry is recognised in Other Equity. As required by 
IFRS, Oxford Biomedica has chosen to apply an accounting policy, to be applied consistently for all put liabilities: that subsequent to initial 
recognition, changes in fair value of the put liability will be recognised in equity. 

The value of the put liability is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation which calculates the expected future exercise value of the put 
option, taking into consideration Oxford Biomedica Solutions’ forecasted cash flows over the period up until the expected exercise date 
along with the expected volatility of those cash flows over that same period. The expected future exercise value is then discounted to 
the present using a discount rate in order to capture the counter party risk of the expected payment. The discount rate may be impacted 
by economic and market factors as well as changes to the risk free rate of return which impacts debt borrowing rates.

2, Critical accounting judgements and estimates
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, management is required to make judgements and assumptions concerning the future in 
a number of areas. Actual results may be different from those estimated using these judgements and assumptions. The key sources of 
estimation uncertainty and the critical accounting judgements that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements147

Key accounting matters

Judgements

Contract revenues: Identification of performance obligations, allocation of revenue and timing of revenue recognition
The Group has identified three key areas of judgement within the collaboration agreements entered into during the period. Firstly, in 
relation to the number of distinct performance obligations contained within each collaboration agreement; secondly the fair value 
allocation of revenue to each performance obligation; and thirdly the timing of revenue recognition based on the achievement of the 
relevant performance obligation. The sales royalties contained within the collaboration agreements qualify for the royalty exemption 
available under IFRS 15 and will only be recognised as the underlying sales are made even though the performance obligation, in terms 
of the technology licence, has already been met.

The judgements with regards to the number of distinct performance obligations and the fair value allocation of revenue to each 
performance obligation takes place on a contract-by-contract basis across numerous contracts entered into by the Group. As these 
judgements take place across numerous contracts, each with different characteristics, it is not practical to provide a quantitative analysis 
of the impact of applying different judgements, and the Directors do not believe that disclosing a range of outcomes resulting from 
applying different judgements provides meaningful information to the reader of the financial statements. Consequently, no quantitative 
analysis has been provided for these judgements.

Number of distinct performance obligations
Upon review of certain client contracts and preparation of accounting papers setting out the accounting treatment as per IFRS 15, 
the Group is required to exercise judgement in identifying the distinct performance obligations contained within the contract. These have 
been identified as being:

 — The granting of technology licences

 — Milestones relating to bioprocessing or process development activities

The fair value allocation of revenue to each performance obligation
Because there is no readily available market price for many of the performance obligations contained in the client contracts, the Group 
exercises judgment in estimating the stand alone selling price of each of these performance obligations. Key areas of judgement are 
assessed to be:

 — The stand alone selling price of technology licences. The Group assesses the stand alone selling price of licences by reference to the 
stand alone selling price of previously recognised client technology licences, and the size of the market of the target indication and 
other market related observable inputs

 — The stand alone selling price of bioprocessing batches. The Group assesses the stand alone selling price of the batches in terms the 

stand alone selling price of its other client contract batch selling prices

 — The stand alone selling price in terms of the annual full time equivalent rate to charge for process development activities. The Group 

assesses the full time equivalent rate in terms the stand alone equivalent rate of its other client contract equivalent rates

Timing of revenue recognition: technology licence revenues 
One of the key judgemental areas identified within the collaboration agreements is the timing of recognition of licence revenue based 
on the achievement of the relevant performance obligation. The individual factors and aspects relating to licence revenue are assessed as 
part of the IFRS 15 accounting paper prepared for each agreement and a judgement is made as to whether the licence fee performance 
obligation related to the granting of the licence to the client has been achieved. If it was judged that the performance obligations on 
licences granted in 2022 had not been met, revenues would have been £3,385,000 lower with the revenue expected to be recognised 
in future when the performance obligations were deemed to have been met.

Modification of Oaktree loan agreement
When a loan agreement with an existing lender is modified, a determination has to be made as to whether the modification is treated 
as the extinguishment of the existing financial liability and the recognition of a new liability, or accounting for the modification of the 
agreement as a modification to the existing financial liability.

On 10 March 2022 the Group entered into and drew down an US$85 million loan facility agreement with Oaktree under a 1 year facility 
agreement maturing in 2023 with a nominal interest rate on the loan of 8.5%. On 7 October 2022, the Loan Agreement was amended, 
US$35 million was repaid and the term extended to October 2026, with a variable interest rate which is capped at 10.25% per annum.

A substantial modification under IFRS 9 is deemed to have occurred if the net present value of the cash flows under the new terms, 
including any fees, differs by at least 10% from the present value of the remaining cashflows under the original terms.

Management has determined that the modification of the Oaktree loan agreement on 7 October 2022 does not meet the substantial 
modification criteria and therefore will be recognised as a non-substantial modification to the existing loan, with the loan being restated 
to its present value and subsequently at amortised cost under the effective interest rate method.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements148

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

This was determined on the basis of the quantitative test performed as required by IFRS 9 resulting in a 3% change to the net present 
value of the remaining cash flows when compared to the original cash flows under the original terms. Management has also performed 
a qualitative assessment to identify substantial differences in terms that by nature were not captured by the quantitative assessment. 
In considering the qualitative factors, Management has considered the payment terms, options, change in other terms and collaterals. 
Based on the quantitative and qualitative assessment, Management has determined that the modification of the loan does not meet the 
substantial modification criteria.

If the Group had concluded that the amendment constitutes a significant modification, this accounting treatment would have resulted 
in the recognition of a loss on extinguishment of £1,391,000, recognition of legal fees of £439,000, and an increase in the loan balance 
of £409,000 on the 7th of October 2022.

Estimations
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date that have a significant 
risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. 
The nature of estimation means that actual outcomes could differ from those estimates.

Percentage of completion of bioprocessing batch revenues
Bioprocessing of clinical/commercial product for clients is recognised on a percentage of completion basis over time as the processes are 
carried out. Progress is determined based on the achievement of verifiable stages of the bioprocessing process. Revenues are recognised 
on a percentage of completion basis and as such require estimation in terms of the assessment of the correct stage of completion 
including the expected costs to completion for that specific bioprocessing batch. The value of the revenue recognised with regard to the 
bioprocessing batches which remain in progress at year end is £32,051,000. If the assessed percentage of completion was 10 percentage 
points higher or lower, revenue recognised in the period would have been £3,866,000 higher or lower.

Percentage of completion of fixed price process development revenues
As it satisfies its performance obligations the Group recognises revenue and the related contract asset with regard to fixed price process 
development work packages. Revenues are recognised on a percentage of completion basis and as such require estimation in terms of 
the assessment of the correct percentage of completion for that specific process development work package. The value of the revenue 
recognised raised with regard to the work packages which remain in progress at year end is £8,179,000. If the assessed percentage 
of completion was 10 percentage points higher or lower, revenue recognised in the period would have been £818,000 higher or lower.

Provision for out of specification bioprocessing batches
Bioprocessing of clinical/commercial product for clients is recognised on a percentage of completion basis over time as the processes 
are carried out. Progress is determined based on the achievement of verifiable stages of the process.

As Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd has now been bioprocessing product across a number of years, and also in a commercial capacity,  
Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd has assessed the need to include an estimate of bioprocessed product for which revenue has previously been 
recognised and which may be reversed should the product go out of specification during the remaining period over which the product 
is bioprocessed. In calculating this estimate Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd has looked at historical rates of out of specification batches across 
the last four years, and has applied the percentage of out of specification batches to total batches produced across the assessed period to 
the revenue recognised on batches which have not yet completed the bioprocessing process at year end. This estimate, based on 
the historical percentage, may be significantly higher or lower depending on the number of bioprocessing batches actually going out 
of specification in future. If the historical percentage had been 10% higher or lower, the estimate would be £259,000 higher or lower. 
The estimate will increase or decrease based on the number of bioprocessing batches undertaken, the percentage of completion 
of those bioprocessing batches, and the number of batches which go out of specification over the assessment period.

Consequently, bioprocessing revenue of £2,592,000 (2021: £769,000) has not been recognised during 2022, with the corresponding 
credit to contract liabilities (note 19). This revenue will be recognised as the batches complete bioprocessing.

No provision for out of specification batches has been raised for Oxford Biomedica Solutions as management has concluded that, 
based on review of analytical testing results received after year end, no bioprocessing batch was deemed to be at risk of failure to meet 
specifications.

Amortisation of intangibles assets (developed technology)
The estimated useful life of developed technology acquired by the Group is 15 years as the Group expects the technology to generate 
cash flows for a total of 15 years. The estimate of 15 years is based on management’s experience of the time period over which the 
technology acquired as part of the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions will become fully obsolete. Over time as the platform 
technology is improved, parts of the technology become obsolete as they are superseded by new technology until after 15 years the 
original technology is expected to have been fully replaced by newer/improved technology. 

If the estimated useful life of the assets had been 10 years, the estimated amortisation for the year ended 31 December 2022 would be 
£3,036,000 higher (2021: nil); whilst, if the estimated useful life of the assets had been 20 years, the estimated amortisation for the year 
ended 31 December 2022 would be £1,518,000 lower (2021:nil).

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements149

Sale and leaseback – Lease liability discount rate
During November 2022 the Group sold its Windrush Court facility property to Kadans for a cash consideration of £60 million in a sale and 
leaseback transaction (refer note 33). A key estimate identified by the Group within the sale and leaseback agreement is the incremental 
borrowing rate used to discount the lease liability cash flows back to their present value to determine the lease liability at year end. 

Since the rate implicity in the lease is not readily determinable, the Group's incremental borrowing rate has been used (the rate of 
interest that would have to be paid to borrow on a collateralised basis over a similar term for an amount equal to the lease payments 
in a similar economic environment) based on the information available at commencement date in determining the discount rate used 
to calculate the present value of lease payments. The rates have been determined using previously available information on borrowing 
rates as well as indicative borrowing rates that would be available based on the value, currency and borrowing term provided by financial 
institutions, adjusted for company and market specific factors. Estimation of uncertainty is involved in selecting an appropriate rate, and 
the rate selected for each lease will have an impact on the value of the lease liability and corresponding right-of-use (ROU) asset in the 
Consolidated Statement of financial positions.

If the estimated lease liability discount rate had been one percentage higher or lower, the gain recognised on the sale of Windrush court 
would have been £1,775,000 higher or lower (2021: £nil) with the other side of the entry decreasing or increasing the lease liability by a 
£2,027,000 (2021: £nil) and decreasing and increasing right of use assets by a £253,000 (2021: £nil). 

Valuation of put option liability
Where a put option with non-controlling shareholders exists on their equity interests, a liability for the fair value of the exercise price 
of the option is recognised. On 10 March 2022, the Group recognised a put option liability to acquire the remaining 20% of Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions that it doesn’t already own, from Homology Medicines. The fair value of the option at the date of acquisition was 
assessed to be £39.0 million. At 31 December 2022 the fair value of the put option liability was £38.2 million (Dec 2021: £nil).

The Group estimates the value of the put liability using a Monte Carlo simulation which calculates the expected future exercise value of 
the put option, taking into consideration Oxford Biomedica Solutions’ forecasted revenues over the period up until the expected exercise 
date along with the expected volatility of those revenues over that same period. The expected future exercise value is then discounted 
to the present using a discount rate in order to capture the counter party risk of the expected payment. 

Key estimation uncertainty inputs which directly impact the valuation of the put option liability are assessed to be:

 — Revenues of Oxford Biomedica Solutions – the revenues of Oxford Biomedica Solutions are based on the management approved forecast 
up until the end of the option period. Should the forecast change or the actual results vary this may impact the value of the put option 
liability. 

 — Expected volatility of revenues – should the expected volatility of Oxford Biomedica Solutions revenues vary, this may impact the value 

of the put option liability,

 — Discount rate – the discount rate may be impacted by economic and market factors, as well as changes to the risk free rate of return 
which impacts debt borrowing rates. Should the discount rate calculated by management be adjusted, this may impact the value of 
the put option. Management has calculated the discount rate based on the risk free rate, the expected return from similar companies 
and the Group’s cost of debt.

Put option liability  
31 December 2022
Effect in thousands of pounds:
Revenues of Oxford Biomedica Solutions: 
10% higher or lower
Discount rate 2% lower or higher

Fair value

Increase

Decrease

2.1

1.4

(2.4)

(1.4)

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
150

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Valuation of acquired intangible assets
As part of the acquisition accounting for the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions LLC in 2022, we have performed an assessment 
on the identification, fair value, and expected useful economic lives of acquired intangible assets such as developed technology assets 
at the date of acquisition. The fair value attributed to intangible assets arising on acquisition is recognised in accordance with IAS 38 
Intangible assets and is based on a number of estimates.

The acquired identifiable assets and liabilities have been recognised at their fair values at acquisition date and in accordance with the 
Group’s accounting policies. The fair value of the developed technologies intangible asset is considered a key estimate subject to 
estimation uncertainty. Below are the details for the valuation methodologies used for the intangible assets.

Acquired developed technology has been valued using the multi-period excess earnings method (MPEEM) method, valued at  
£102.8 million, The MPEEM method considers the present value of net cash flows expected to be generated by the client relationships,  
by excluding any cash flows related to contributory assets.

Management considers the weighted average return on assets and discount rates as critical estimates as a reasonably possible change 
to these assumptions in aggregation, or in isolation, will have an impact on the consolidated financial statements. The weighted average 
return on assets and discount rate used by management in the valuation of the developed technology is 17.3% and 20% respectively. 
Below are the various sensitivities of weighted average return on assets and discount rates and their impact on the related  
intangible assets.

Sensitivities

Discount rate
17%
18%
19%

Weighted average  
rate of return
15.0%
15.8%
16.5%

Adjusted Developed 
technology value 
£’m
121.8
113.5
106.0

Impact 
£’m
19.0
10.7
3.2

3, Financial risk management 

Financial risk factors
The Group has a simple corporate structure which consists of the Company and two main operating subsidiaries, one domiciled in 
the UK and the other in the US. Monitoring of financial risk is part of the Board’s ongoing risk management, the effectiveness of which 
is reviewed annually. The Group’s agreed policies are implemented by the Chief Financial Officer, who submits reports at each Board 
meeting. The Group does not use financial derivatives, and it is the Group’s policy not to undertake any trading in financial instruments.

(a) Foreign exchange risk
In 2022 the Group’s revenues were mostly receivable in Sterling and US Dollars, and certain of its expenditures were payable in Euros 
and US Dollars. The majority of the UK based entities’ operating costs are denominated in Sterling. A 10% difference in the £/$ average 
exchange rate would have had an impact of approximately £1,121,000 (2021: £712,000) over the year. The US based entities’ revenue 
and operating costs are all in USD.

The Group also has exposure to the £/$ exchange rate due to the Oaktree loan facility denominated in Dollars. Had the £/$ exchange rate 
been 10% different, the impact on cost in 2022 would have been approximately £455,000 (2021: nil). 

The Group also has exposure to the £/€ exchange rate due to the need to fund certain expenditure denominated in Euros. Had the average 
£/€ exchange rate been 10% different, the impact on cost in 2022 would have been approximately £418,000 (2021: £305,000). The 
Group’s policy is to hold the majority of its funds in Sterling and US Dollars. No other hedging of foreign currency cash flows is undertaken.

(b) Interest rate risk
The Group’s policy is to maximise interest receivable on deposits, subject to maintaining access to sufficient liquid funds to meet day 
to day operational requirements and preserving the security of invested funds. With the current low level of bank interest rates at the start 
of the year, interest receivable on bank deposits in 2022 was just £973,000 (2021: £nil).

On 10 March 2022, the Group drew down an US$85 million loan facility with Oaktree to finance the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica 
Solutions, under a 1 year facility agreement maturing in 2023. On 7 October 2022, the loan facility was refinanced with Oaktree. Under 
the terms of such refinancing, the Company has partially repaid the outstanding amounts under the Short-Term Loan Facility and 
amended the facility into a new senior secured four year term loan facility provided by Oaktree in a principal amount of US$50 million. 
The Term Loan carries a variable interest rate, which is capped at 10.25% per annum and payable quarterly in cash, with up to 50% of 
interest for the first twelve months payable in kind as additional loan principal, at the option of the Company. The interest rate is subject 
to downward adjustment following the satisfaction of certain commercial conditions.

If interest rates had been 1% higher in 2022 the impact on cash interest paid would have been £nil (2022: £nil).

(c) Credit risks
Cash balances are mainly held on short term deposits with financial institutions with a credit rating of at least A, in line with the Group’s 
policy to minimise the risk of loss.

Trade debtors are monitored to minimise the risk of loss (note 16).

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements151

Derivative financial instruments and hedging
There were no material derivatives at 31 December 2022 or 31 December 2021 which have required separation, and hedge accounting 
has not been used.

Fair value estimates
The fair value of short term deposits with a maturity of one year or less is assumed to be the book value.

Capital Management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide 
returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal capital structure to minimise the cost of capital.

Group
Net (cash)/debt ²
Equity
Debt/equity

 Represents Cash balance only as no debt.

¹ 
²  Net (cash)/debt is Cash and cash equivalents less Loans as outlined on page 136.

2022 
£’000
(101,505)
236,192
43%

2021  
£’000
(108,944) ¹
187,338
(58%)

4, Segmental analysis Segmental reporting
The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Senior Executive Team (SET), comprising the Executive Directors, Chief 
Commercial Officer, Chief Technical Officer, Chief Scientific Officer, Chief Business and Corporate Development Officer, Chief Operations 
Officer, Chief People Officer, Chief Information Officer and General Counsel. The SET monitors the performance of the Group in two 
business segments:

(i)  Platform – this segment consists of the revenue generating bioprocessing and process development activities undertaken for third 
parties (i.e the partner programmes LentiVector® and AAV CDMOs business). It also includes internal technology developments and 
technical intellectual property within the LentiVector® platform.

(ii)  Product – this segment consists of the clinical and pre-clinical development of in vivo and ex vivo cell and gene therapy products 

(gene therapeutics) which are owned by the Group.

In the first quarter of 2023, the SET has re-assessed the reporting segments to reflect the way the business will be managed in future. 
Management reporting is currently being reworked to align with these new segments going forward and the Group expects to be 
able to report on these new segments during 2023 and thereafter. No changes from the current basis have been reflected in the 2022 
Annual report and accounts. 

Revenues, other operating income and operating loss by segment
Revenues, Operating EBITDA and Operating profit/(loss) represent the Group’s measures of segment profit and loss as they are a primary 
measure used for the purpose of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of segments.

2022
Revenue
Other operating income
Gain on sale and leaseback
Operating EBITDA¹
Depreciation, amortisation and share based payment
Operating loss
Net finance cost
Loss before tax

2021
Revenue
Other operating income
Operating EBITDA¹
Depreciation, amortisation and share based payment
Revaluation of investments
Operating profit/(loss)
Net finance cost
Profit before tax

Platform  
£’000
139,903
2,307
21,389 
11,654
(29,551)
(17,948)

Platform  
£’000
142,693
867
45,292
(13,702)
(165)
31,425

Product  
£’000
86
–
–
(10,023)
(2,250)
(12,272)

Product  
£’000
104
–
(9,368)
(1,288)
–
(10,657)

Total  
£’000
139,989
2,307
21,389 
1,631
(31,801)
(30,220)
(15,756)
(45,976)

Total  
£’000
142,797
867
35,924
(14,990)
(165)
20,768
(888)
19,880

¹ 

 Operating EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, revaluation of investments and Assets at fair value through profit and loss, and Share Based 
Payments) is a non-GAAP measure often used as a surrogate for operational cash flow as it excludes from operating profit or loss all non-cash items, including the 
charge for share based payments options. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is provided on page 34.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements152

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Other operating income of £2.3 million (2021: £0.9 million) includes sub lease rental income of £1.4 million (2021: Nil) in relation to a 
portion of the Patriot’s Park property in the US accounted for as a as a short term lease, and grant income to further develop our supply 
chain capabilities of £0.9 million (2021: £0.9 million) and is included within the Platform segment.

Costs are allocated to the segments on a specific basis as far as possible. Costs which cannot readily be allocated specifically are 
apportioned between the segments using relevant metrics such as headcount or direct costs.

No intangible assets or fixed assets of any significant value have been assessed to be assigned specifically to the Products division, and 
therefore no impairment has been required as a result of the decision by the Group to look for alternative funding for the Product division.

A segmental or geographical split of assets and liabilities is not provided because this information is not received or reviewed by the chief 
operating decision-maker. All assets are located within the United Kingdom and United States.

Disaggregation of revenue
Revenue is disaggregated by the type of revenue which is generated by the commercial arrangement.

2022
Bioprocessing/Commercial development
Licence fees, milestones and royalties
Total

2021
Bioprocessing/Commercial development
Licence fees, milestones and royalties
Total

Timing of transfer of goods or services

Products and services transferred at a point of time
Products and services transferred over time
Total revenue

Platform  
£’000
127,994
11,909
139,903

Platform  
£’000
128,318
14,375
142,693

Product  
£’000
86
–
86

Product  
£’000
104
–
104

2022 
£’000
11,909
128,080
139,989

Total  
£’000
128,080
11,909
139,989

Total  
£’000
128,422
14,375
142,797

2021 
£’000
13,997
128,800
142,797

The majority of the Group’s revenue is typically recognised over time as the performance obligations in the contract are being fulfilled.

Results by geographical location
The Group’s revenue derives wholly from assets located in the United Kingdom and the United States. Analysed by location the Group’s 
revenues derive predominantly from United Kingdom, United States, Europe and the rest of the world:

Revenue by client location
United Kingdom
United States
Europe
Rest of world
Total revenue

In 2022 five clients each provided 10% or more of the Group’s revenues in the platform segment.

Geographic split of operating loss
United Kingdom
United States
Total operating loss

Geographic split of non current assets
United Kingdom
United States
Total non current assets

2022 
£’000
49,939
61,591
28,063
396
139,989

2022 
£’000
(1,465)
(28,755)
(30,220)

2022 
£’000
94,997
149,679
244,676

2021 
£’000
97,063
20,816
21,632
3,286
142,797

2021 
£’000
(20,768)
–
(20,768)

2021 
£’000
73,385
–
73,385

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements5, Employees and directors
The monthly average number of persons (including Executive Directors) employed by the Group during the year was:

By activity
Office and management
Research, development and bioprocessing
Total

Employee benefit costs
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs (note 32)
Share based payments (note 28)
Total employee benefit costs

Key management compensation
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs
Share based payments
Total

2022 
£’000
117
812
929

2022 
£’000
70,042
6,165
3,560
6,471
86,238

2022 
£’000
4,486
760
293
2,620
8,159

153

2021 
£’000
56
703
759

2021 
£’000
43,174
5,122
2,839
3,523
54,658

2021 
£’000
3,167
893
250
2,075
6,385

The key management figures above include Executive and Non-Executive Directors and the other members of the SET. Further information 
about the remuneration of individual Directors, including the highest paid Director, is provided in the audited part of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 95 which forms part of these financial statements.

The Company had no employees during the year (2021: zero).

6, Finance income and costs

Finance income:
Bank interest receivable
Total finance income

Finance costs:
Unwinding of discount in provisions (note 20)
Gain on foreign exchange
Interest payable on loans
Interest payable on finance leases
Total finance costs
Net finance costs

Group

2022 
£’000

973
973 

(66)

(7,975)

(5,564)
(3,124)
(16,729)
(15,756)

2021 
£’000

–
–

(27)

–

–
(861)
(888)
(888)

Company

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

–
–

(28)

(7,964)

(5,564)
(477)
(14,033)
(14,033)

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
154

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

7, Expenses by nature

Employee benefit costs
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation
Raw materials and consumables used in 
bioprocessing
Operating lease payments
Net loss on foreign exchange

Notes

5

12

11

Group

Company

2022 
£’000

86,238

20,271

6,088

27,449

231

(751)

2021 
£’000

54,658

12,435

21

23,026

236

(115)

2022 
£’000

992

323

 –

–

–

–

2021 
£’000

823

–

–

–

–

–

Company employee benefit costs include £992,000 (2021: £823,000) relating to non-executive costs paid by Oxford Biomedica UK Ltd 
and recharged to the Company.

Depreciation is charged to cost of goods, research and development, and bioprocessing costs in the statement of comprehensive 
income.

Amortisation is charged to research and development in the statement of comprehensive income.

The operating lease payments relate to short term leases which have been accounted for under the IFRS 16 exemption.

During the year the Group (including its subsidiaries) obtained services from the Group’s auditors and their associates as detailed below:

Services provided by the Group’s auditors
Fees payable for the audit of the parent company and consolidated financial statements
Fees payable for other services:
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Additional fees relating to prior year audit
Review of interim results
Total

2022 
£’000
50

895
98
35
1,078

2021 
£’000
50

350
70
35
505

8, Taxation
During 2020 the Group ceased being eligible to claim a research and development tax credits under the Government’s small company 
scheme, and instead in 2021 and 2022 claimed under the Large Company scheme.

Current tax
Corporation tax

Adjustments in respect of prior periods:
United Kingdom corporation tax research and development credit
Current tax

Deferred tax
Relating to the origination of timing differences
Deferred tax

Taxation credit/(charge)

2022 
£’000
(1,282)
(1,282)

307
(975)

1,792
1,792

817

2021 
£’000
(1,427)
(1,427)

558
(869)

– 
– 

(869)

U.K. income tax 
The amount of £1,282,000 (2021:£1,427,000) included as part of the taxation charge within the statement of comprehensive income for 
the year ended 31 December 2022 comprises the corporation tax payable on the amount claimed as a Large Company Tax credit (RDEC) 
within research and development expenses in the statement of comprehensive income.

The adjustment of current tax in respect of the prior year of £307,000 relates to the corporation tax credit on a lower than anticipated 
RDEC tax receipt. In 2021 the adjustment in respect of prior years in the amount of £558,000 related to a SME tax credit received relating 
to prior years.

The United Kingdom corporation tax research and development (RDEC) credit which is included in research and development expenses, 
is paid in arrears once tax returns have been filed and agreed. The tax credit recognised in the financial statements but not yet received is 
included in trade and other receivables in the Statement of financial position.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
 
 
 
155

During 2022 the Group recognised £125,000 (2021: £458,000) of current tax relating to tax relief obtained on exercise of share options 
directly within equity.

The Company has no tax liability, nor is it entitled to tax credits (2021: £nil).

At 31 December 2022, the Group had UK tax losses, with no expiry date, to be carried forward of approximately £76.2 million 
(2021: £78.3 million). 

U.S. income tax
Deferred tax of £1,764,000 (2021: Nil) relates to temporary differences relating to intangible assets. 

At 31 December 2022, the Group had US tax losses to be carried forward of approximately £7.3 million (2021: £nil) that expire 20 years 
from it being incurred. 

Reconciliation of effective tax rate
The tax credit for the year is lower (2021: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The differences are explained below:

Loss/(profit) on ordinary activities before tax
Loss/(profit) on ordinary activities before tax 
multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax 
in the UK of 19% (2021: 19%)
Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Income not taxable
Transfer pricing adjustments

Current tax relief less than accounting charge on 
share options
Effects of group relief/other reliefs
Deferred tax not recognised
Amounts not recognised
Rolled over gains
Effects of overseas tax rates
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
Total tax (charge)/credit for the year

Group

2022 
£’000

(45,976)

2021 
£’000

19,880

Company

2022 
£’000

(4,804)

2021 
£’000

(2,366)

8,734

(3,777)

913

(1,985)

376

(1,005)

(517)

–

–

(4,753)

(3,074)

2,734
307
817

(649)

344

–

(174)

–

2,829

–

–

–
558
(869)

(28)

1,272

(1,005)

–

(158)

579

(1,573)

–

–
–
–

450

(101)

–

–

–

(349)

–

–

–

–
–
–

9, Basic and diluted profit/(loss) per ordinary share
The basic loss per share of 41.29p (2021: profit 22.77p) has been calculated by dividing the (loss)/profit for the period by the weighted 
average number of shares in issue during the year ended 31 December 2022 being, 94,829,892 (2021: 83,484,173).

As the Group made a loss this year, there is therefore no difference between the basic loss per ordinary share and the diluted loss per 
ordinary share in the current period. The Group made a profit in the prior period and the diluted earnings per share in the year was 
22.20p, which was calculated by dividing the earnings for the period by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the period 
after adjusting for the dilutive effect of the share options outstanding at 31 December 2021 (2,134,494).

10, Loss for the financial year
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company’s statement of comprehensive income has not been included in 
these financial statements. The Company’s loss for the year was £4,804,000 (2021: £2,366,000).

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
156

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

11, Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 January 2021
At 31 December 2021
At 1 January 2022
Acquisitions through business combinations
Retirements
Effects of movements in exchange rates
At 31 December 2022

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 January 2021
Charge for the year
At 31 December 2021
At 1 January 2022
Charge for the year
Retirements
Effects of movements in exchange rates
At 31 December 2022

Net book amount at 31 December 2022

Net book amount at 31 December 2021

Notes

Goodwill 
£’000

Developed 
technology 
£’000

Patents 
£’000

35

–
–
–
610
–
51
661

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

661

–

–
–
–
102,869
–
8,536
111,405

–
–
–
–
6,072
–
116
6,188

105,217

–

5,636
5,636
5,636
–
(3,825)
–
1,811

5,563
21
5,584
5,584
16
(3,797)
–
1,803

8

52

Total 
£’000

5,636
5,636
5,636
103,479
(3,825)
8,587
113,877

5,563
21
5,584
5,584
6,088
(3,797)
116
7,991

105,886

52

Intangible assets comprise Goodwill, Developed Technology and Patents for intellectual property rights. The Group has not capitalised 
any internally generated intangible assets.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsFreehold 
property 
£’000

Leasehold 
improvements¹ 
£’000

Office 
equipment 
and computers  
£’000

Bioprocessing 
and Laboratory 
equipment 
£’000

Right of use 
asset 
£’000

25,409
113
14

–
(15,688)
–

–
9,848

12,652
2,052

–
(8,210)
6,494

28,145
7,767
(417)

22,747

–

1,986
60,228

6,226
5,167

47
–
11,440

10,663
955
(6)

788
(45)
–

65
12,420

6,863
2,204

2
(27)
9,042

29,505
7,461
409

10,436
(127)
–

912
48,596

12,519
5,916

40
(89)
18,386

18,411
13,038
–

24,974
–
(1,349)

2,072
57,146

4,145
4,932

19
–
9,096

157

Total 
£’000

112,133
29,334
–

58,945
(15,860)
(1,349)

5,035
188,238

42,405
20,271

108
(8,326)
54,458

3,354

48,788

3,378

30,210

48,050

133,780

Freehold 
property 
£’000

Leasehold 
improvements 
£’000

Office 
equipment 
and computers  
£’000

Bioprocessing 
and Laboratory 
equipment 
£’000

Right of use 
asset 
£’000

23,331
2,078
–
–
25,409

10,444
2,208
–
12,652

27,219
939
(13)
–
28,145

3,519
2,707
–
6,226

9,106
1,557
–
–
10,663

4,610
2,253
–
6,863

24,606
4,886
13
–
29,505

9,177
3,342
–
12,519

18,012
21
–
378
18,411

2,220
1,925
–
4,145

Total 
£’000

102,274
9,481
–
378
112,133

29,970
12,435
–
42,405

12,757

21,919

3,800

16,986

14,266

69,728

12, Property, plant and equipment

Group
Cost
At 1 January 2022
Additions at cost
Reallocations
Acquisitions through business 
combinations
Disposals
Change in estimate
Effects of movements 
in exchange rates
At 31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2022
Charge for the year
Effects of movements 
in exchange rates
Disposals
At 31 December 2022

Net book amount 
at 31 December 2022

Group
Cost
At 1 January 2021
Additions at cost
Reclassification
Disposals
At 31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2021
Charge for the year
Reclassification
At 31 December 2021

Net book amount at 
31 December 2021

¹  

 Included within Leasehold Improvements are Assets under Construction of £5,541,000 (2021:£nil) representing ongoing construction works at Patriots Park, Boston, 
which will start being depreciated once completed and in use.

Leasehold improvements are capital improvements to buildings which the Group leases. Bioprocessing and laboratory equipment is 
equipment purchased for the Group’s laboratory and bioprocessing processes, and are generally movable from one facility to another.

During the year a sale and leaseback transaction was completed on the Windrush facility and as a result assets with a net book value of £7.5 million 
have been disposed of in the period and a Right of use Asset of £5.8 million recognised at Group. Refer to note 33 for details of the lease.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
158

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company
Cost
At 1 January 2022
Additions at cost
At 31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2022
Charge for the year
At 31 December 2022

Net book amount at 
31 December 2022

Right of use asset 
£’000

–
39,717
39,717

–
323
323

Total 
£’000

–
39,717
39,717

–
323
323

39,394

39,394

The Windrush Court building was owned and then sold by Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd in October 2022, after which the building was 
immediately leased under a 15 year lease by Oxford Biomedica PLC on the same day. In the Company’s individual accounts, the Company 
has accounted for the lease as a standalone lease with the resultant lease liability and matching right of use asset, whilst Oxford Biomedica 
(UK) Ltd has accounted for the transaction as a standalone sale of an asset. However, from a Group perspective the transaction has been 
accounted for as a sale and leaseback transaction as both companies form part of the same group and both the sale and leaseback was 
negotiated and entered into at the same time. The Company had no property, plant and equipment at 31 December 2021.

13, Assets at fair value through profit and loss

Assets at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL): Group
At 1 January
Additions
Sale of shares
Change in fair value of FVTPL asset
At 31 December

14, Investments and loans in subsidiaries

Shares in group undertakings
At 1 January and 31 December

Loans to group undertakings
At 1 January
Loan advanced in the year
At 31 December
Total investments in shares and loans to group undertakings

Accumulated impairment
At 1 January and 31 December
Net book amount at 31 December

Capital contribution in respect of employee share schemes
At 1 January
Additions in the year (note 27 and 28)
At 31 December

Total investments

2022 
£’000
74
–
–
(51)
23

2021 
£’000
239
–
–
(165)
74

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

15,182

15,182

273,253
153,602
426,855
442,037

262,002
11,251
273,253
288,435

126,065
315,972

126,065
162,370

18,793
6,471
25,264

15,269
3,523
18,792

341,237

18,792

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
 
159

The Company recognised a loss allowance for expected credit losses on financial assets. The expected credit losses are estimated by 
reference to an analysis of the subsidiary’s current financial position and future repayment expectations. The loss allowance recognised on 
loans in subsidiaries at the end of the year was £93.1 million (2021: £93.1 million). In addition to the loss allowance recognised on loans in 
subsidiaries, an impairment loss is recognised under IAS 36 for shares in Group undertakings and for capital contribution in respect 
of employee share schemes of £32.9 million (2021: £32.9 million).

The loan from Oxford Biomedica plc to Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited is unsecured and interest free. The loan is legally due for 
repayment on demand though the expectation is that it will not be repaid within 12 months of the year end. 

Net investment in foreign operations:
The company has designated a US$180 million intercompany loan to Oxford Biomedica (US) Inc as a monetary item that forms part of 
the Group’s net investment in Oxford Biomedica Solutions with the foreign exchange differences recognised as a separate component 
in Other Comprehensive income until such time as the investment in Oxford Biomedica Solutions is disposed of. A translation gain of 
£10.6 million was recognised in 2022 (2021: Nil).

Interests in subsidiary undertakings

Country of 
incorporation

Description 
of shares held

Proportion of nominal 
value of issued shares 
held by the Group  
and Company

Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited
Oxford Biomedica (Ireland) Limited
Oxxon Therapeutics Limited

Great Britain
Ireland
Great Britain

1p ordinary shares
1p ordinary shares
1p ordinary shares

Oxford Biomedica Solutions LLC
Oxford Biomedica (US) Inc.
Invivusbio Limited

United States
United States
Great Britain

N/A
1c ordinary shares
1p ordinary shares

100%
100%
100%

80%
100%
100%

Nature of business
Gene therapy research development 
and manufacturing
Product release
Dormant
Gene therapy research, development 
and manufacturing
Business Development
Dormant

The registered office of the Company, its UK subsidiaries and Oxford Biomedica (US) Inc. is Windrush Court, Transport Way, Oxford, 
OX4 6LT. The registered office of Oxford Biomedica (Ireland) Ltd is Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, DO2 T380, Ireland. The registered office 
of Oxford Biomedica Solutions LLC is 1 Patriots Park, Bedford, MA 01730, USA.

In addition, the Group set up the Oxford Biomedica Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) to hold market-purchased shares to settle the 2013 
deferred bonus share awards made to Executive Directors and employees (note 27).

All of the above subsidiaries have been consolidated in these financial statements.

At each year end the Directors review the carrying value of the Company’s investment in subsidiaries. Where there is a material and 
sustained shortfall in the market capitalisation, or a significant and sustained change in the business resulting in a decrease in market 
capitalisation, the Directors consider this to be a trigger of an impairment review as set out in IAS 36, and the carrying value of the 
Company’s investments in subsidiaries is adjusted. The Directors consider that reference to the market capitalisation of the Group is an 
appropriate external measure of the value of the Group for this purpose. Cumulative impairment of £126.0 million has been recognised 
up to 31 December 2022.

15, Inventories

Group
Raw Materials
Total inventory

2022 
£’000
12,625
12,625

2021 
£’000
9,521
9,521

Inventories constitute raw materials held for commercial bioprocessing purposes, all of which the Group expects to recover within the 
next 12 months.

During the year, the Group wrote down £1,117,000 (2021: £766,000) of inventory which is not expected to be used in production or 
sold onwards. During the year, the Group wrote off £11,717,000 of inventory as a result of cancelled orders from a client, which was 
recognised as part of cost of sales in the year. The Company holds no inventories.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
160

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

16, Trade and other receivables

Current
Trade receivables
Contract assets
Other receivables
Other tax receivable
Prepayments
Total trade and other receivables

Group

Company

2022 
£’000
34,109
10,897
4,832
7,757
3,976
61,571

2021 
£’000
22,398
13,547
365
5,227
3,210
44,747

2022 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–
–

2021 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–
–

Non-current trade and other receivables constitute other receivables of £5,010,000 (2021: £3,605,000) which are deposits held in escrow 
as part of the Windrush Innovation Centre and Oxbox lease arrangements.

The fair value of trade and other receivables are the current book values. The Group has performed an impairment assessment under 
IFRS 9 and has concluded that the application of the expected credit loss model has had an immaterial impact on the level of impairment 
of receivables.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
US Dollar

2022 
£’000
50,395
16,186
66,581

2021 
£’000
44,527
3,825
48,352

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of each class of receivable above. The Group does not hold 
any collateral as security.

Trade receivables
Included in the Group’s trade receivable balance are debtors with a carrying amount of £1,336,000 (2021: £3,800,000) which were past 
due at the reporting date and of which £1,333,000 (2021: £3,800,000) has been received after the reporting date.

Ageing of past due but not impaired trade receivables:

0–30 days
30–60 days
60+ days

2022 
£’000
171
3
1,162
1,336

2021 
£’000
3,266
389
145
3,800

Contract assets
Contract assets relates to the Group’s rights to consideration for work completed but not invoiced at the reporting date for commercial 
development work and bioprocessing batches. The contract assets are transferred to receivables when the rights become unconditional. 
This usually occurs when the Group issues an invoice to the client.

The balance of £10.9 million (2021: £13.5 million) mainly relates to commercial development milestones which have been accrued as the 
specific conditions stipulated in the licence agreement have been met, commercial development work orders accrued on a percentage 
complete basis which will be invoiced as the related work package completes, and bioprocessing batches accrued on a percentage of 
completion basis which will be invoiced as the manufacturing of the batch is completed.

Contract assets have decreased from £13.5 million at the end of 2021 to £10.9 million at the end of 2022 due to the timing of 
bioprocessing and commercial development activities undertaken during the year leading to a lower level of consideration for work 
completed but not yet billed.

A portion of contract assets relates to fixed price process development work packages which are recognised on a percentage of 
completion basis and as such requires estimation in terms of the assessment of the correct percentage of completion for that specific 
work package. The value of the contract asset raised with regard to these work packages is £8,179,000 (2021: £8,022,000). If the assessed 
percentage of completion was 1 percentage point higher or lower, revenue recognised in the period would have been £82,000 higher 
or lower (2021: £80,000).

The Group performed an impairment assessment under IFRS 9 and has concluded that the application of the expected credit loss model 
has had an immaterial impact on the level of impairment on contract assets. We have noted there has been no change in the time frame 
for a right to consideration to become unconditional and the performance obligation to be satisfied.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
 
 
 
17, Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

18, Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other taxation and social security
Accruals
Total trade and other payables

161

Group

2022 
£’000
141,285

2021 
£’000
108,944

Company

2022 
£’000
19,197

2021 
£’000
61,630

Group

Company

2022 
£’000
13,604
2,347
20,628
36,579

2021 
£’000
5,260
1,899
11,899
19,058

2022 
£’000
–
–
143
143

2021 
£’000
–
–
152
152

19, Contract liabilities and deferred income
Contract liabilities and deferred income arise when the Group has received payment for services in excess of the stage of completion 
of the services being provided.

Contract liabilities and deferred income have increased from £15.2 million at the end of 2021 to £20.4 million at the end of 2022 due 
to funds received in advance for future licencing, bioprocessing and process development activities. Of the £12.6 million balance included 
in the statement of financial position at the end of 2021, £12.5 million has been recognised as revenue during the 2022 financial year.

Contract liabilities consists primarily of deferred bioprocessing and process development revenues, which are expected to be released 
as the related performance obligations are satisfied over the period as described below:

At 31 December 2022
Contract liabilities
Bioprocessing income
Process development income
Licence fees and Milestones
Deferred Income
Grant

At 31 December 2021
Contract liabilities
Bioprocessing income
Process development income
Licence fees and Milestones
Deferred Income
Grant

0–1 
£’000
18,370
10,218
3,136
5,016
894
894

0–1 
£’000
12,502
 9,755
2,325
422
894
894

1–3 
£’000
32
–
–
32
1,069
1,069

1–3 
£’000
48
–
–
48
1,760
1,760

3–5 
£’000
32
–
–
32
–
–

3–5 
£’000
44
–
–
44
–
–

5–10 
£’000
12
–
–
12
–
–

5–10 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–
–

Total 
£’000
18,446
10,218
3,136
5,092
1,963
1,963

Total 
£’000
12,594
9,755
2,325
514
2,654
2,654

Included within bioprocessing contract liabilities is revenue of £2,592,000 million which has not been recognised during 2022 (2021: 
£0.8 million) relating to the estimate of out of specification batches (see note 2: ’Estimations’ for additional information).

Deferred income relates to grant funding received from the UK Government for capital equipment purchased as part of the Oxbox 
bioprocessing facility expansion. The income will be recognised over the period over which the purchased assets are depreciated.

The Company had primarily no contract liabilities or deferred income in 2022 or 2021.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
162

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

20, Provisions

At 1 January
Unwinding of discount
Additional provision recognised
Change in estimate
At 31 December

Current
Non-current
Total provisions

Group

Company

2022 
£’000
6,244
66
3,463
(1,349)
8,424

2022 
£’000
–
8,424
8,424

2021 
£’000
5,839
27
–
378
6,244

2021 
£’000
–
6,244
6,244

2022 
£’000
–
28
3,207
(477)
2,758

2022 
£’000
–
2,758
2,758

2021 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–

2021 
£’000
–
–
–

Provisions are exclusively in respect of dilapidations. The new provisions during the year relate to new lease liabilities at the Wallingford 
Warehouse, and as a result of the sale and leaseback by the Company of the Windrush Court facility the provisions are based on the 
anticipated costs of restoring the leaseholds at the end of the lease terms, both of which are 2037. The existing dilapidations provisions 
relate to anticipated costs of restoring the leasehold Yarnton, Oxbox, Windrush Innovation Centre and Corporate Office properties in 
Oxford, UK to their original condition at the end of the lease terms in 2024, 2033, 2028 and 2030 respectively.

The future anticipated costs of restoring the properties is calculated by inflating the current expected restoration costs using the 3 year 
historic UK Consumer Price Inflation rate, up to the end of the lease term. The discount rate utilised for the purpose of determining the 
present value of the provision is 5.41% based on the risk free rate adjusted for inflation. The present value of the future anticipated costs 
of restoration is calculated by discounting the future expected value using the nominal rate. The unwinding of this discount over time is 
included within finance costs.

21, Loans
On 10 March 2022, the Group drew down an US$85 million loan facility with Oaktree to finance the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica 
Solutions under a 1 year facility agreement maturing in 2023. Over the course of the term loan interest was payable quarterly with 
a nominal interest rate on the loan of 8.5%. 

On 7 October 2022, the loan facility was refinanced with Oaktree. Under the terms of such refinancing, the Company has partially repaid 
the outstanding amounts under the Short-Term Loan Facility and amended the facility into a new senior secured four year term loan 
facility provided by Oaktree in a principal amount of US$50 million. The Term Loan will mature four years after the date of completion 
and will not amortise, with the full aggregate principal and outstanding amount being repayable on the final maturity date. The Term 
Loan carries a variable interest rate, which is capped at 10.25% per annum and payable quarterly in cash, with up to 50% of interest for the 
first twelve months payable in kind as additional loan principal, at the option of the Company. The interest rate is subject to downward 
adjustment following the satisfaction of certain commercial conditions.

The Company also has secured the option, subject to the same commercial conditions as the amended facility and available for a three-
year period, to draw down a further US$25 million from Oaktree to fund certain permitted acquisitions. If the option were to be exercised, 
it would be assessed against meeting the substantial modification requirements under IFRS 9.

The terms include financial covenants including holding a minimum of US$20 million cash at all times, restrictions on the level 
of indebtedness the Group may enter into or distributions made by the Group. The Oaktree facility was secured by a pledge over 
substantially all of the Group’s assets.

At 1 January
New Loan
Interest accrued
Interest paid
Foreign exchange movement
Amortised fees
Loan repayment
Arrangement fees
At 31 December

Group

Company

2022 
£’000
–
64,866
5,564
(4,554)
7,964
588
(31,424)
(3,224)
39,780

2021 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2022 
£’000
 –
64,866
5,564
(4,554)
7,964
588
(31,424)
(3,224)
39,780

2021 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
 
 
 
22, Put option liability

At 1 January
Recognised at fair value
Revaluation
At 31 December

163

2021 
£’000
–
–
–
–

2022 
£’000
–
38,996
(814)
38,182

On 10th March 2022, the Group recognised a put option liability to acquire the remaining 20% of Oxford Biomedica Solutions that it 
doesn’t already own from Homology Medicines. The fair value of the option at the date of acquisition was assessed to be £39.0 million.

At 31st December 2022 the fair value of the Put option liability was £38.2 million (Dec 2021: £nil). The lower liability valuation was due 
to increases in borrowing rates over the period leading to a higher discount rate applied and a resultant lower put option liability.

23, Financial instruments
The Group and Company’s financial instruments comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, assets at fair value 
through profit and loss, and trade and other payables. Additional disclosures are set out in the Corporate Governance Report and in 
note 3 relating to risk management.

The Group had the following financial instruments at 31 December each year: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
(note 17)
Trade receivables and 
other receivables (note 16)
Assets at fair value through profit 
and loss (note 13)
Trade and other payables 
excluding tax (note 18)
Loan (note 21)
Put option liability (note 22) ¹

Financial assets / financial liabilities 
at fair value through profit and loss
2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

Cash and receivables

Amortised costs, loans  
and other liabilities

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

–

–

23

–

–

74

141,285

108,944

62,605

45,142

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–
74
1  Although the put option is included within the amortised cost table, it is not measured at amortised cost but at the fair value of the expected consideration payable.

–
–
–
203,890

–
–
–
154,086

34,232
39,780
38,182
112,194

–
–
–
23

17,160
–
–
17,160

The Company had the following financial instruments at 31 December each year:

Cash and cash equivalents (note 17)
Trade and other payables excluding tax (note 18)
Loan (note 21)

Floating rate instant access deposits earned interest at prevailing bank rates.

Sterling
US Dollar

Cash and receivables

Amortised costs, loans  
and other liabilities

2022 
£’000
19,197
–
–
19,197

2021 
£’000
61,630
–
–
61,630

2022 
£’000
–
143
39,780
39,923

2021 
£’000
–
152
–
152

2022 
Weighted average 
rate
1.67%
1.26%

2021 
Weighted average 
rate
0.02%
0.00%

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
164

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Assessment of financial assets by credit risk rating:
Cash and cash equivalents are held with reputable banks with a low assessed risk of default.

All trade receivables are assessed as having a low credit risk rating as the debt is owed by blue chip pharmaceutical groups in the top 10 
in the world by market capitalisation, and by biotechnology companies with sufficient cash reserves to satisfy their obligations. There 
has been no change in the determined risk during 2022, therefore no reconciliation between the 2021 and 2022 closing debtor balance 
assessed by risk of default has been provided. The opening and closing position was low (2021: low).

Other receivables are rent deposits held in separately administered bank accounts with covenants limiting their use and are as such 
assessed as having a low risk of default.

The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when:

 — The debtor is unlikely to pay its credit obligation to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions such as realising 

security (if any is held); or 

 — the financial asset is more than 90 days past its contracted due date.

Fair value
The Directors consider that the fair values of the Group’s financial instruments do not differ significantly from their book values.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
Euro
US Dollar

2022 
£’000
117,247
623
23,415
141,285

2021 
£’000
96,477
524
11,943
108,944

Financial assets classified as level 1 in hierarchy
The investment asset represented by ordinary shares in Orchard Therapeutics is classified as at fair value through profit and loss. 
Please refer to note 13 for further information.

Financial liabilities classified as level 3 in hierarchy
The Put option liability is classified as at fair value as a liability. Please refer to note 22 for further information.

Measurement of fair values

Valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs:
The following table shows the valuation techniques used in measuring level 3 fair values, as well as the significant unobservable inputs used:

Type
Put option liability

Valuation technique
Monte Carlo simulation

Significant 
unobservable inputs
Revenues of Oxford Biomedica 
Solutions

Interrelationship between unobservable inputs 
and fair value measurement:
—  The revenues of Oxford Biomedica Solutions 
are based on the management approved 
forecast up until the end of the option period. 
Should the forecast change or the actual 
results vary this may impact the value of the 
put option liability. 

Discount rate

—  The discount rate may be impacted by 

economic and market factors, as well as 
changes to the risk free rate of return which 
impacts debt borrowing rates. Should the 
discount rate calculated by management be 
adjusted, this may impact the value of the 
put option. Management has calculated the 
discount rate based on the risk free rate, 
the expected return from similar companies 
and the Group’s cost of debt. 

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
165

Sensitivity analysis
For the fair values of the put option liability, reasonably possible changes at the reporting date to one of the significant unobservable inputs, 
holding other inputs constant, would have the following effects:

Put option liability  
31 December 2022
Effect in thousands of pounds:
Revenues of Oxford Biomedica Solutions: 
10% higher or lower
Discount rate 2% lower or higher

Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities

Group
Balance at 1 January 2021
Changes from financing cash flows
Share options – Proceeds from shares issued
Issue of shares excluding options
Payments for the principal portion of lease liabilities
Payments for the interest portion of lease liabilities
Total changes from financing cash flows
Other changes:
Additions
Interest
Balance at 31 December 2021
Changes from financing cash flows
Share options – Proceeds from shares issued
Issue of shares excluding options
Cost of share issues
Loans received
Loans repaid
Arrangement fees
Interest paid
Payments for the principal portion of lease liabilities
Payments for the interest portion of lease liabilities
Total changes from financing cash flows

Other changes:
Acquisitions
Additions
Interest
Fee amortisation
Foreign exchange
Closing balance at 31 December 2022

Liabilities

Lease 
liabilities 
£’000
13,845

Loan 
£’000
–

–
–
(4,520)
(873)
(5,393)

16
873
9,341

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,120)
(3,124)
(4,244)

24,974
39,193
3,124
–
2,113
74,501

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
64,866
(31,424)
(3,224)
(4,554)
–
–
25,664

–
–
5,564
588
7,964
39,780

Fair value

Increase

Decrease

2.1

1.4

(2.4)

(1.4)

Equity

Total

Share 
capital 
£’000
41,161

236
1,691
–
–
1,927

–
–
43,088

106
4,938
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5,044

–
–
–
–
–
48,132

Share 
Premium 
£’000
258,017

1,439
48,309
–
–
49,748

–
–
307,765

78
75,062
(2,952)
–
–
–
–
–
–
72,188

–
–
–
–
–
379,953

Total 
£’000
313,023

1,675
50,000
(4,520)
(873)
46,282

16
873
360,194

184
80,000
(2,952)
64,866
(31,424)
(3,224)
(4,554)
(1,120)
(3,124)
98,652

24,974
39,193
8,688
588
10,077
542,366

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
166

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company
Balance at 1 January 2021
Changes from financing cash flows
Share options – Proceeds from shares issued
Issue of shares excluding options
Total changes from financing cash flows

Balance at 31 December 2021
Changes from financing cash flows
Share options – Proceeds from shares issued
Issue of shares excluding options
Cost of share issues
Loans received
Loans repaid
Interest paid
Arrangement fees
Payments for the principal portion of lease liabilities
Payments for the interest portion of lease liabilities
Total changes from financing cash flows

Other changes:
Additions
Interest
Fee amortisation
Foreign exchange
Closing balance at 31 December 2022

Liabilities

Lease 
liabilities 
£’000
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
55
(477)
(422)

35,567
477
–
–
35,622

Loan 
£’000
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–
64,866
(31,424)
(4,554)
(3,224)
–
–
25,664

–
5,564
588
7,964
39,780

Equity

Total

Share 
capital 
£’000
41,161

236
1,691
1,927

Share 
Premium 
£’000
258,017

1,439
48,309
49,748

Total 
£’000
299,178

1,675
50,000
51,675

43,088

307,765

350,853

106
4,938
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5,044

–
–
–
–
48,132

78
75,062
(2,952)
–
–
–
–
–
–
72,188

–
–
–
–
379,953

184
80,000
(2,952)
64,866
(31,424)
(4,554)
(3,224)
55
(477)
102,474

35,567
6,041
588
7,964
503,487

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
167

Carrying 
Amount 
£’000
74,501
39,780

Carrying 
Amount 
£’000
9,341
–

Carrying 
Amount 
£’000
35,622
39,780

Carrying 
Amount 
£’000
–
–

Contractual Cash flows

Total  
£’000
119,496
59,082

2 months 
or less  
£’000
–
–

2–12 
months 
£’000
9,179
4,294

1–2 years 
£’000
18,681
4,306

2–5 years 
£’000
24,353
50,482

>5 years 
£’000
67,283
–

Contractual Cash flows

Total  
£’000
13,456
–

2 months 
or less  
£’000
–
–

2–12 
months 
£’000
1,590
–

1–2 years 
£’000
3,033
–

2–5 years 
£’000
2,850
–

>5 years 
£’000
5,983
–

Contractual Cash flows

Total  
£’000
63,226
59,082

2 months 
or less  
£’000
–
–

2–12 
months 
£’000
3,500
4,294

1–2 years 
£’000
7,000
4,306

2–5 years 
£’000
6,300
50,482

>5 years 
£’000
46,426
–

Contractual Cash flows

Total  
£’000
–
–

2 months 
or less  
£’000
–
–

2–12 
months 
£’000
–
–

1–2 years 
£’000
–
–

2–5 years 
£’000
–
–

>5 years 
£’000
–
–

Exposure to Liquidity Risk

Group  
At 31 December 2022
Lease Liabilities
Loans

Group  
At 31 December 2021
Lease Liabilities
Loans

Company  
At 31 December 2022
Lease Liabilities
Loans

Company  
At 31 December 2021
Lease Liabilities
Loans

24, Deferred taxation

U.K. deferred tax
The Group has recognised UK deferred tax assets and liabilities at 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021. In light of the Group’s 
history of losses, recovery of the whole deferred tax asset is not sufficiently certain, and therefore a deferred tax asset has been 
recognised only to the extent that there is a deferred tax liability. 

Finance Act 2020 enacted provisions to increase the UK Corporation tax rate to 19% from 1 April 2021. Finance Act 2021 which was 
Substantively Enacted on 24 May 2022 included provisions to increase the rate further to 25% effective from 1 April 2023 and this rate has 
been applied when calculating the UK deferred tax at the year end.

U.S. deferred tax
The Group have recognised US deferred tax assets and liabilities at 31 December 2022 (31 December 2021: Nil). 

The remaining deferred tax assets have not been recognised as there is uncertainty regarding when suitable future profits against which 
to offset the tax losses will arise.

U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated at a blended rate of approximately 28%.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial StatementsTotal 
£’000
–
7,397
508
(1,792)
6,113

–
–
–

Total 
£’000
(29,902)

4,281
(25,621)

168

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Group – recognised 
Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities – recognised
At 1 January 2022
Arising on acquisition
Foreign exchange
Income statement credit
At 31 December 2022

Trading temporary 
differences 
£’000
–
–
–
(1,256)
(1,256)

Fixed assets 
£’000
3,051
–
–
306
3,357

Tax losses 
£’000
(3,051)
–
–
(439)
(3,490)

Intangible assets 
£’000
–
7,397
508
(403)
7,502

At 1 January 2021
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
At 31 December 2021

–
–
–

–
3,051
3,051

–
(3,051)
(3,051)

–
–
–

Group – not recognised 
Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities –  
not recognised
At 1 January 2022
Origination and reversal of 
temporary differences
At 31 December 2022

At 1 January 2021
Origination and reversal  
of temporary differences
At 31 December 2021

Intangibles 
£’000
–

(4,819)
(4,819)

–

–
–

Loan  
relationships 
£’000
(1,668)

1,668
–

(1,267)

(401)
(1,668)

Provisions 
£’000
(298)

Tax losses 
£’000
(21,760)

Share options 
£’000
(6,176)

50
(248)

(206)

(92)
(298)

3,511
(18,249)

3,871
(2,305)

 (17,443)

(3,239)

 (22,155)

 (4,317)
 (21,760)

(2,937)
(6,176)

 (7,747)
 (29,902)

Oxford Biomedica PLC has unrecognised deferred tax assets of £35,000 relating to non temporary trading differences.

25, Ordinary shares

Group and Company 
Issued and fully paid
Ordinary shares of 50p each
At 1 January – 86,175,055 (2021: 82,320,585) shares
Allotted for cash in placing and subscription – 9,876,544 (2021: 3,382,950) shares
Allotted on exercise of share options – 212,646 (2021: 471,520)
At 31 December – 96,263,165 (2021: 86,175,055) shares

2022 
£’000

43,088
4,938
106
48,132

2021 
£’000

41,161
1,691
236
43,088

The share capital of the Company consists only of fully paid ordinary shares with a nominal (par) value of £0.50 per share. There are 
no restrictions on the ability of shareholders to receive dividends, nor on the repayment of capital. All ordinary shares are equally eligible 
to receive dividends and the repayment of capital in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and represent one vote 
at shareholders’ meetings of the Company.

As part of the financing arrangements for the Oxford Biomedica Solutions acquisition, the Group raised gross proceeds of £80 million through 
a placing of 9,876,544 shares at £8.10 per share. The placing was done in 2 tranches with 5,018,134 shares placed on 28 January 2022, and a 
further 4,858,410 shares were placed on 10 March 2022.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
169

2021 
£’000
258,017
48,309
1,439
–
307,765

2022 
£’000
307,765
75,062
78
(2,952)
379,953

26, Share premium account

Group and Company
At 1 January
Premium on shares issued for cash in placing and subscription
Premium on exercise of share options
Costs associated with the issue of shares
At 31 December

27, Options over shares of Oxford Biomedica plc
The Company has outstanding share options that were issued under the following schemes:

 — The 2007 Share Option Scheme (approved February 2007)

 — The 2015 Executive Share Option Scheme (approved May 2015)

 — The 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) (approved February 2007)

 — The 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) (approved May 2015)

 — The 2013 Deferred Bonus Plan (approved February 2014)

 — The 2015 Deferred Bonus Plan (approved May 2015)

 — The 2015 Sharesave scheme (approved May 2015)

Share options are granted to Executive Directors and selected senior managers under the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIP), 
and Deferred Bonus Plans, and to other employees under the Share Option Schemes and Sharesave scheme. All option grants are at the 
discretion of the Remuneration Committee. All options granted are equity settled share options, but deferred share awards may be settled 
in cash at the option of the Remuneration committee.

Options and RSUs granted under the 2007 and 2015 LTIP to Directors and other senior managers are subject to both revenue and market 
condition performance criteria and will vest only if, at the third anniversary of the grant, the performance criteria have been met. Failure to 
meet the minimum performance criteria by the third anniversary results in all the granted options lapsing.

The performance criteria are described in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. LTIP awards made to date are exercisable at either par or at 
nil cost on the third anniversary of the date of grant, and lapse 10 years after being granted. For Directors, options granted between 2019 
and 2021 also have a 2 year holding period post vesting.

Restricted stock units (RSUs) granted to employees under the 2015 LTIP are issued at nil cost. They are not subject to market condition 
performance criteria and the lives of the RSUs are ten years, after which the RSUs expire. RSUs granted under the 2015 Scheme cannot 
normally be exercised before the third anniversary of the date of grant. RSUs are valued based on the market price at the date of grant.

Options granted under the 2007 Share Option Scheme have fixed exercise prices based on the market price at the date of grant. They 
are not subject to market condition performance criteria and the lives of the options are ten years, after which the options expire. Options 
granted prior to 2012 cannot normally be exercised before the third anniversary of the date of grant. Options granted under the 2007 
Scheme during 2012 to 2014, with one exception, vest in tranches of 25% from the first to fourth anniversaries of the grant dates.

Options granted under the 2015 Executive Share Option Scheme have fixed exercise prices based on the market price at the date of 
grant. They are not subject to market condition performance criteria and the lives of the options are ten years, after which the options 
expire. Options granted under the 2015 Scheme cannot normally be exercised before the third anniversary of the date of grant.

Options granted under the 2015 Sharesave Scheme have fixed exercise prices based on the market price at the date of grant. They are not 
subject to market condition performance criteria and the lives of the options are four years, after which the options expire and the cash 
saved is returned. Options cannot be exercised before the third anniversary of the date of grant.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements170

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Share options outstanding at 31 December 2022 have the following expiry date and exercise prices:

Options granted to employees under the Oxford Biomedica 2007 and 2015 Share Option Schemes 

2022  
Number of shares
– 
12,860
16,518
38,170 ¹
52,689 ¹
95,927 ¹
120,903 ¹
326,889 ¹
458,426 ¹
1,122,382

2021  
Number of shares
5,560
15,155
16,518
39,873¹
55,309¹
106,026¹
141,060¹
379,808¹
520,824 ¹
1,281,133

¹ 

 Options granted under the 2015 Executive share option scheme.

Exercise price  
per share
115p to 155p
80p to 140p
100p to 200p
490p
275p
495p
502p to 904p
618p to 705p
760p to 817p

Date from  
which exercisable
Vested
Vested
Vested
Vested
Vested
Vested
Vested 
Vested 
26/06/2023 to 05/10/2023

Expiry date
08/05/22 to 21/12/22
22/05/23 to 19/11/23
03/06/24 to 17/10/24
13/03/25 to 10/06/25
16/05/26 to 13/10/26
13/07/2017 to 13/07/27
15/02/2028 to 07 08 2028
04/01/2029 to 12/09/2029
26/06/2030 to 05/10/2030

Options granted to employees under the Oxford Biomedica 2015 Sharesave scheme 

2022  
Number of shares
–
187,396
98,670
71,109
623,097
980,272

2021  
Number of shares
29,682
237,069
154,756
143,345
–
564,852

Exercise price  
per share
725p
422p
672p
1,226p
294p

Date from  
which exercisable
10/10/21
09/10/22
31/10/23
31/10/24
19/10/25

Expiry date
10/04/22
09/04/23
30/04/24
30/04/25
19/04/26

Options granted under the Oxford Biomedica 2007 and 2015 Long Term Incentive Plans 

2022  
Number of shares
55,774
29,524
43,824
82,185
123,754 ²
39,652 ²
109,658 ¹,²
260,577 ¹,²
263,297 ¹,²
205,562 ³
460,986 ¹,²
1,403,889 ³
3,078,692
5,181,346

2021  
Number of shares
55,774
29,524
43,824
82,185
143,294 ²
62,913 ¹,²
282,093¹,²
260,577¹,²
263,297¹,²
234,883¹,²
–
–
1,590,364
3,436,268

Exercise price  
per share
50p
50p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p 

Date from  
which exercisable
Vested
Vested
Vested
Vested
Vested
Vested
Vested
26/06/2023
08/06/2024
08/06/2024
29/04/2025
10/09/2022 to 20/12/2026

Expiry date
12/06/2023
20/06/2024 to 17/10/2024
10/01/2025
16/05/2026
17/07/2027 to 25/09/2027
15/02/2028 to 07/08/2028
18/04/2029 to 12/09/2029
26/06/2030
08/06/2031
08/06/2031
29/04/2032
18/03/2032 to 20/12/2032

¹ 
² 
³ 

 These LTIP awards will vest provided that performance conditions specified in the Directors’ Remuneration Report are met.
 Options granted under the 2015 LTIP.
 Restricted Share Options (RSUs) granted under the 2015 LTIP issued to employees vesting over 3 years.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
171

Deferred Share Awards
The Executive Directors and certain other senior managers have been awarded deferred bonuses in the form of share options. These 
options are exercisable at nil p on either the first three anniversaries of the grant or the third anniversary of the grant dependent on the 
option conditions. Options with a value of £1,029,000 vested during 2022 (2021: £1,037,000).

The options granted under the 2013 Deferred Bonus Plan will be satisfied by market-purchased shares held by the Oxford Biomedica 
Employee Benefit Trust (EBT). As at 31 December 2022, all shares held by the EBT had vested. The EBT is consolidated at year end with 
the shares held in trust until the exercise of the option. During the year 77,376 shares (2021: nil) from the EBT were exercised. Deferred 
bonus share awards are valued at the market price on the date of grant.

The options granted under the 2015 Deferred Bonus Plan will be satisfied by new issue shares at the time of exercise.

Options granted to employees under the Oxford Biomedica 2013 and 2015 Deferred Bonus Plan 

2022  
Number of shares
68,725
27,402
32,010
27,696
31,815
67,793
64,701
58,943
175,958
555,043

2021  
Number of shares
68,725
27,402
32,010
27,696
36,205
67,793
65,576
58,943
–
384,350

Exercise price  
per share
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p

Date from  
which exercisable
Exercisable
Exercisable
Exercisable
Exercisable
Exercisable
Exercisable
20/06/21 to 20/06/23
08/06/22 to 08/06/24
29/04/23 to 29/04/25

Expiry date
15/06/24 and 14/10/24
04/05/25
14/05/26
11/07/27
07/08/28
18/04/29
20/06/30
20/06/31
29/04/32

National insurance liability
Certain options granted to UK employees could give rise to a national insurance (NI) liability on exercise. A liability of £642,000 (2021: 
£1,305,000) is included in accruals for the potential NI liability accrued to 31 December on exercisable options that were above water 
based on the year-end share price of 443p (2021: 1,230p) per share.

28, Share based payments

Sharesave Scheme awards  
(Model used: Black Scholes)
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Vesting period (years)
Total number of shares under option
Expected volatility (weighted average)
Expected life (years)
Risk free rate (weighted average)
Fair value per option

LTIP awards 
(Model used: Monte Carlo)
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Vesting period (years)
Total number of shares under option
Expected volatility (weighted average)
Expected life (years)
Risk free rate (weighted average)
Fair value per option

Options awarded  
19 Oct 2022
300.00p
294.40p
3
626,154
48.08%
3
3.49%
109.61p

LTIPs awarded 
29 Apr 2022
570p
0p
3
474,117
46.03%
3
1.65%
278p

LTIPs awarded  
18 Mar 2022
697p
0p
3
268,790
44.78%
3
0.21%
475p

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
172

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

The tables below show the movements in the Share Option Scheme, Sharesave scheme and the LTIP during the year, together with the 
related weighted average exercise prices.

Excluding the LTIP, RSU and Deferred Bonus awards which are exercisable at par/nil value, the weighted average exercise price for options 
granted during the year was 294.4p (2021: 1,226.0p).

290,022 options were exercised in 2022 (2021: 471,520), including 4,390 of deferred bonus options (2021: 69,454). The total charge for 
the year relating to employee share-based payment plans was £6,471,000 (2021: £3,523,000), all of which related to equity-settled share 
based payment transactions.

2022

2021

Weighted average 
exercise price
695.5p
294.4p
718.5p
467.0p
829.9p

565.3p

520.0p

Number
2,118,041
144,079
(147,282)
(252,676)
(16,258)

1,845,904

410,102

Weighted average 
exercise price
548.7p
1,226.0p
706.4p
577.5p
587.7p

695.5p

588.4p

269,463

520.0p

410,102

588.4p

Share options 
excluding LTIP
Outstanding at 1 January
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Cancelled

Number
1,845,904
626,154
(182,828)
(19,195)
(167,381)

Outstanding at 31 December

2,102,654

524,463

Exercisable at 31 December
Exercisable and where 
market price exceeds 
exercise price 
at 31 December

LTIP awards (options exercisable at par value 1p or nil cost)
Outstanding at 1 January
Granted
Expired
Exercised

2022 Number
1,590,364
2,053,897
(299,132)
(266,437)

2021 Number
1,361,829
507,604
(168,796)
(110,273)

 3,078,692 

1,590,364

484,371

549,514

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Range of exercise prices
LTIP:
Exercisable at par or at nil cost
Deferred bonus:
Exercisable at par or at nil cost
Options:
50p to 150p
150p to 250p
250p to 350p
350p to 650p
650p+
At 31 December 2021

Weighted 
average 
exercise price

Number 
of shares

Weighted average 
remaining life 
(years)

Weighted 
average 
exercise price

Number 
of shares

Weighted average 
remaining life 
(years)

1.4p

3,078,692

0p

555,043

101p
200p
293p
452p
782p

21,822
7,556
675,786
321,493
1,075,997
 5,736,389

8.2

6.5

0.9
1.8
9.3
5.6
7.0

6.8p

1,590,364

0p

384,350

101p
183p
275p
454p
798p

25,197
12,036
56,228
393,529
1,358,914
3,820,618

6.9

6.3

1.8
1.9
4.3
6.7
8.1

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
29, Accumulated losses

At 1 January
(Loss)/profit for the year
Share based payments
Acquisition of NCI without a change in control
Deferred tax on share options
Exercise of nil cost option
At 31 December

Notes 

37

Group

Company

2022 
£’000
(165,806)
(39,157)
5,922
400
125
(29)
(198,545)

2021 
£’000
(188,723)
19,011
3,523
–
458
(75)
(165,806)

2022 
£’000
(128,584)
(4,804)
–
–
–
(15)
(133,403)

173

2021 
£’000
(126,143)
(2,366)
–
–
–
(75)
(128,584)

¹ 

 The credit to accumulated losses is made up out of the charge for the year relating to employee share-based payment plans of £5,442,000 (2021: £2,486,000) (note 28), 
£1,029,000 (2021: £1,037,000) related to the vesting of deferred share awards made to executive directors and senior managers less £549,000 of share based payment 
charge allocated to Non controlling interests.

Neither the Company nor its subsidiary undertakings had reserves available for distribution at 31 December 2022 or 31 December 2021.

30, Other reserves

Group
At 1 January 2022
Put option recognition
Put option revaluation
Foreign currency translation differences
At 31 December 2022

Group
At 1 January 2022
At 31 December 2022

At 1 January 2021
At 31 December 2021

Company
At 1 January 2022
Credit in relation to employee share schemes
At 31 December 2022

At 1 January 2021
Credit in relation to employee share schemes
At 31 December 2021

Translation 
Reserve  
£’000
–
–
–
7,825
7,825

Other equity 
£’000
–
(38,996)
3,993
–
(35,003)

Merger reserve 
£’000
2,291
–
–
–
2,291

Merger reserve 
£’000
2,291
2,291

2,291
2,291

Merger reserve 
£’000
1,580
–
1,580

Share Scheme 
Reserve 
£’000
18,792
6,471
25,263

1,580
–
1,580

15,269
3,523
18,792

Total 
£’000
2,291
(38,996)
3,993
7,825
 (24,887)

Total 
£’000
2,291
2,291

2,291
2,291

Total 
£’000
20,372
6,471
26,843

16,849
3,523
20,372

Merger reserve
The Group merger reserve at 31 December 2022 and 2021 comprised £711,000 arising from the consolidation of Oxford Biomedica (UK) 
Ltd using the merger method of accounting in 1996, and £1,580,000 from the application of merger relief to the purchase of Oxxon 
Therapeutics Limited in 2007.

Share scheme reserve
Options over the Company’s shares have been awarded to employees of Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd., Oxford Biomedica Solutions and 
Oxford Biomedica (US) Inc. In accordance with IFRS 2 ’Share-based Payment’ the expense in respect of these awards is recognised 
in the subsidiaries’ financial statements (see note 27). In accordance with IFRS 2, the Company has treated the awards as a capital 
contribution to the subsidiaries, resulting in an increase in the cost of investment of £6,471,000 (2021: £3,523,000) (see note 14) and  
a corresponding credit to reserves.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
 
174

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

31, Cash flows from operating activities
Reconciliation of loss before tax to net cash used in operations:

Continuing operations
(Loss)/profit before taxation
Adjustment for:
Depreciation
Amortisation of intangible assets
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(Gain) on sale and leaseback
Loss on disposal of intangible
Amortisation of loan fees
Finance costs
Charge in relation to employee share schemes
Non-cash loss

Changes in working capital:

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
Decrease in deferred income
Increase/(decrease)/ in contract liabilities
Decrease/(increase) in inventory

Net cash (used in)/generated from operations

Group

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

Company

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

(45,976)

19,880

(4,804)

(2,366)

20,271
6,088
28
(21,389)
27
588
15,756
6,471
51

(17,876)
16,959
(691)
5,852
688
(13,173)

12,435
21
–
–
–
–
888
3,981
165

6,891
(657)
(867)
(15,667)
(2,609)
24,461

323
–
–
–
–
588
14,033
–
–

–
6
–
–
–
10,146

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
17
–
–
–
(2,349)

32, Pension commitments
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for its directors and employees. The assets of the scheme are held in 
independently administered funds. The pension cost charge of £3,560,000 (2021: £2,839,000) represents amounts payable by the Group 
to the scheme. Contributions of £403,000 (2021: £392,000), included in accruals, were payable to the scheme at the year-end.

33, Leases
The additions to right of use assets during the year relate to lease of at Patriot’s Park (£25.0 million) as part of the acquisition of Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions, and £13.0 million related to the new lease liabilities as a result of the sale and leaseback of the Windrush Court facility 
and the Wallingford Warehouse. 

The additions in leases entered into during the year relate to those at Patriot’s Park £25.0 million respectively as part of the acquisition and 
£39.2 million related to the new lease liabilities as a result of the sale and leaseback of the Windrush Court facility, and the lease 
of the Wallingford Warehouse. 

Sale and leaseback of Windrush Court
The Windrush Court building was owned and then sold by Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd in October 2022, after which the building was 
immediately leased under a 15 year lease by Oxford Biomedica PLC on the same day. In the Company’s individual accounts, the Company 
has accounted for the lease as a standalone lease with the resultant lease liability and matching right of use asset, whilst Oxford Biomedica 
(UK) Ltd has accounted for the transaction as a standalone sale of an asset. However, from a Group perspective the transaction has been 
accounted for as a sale and leaseback transaction as both companies form part of the same group and both the sale and leaseback was 
negotiated and entered into at the same time. 

The Group leases land and buildings and IT equipment. Information about leases for which the Group is a lessee is presented below:

Right-of-use assets:

Group
Balance at 1 January 2022
Acquisitions through business combinations
Foreign exchange
Additions
Change in estimate
Depreciation charge for the period
Balance at 31 December 2022

Property 
£’000
11,450
24,974
2,072
13,038
(1,349)
(4,185)
46,000

Equipment 
£’000
2,780
–
–
–
–
(730)
2,050

IT equipment 
£’000
36
–
–
–
–
(36)
0

Total 
£’000
14,266
24,974
2,072
13,038
(1,349)
(4,951)
48,050

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
 
 
Company
Balance at 1 January 2022
Additions
Depreciation charge for the period
Balance at 31 December 2022

Lease liabilities:

Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows 
Less than one year
One to five years
Six to ten years
More than ten years 
Total undiscounted cash flows at 31 December 2022

Lease liabilities included in the Statement of Financial Position
Current
Non-current
Total lease liabilities at 31 December 2021

Amounts recognised in the profit or (loss)
Interest on lease liabilities
Expense relating to short term leases

Amounts recognised in the statement of cash flows
Total cash outflow for leases

175

Total 
£’000
–
39,717
(323)
39,394

2021 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–

2021 
£’000
–
–
–

2021 
£’000
–
–

2021 
£’000
–

Property 
£’000
–
39,717
(323)
39,394

Equipment 
£’000
–
–
–
–

IT equipment 
£’000
–
–
–
–

Group

Company

2022 
£’000
9,179
43,035
42,224
25,059
119,497

2022 
£’000
3,295
71,206
74,501

2022 
£’000
3,124
178

2022 
£’000
4,244

2021 
£’000
1,590
5,883
5,071
913
13,457

2021 
£’000
853
8,488
9,341

2021 
£’000
873
369

2021 
£’000
5,393

2022 
£’000
3,500
13,300
23,491
22,935
63,226

2022 
£’000
683
34,939
35,622

2022 
£’000
477
–

2022 
£’000
422

34, Contingent liabilities and capital commitments
The Group has a letter of credit £1,405,000 (2021: nil) related to the deposit on the Patriots park lease which is disclosed within Trade and 
other receivables in non current assets. The Group had commitments of £2,882,000 for capital expenditure for leasehold improvements 
and plant and equipment not provided for in the financial statements at 31 December 2022 (2021: £3,974,000).

35, Acquisition of subsidiary
On 10 March 2022, the Group acquired 74% of the shares and voting interests in Oxford Biomedica Solutions LLC for US$130 million. 
As a result, the Group’s equity interest granted it control of Oxford Biomedica Solutions. Immediately following the acquisition, the Group 
acquired a further 6% interest in Oxford Biomedica Solutions through an equity investment of £38.2 million (US$50 million) leading to 
a dilution in the interests of Homology Medicines from 26% to 20% (refer note 37).

Included in the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired at the date of acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions are inputs, production 
processes and an organised workforce. The Group has determined that together the acquired inputs and processes significantly contribute 
to the Group’s ability to create revenue. The Group has concluded that the acquired inputs and processes is a business.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements 
176

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

A. Consideration Transferred
The following table summarises the acquisition date fair value of each major class of consideration transferred:

Cash 
Total Consideration

B. Acquisition related expenses:
The Group incurred acquisition related legal and due diligence expenses of £5.1 million (2021: £1.2 million) which is included in 
Administrative expenses. 

C. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
The following table summarises the recognised amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition: 

Property, plant & equipment
Intangible assets
Inventory
Prepaid expenses
Lease Liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Total identifiable net assets acquired:

£’000
99,206
99,206

£’000
58,945
102,869
3,476
229
(24,974)
(7,307)
133,238

The valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value of material assets acquired were as follows:

Assets acquired
Property plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Inventory

D. Goodwill

Valuation technique
Market comparison technique and cost technique – The valuation model considers market prices  
for similar items when they are available, and depreciated replacement cost when appropriate.  
Depreciated replacement cost reflects adjustments for physical deterioration as well as functional 
and economic obsolescence 

Multi-period excess earnings method – The multi-period excess earnings method considers the 
present value of net cash flows expected to be generated by the client relationships, by excluding 
any cash flows related to contributory assets. 

Market comparison – To determine the fair value of the inventory, the Group obtained current prices 
for each of the items making up the transferred inventory.  

Consideration transferred 
Interest in the identifiable net assets of non-controlling interests
Fair value of identifiable assets
Goodwill

£’000
99,206
34,642
(133,238)
610

The goodwill is attributable mainly to the skills and technical talent of Oxford Biomedica Solutions’ workforce. None of the goodwill 
recognised is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
177

36, Non-controlling interest
The proportion of the identifiable net assets of the Non-controlling interest in Oxford Biomedica Solutions on acquisition was determined 
to be £34,642,000. Following a review of the accounting for the acquisition of Oxford Biomedica Solutions it was identified that the fair 
value initially attributed to the non-controlling interest was not appropriate. As a result, the group has elected to change its accounting 
policy for the initial recognition of non-controlling interest from fair value at date of acquisition to the holders' proportionate interest in the 
recognised amount of the identifiable net assets of the acquiree. This valuation method better reflects the value of the business attributable 
to the non-controlling shareholders. This has resulted in a reduction in the initial value of non-controlling interest from £48.4 million to 
£34.6 million, a corresponding reduction of 'Goodwill' recognised on acquisition from £14.4 million to £0.6 million and a reduction in the 
'Acquisition of NCI without a change in control' of £11.3 million to £0.4 million. The overall impact of this to net assets is £13.8 million with 
no impact to profit or loss recognised in the period.

The following table summarises the information relating to the Group’s subsidiary that has material NCI:

2022
NCI percentage
Non current assets
Current assets
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Net assets¹
Net assets attributable to NCI
¹ Net assets include the impact of share based payments.

Revenue
Profit
OCI
Total comprehensive income
Profit allocated to NCI
OCI allocated to NCI

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from investment activities
Cash flow from financing activities (dividends to NCI: nil)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

There was no Non-controlling interest in 2021.

£’000
20%
171,419
29,732
(7,473)
(35,979)
157,699
31,539

23,722
(30,011)
13,756
(16,255)
(6,002)
2,750

(9,732)
30,867
(2,293)
18,842

37, Acquisition of Non-controlling interest
On 10 March 2022, the Group acquired an additional 6% interest in Oxford Biomedica Solutions through an equity investment in Oxford 
Biomedica Solutions of £38.2 million (US$50 million), increasing its ownership from 74% to 80%, leading to a dilution in the interests 
of Homology Medicines from 26% to 20% . The carrying amount of Oxford Biomedica Solutions’ net assets in the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements on the date of the acquisition was £133.2 million.

Carry amount of NCI acquired
Consideration paid to NCI
Increase in equity attributable to owners of the Company 

The increase in equity attributable to owners of the Company comprised solely of an increase to retained earnings.

£’000
400
–
400

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements178

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
for the year ended 31 December 2022

38, Related party transactions

Identity of related parties
As at 31 December 2022, the Group consisted of:

 — a parent, Oxford Biomedica plc,

 — one wholly-owned UK trading subsidiary Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited, the principal trading company,

 — one US trading subsidiary, 80% owned, Oxford Biomedica Solutions LLC,

 — one US subsidiary 100% owned, Oxford Biomedica (US) Inc,

 — one Irish wholly-owned subsidiary of the parent company, Oxford Biomedica (Ireland) Ltd, 

 — one dormant subsidiary, Oxxon Therapeutics Limited which was acquired and became dormant in 2007 when its assets and trade 

were transferred to Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited, and

 — one additional dormant subsidiary, Invivusbio Limited, which changed its name on 18 January 2023 from OXB Solutions Limited.

The registered office of the Company, it’s UK subsidiaries and Oxford Biomedica (US) Inc. is Windrush Court, Transport Way, Oxford 
OX4 6LT. The registered office of Oxford Biomedica (Ireland) Ltd is Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, DO2 T380, Ireland. The registered office 
of OXB Solutions LLC is 1 Patriots Park, Bedford, MA 01730, USA.

The parent company is responsible for financing and setting Group strategy. Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited carries out the UK elements 
of the Group strategy, employs all the UK staff including the Executive Directors, and owns and manages all of the Group’s intellectual 
property. Oxford Biomedica Solutions carries out the US equivalent activities.

The proceeds from the issue of shares by the parent are passed from Oxford Biomedica plc to Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited as a loan, 
and Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited manages Group funds and makes payments, including the expenses of the parent company.

Company: transactions with subsidiaries
Purchases:
Parent company expenses paid by subsidiary

Cash management:
Cash loaned by parent to subsidiary Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited 
Cash loaned by parent to subsidiary Oxford Biomedica (US) Inc.

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

(10,941)

(749)

15,780
148,764

12,000
–

The loans from Oxford Biomedica plc to Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited and Oxford Biomedica (US) Inc. are unsecured and interest free. 
The loans are not due, planned or expected for repayment within 12 months of the year end. The year-end balance on the loans was:

Company: year-end balance of loan
Loan to subsidiary 
Oxford Biomedica (UK) Limited
Oxford Biomedica (US) Inc

2022 
£’000

278,091
148,764

2021 
£’000

273,253
–

The investment in the subsidiary, of which the loan forms part, has been impaired by £126.0 million (note 14) in previous years.

Other Related Party Transactions 
Sales of goods and services: Homology Medicines
Purchase of services: Homology Medicines
Other: Homology Medicines – rental income

Transactions
2022 
£’000
23,252
4,258
1,085

2021 
£’000
–
–
–

Balance Outstanding

2022 
£’000
 4,334
1,158
424

2021 
£’000
–
–
–

In addition to the transactions above, options over the Company’s shares have been awarded to employees of subsidiary companies. 
In accordance with IFRS 2, the Company has treated the awards as a capital contribution to the subsidiaries, resulting in a cumulative 
increase in the cost of investment of £25,265,000 (2021: £18,793,000).

There were no transactions (2021: none) with Oxxon Therapeutics Limited.

Company: transactions with related parties
There were no other outstanding balances in respect of transactions with Directors and connected persons at 31 December 2022 
(2021: none). Key person remuneration can be seen in note 5 of the financial statements.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements 
 
 
GLOSSARY

179

Oxford Biomedica specific terminology

Terminology not specific to Oxford Biomedica

LentiVector® platform
Oxford Biomedica’s LentiVector® platform technology is an 
advanced lentiviral vector based gene delivery system which is 
designed to overcome the safety and delivery problems associated 
with earlier generations of vector systems. The technology can 
stably deliver genes into cells with up to 100% efficiency and 
can integrate genes into non-dividing cells including neurons in 
the brain and retinal cells in the eye. In such cell types, studies 
suggest that gene expression could be maintained indefinitely. 
The LentiVector® platform technology also has a larger capacity 
than most other vector systems and can accommodate multiple 
therapeutic genes.

Adeno-associated viral vectors (AAV)
AAV based vectors are small and are generally administered 
directly to patients into target tissues or into the blood. They allow 
expression of the therapeutic protein in cells that generally do not 
divide such as in the liver, the brain or eye.

Adenoviral vectors
Adenoviral based vectors are often used to make vaccines  
to combat pathogens (such as the adenovirus-based Oxford 
AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine). They work by expressing a protein 
in the vaccine recipient’s cells to generate an immune response.

AXO-Lenti-PD (formerly OXB-102: Parkinson’s disease)
Axo-Lenti-PD (formerly OXB-102) is a gene-based treatment for 
Parkinson’s disease, a progressive movement disorder caused by 
the degeneration of dopamine producing nerve cells in the brain. 
OXB-102 uses the Company’s LentiVector® platform technology 
to deliver the genes for three enzymes that are required for 
the synthesis of dopamine. The product is administered locally 
to the region of the brain called the striatum, converting cells into 
a replacement dopamine factory within the brain, thus replacing 
the patient’s own lost source of the neurotransmitter.

OXB-302 (CAR-T 5T4): cancer
OXB-302 aims to destroy cancerous cells expressing the 5T4 
tumour antigen. It uses the Group’s LentiVector® platform™ to 
deliver a Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR) to target the 5T4 
tumour antigen expressed on the surface of most solid tumours 
and some haematological malignancies.

BBSRC CTP programme
This Biological Sciences Research Council (BBSRC) collaborative 
training partnerships (CTP) programme is a funding opportunity 
from the UK Research and Innovation organisation. UK registered 
businesses can apply for funding to set up and run collaborative 
training partnerships, in collaboration with research organisations. 
These partnerships should address industrial research challenges. 
The programme aims to: build capacity; address strategic skills 
challenges in the UK bioeconomy; provide candidates with 
research, innovation and transferable skills.

BREEAM
BREEAM (Building Research Establishment Environmental 
Assessment Method), first published by the Building Research 
Establishment (BRE) in 1990, is the world’s longest established 
method of assessing, rating, and certifying the sustainability of 
buildings.

CAR-T therapy
Adoptive transfer of T cells expressing Chimeric Antigen Receptors 
(CAR) is an anti-cancer therapeutic as CAR modified T cells can be 
engineered to target virtually any tumour associated antigen.

CDMO  
(Contract Development and Manufacturing Organisation)
A CDMO is a company that serves other companies in the 
pharmaceutical industry on a contract basis to provide 
comprehensive services from drug development through to drug 
manufacturing.

Cell therapy
Cell therapy is defined as the administration of live whole cells in a 
patient for the treatment of a disease often in an ex vivo setting.

CLIMADA
CLIMate ADAptation a probabilistic natural catastrophe impact model

Clinical trials (testing in humans)
Clinical trials involving new drugs are commonly classified into 
three phases. Each phase of the drug approval process is treated 
as a separate clinical trial. The drug-development process will 
normally proceed through the phases over many years. If the drug 
successfully passes through all phases it may be approved by the 
regulatory authorities:

 — Phase I: screening for safety

 — Phase II: establishing the efficacy of the drug, usually against a 

placebo

 — Phase III: final confirmation of safety and efficacy

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements180

GLOSSARY

CMC (Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls)
To appropriately manufacture a pharmaceutical or biologic 
product, specific manufacturing processes, product characteristics, 
and product testing must be defined in order to ensure that the 
product is safe, effective and consistent between batches. These 
activities are known as CMC, chemistry, manufacturing and 
controls.

CMIP 
Coupled Model Intercomparison Project

CTL019
CTL019 is a CAR-T cell therapy for patients with B cell cancers 
such as acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), B cell non-Hodgkin 
lymphoma (NHL), adult disease chronic lymphocytic leukemia 
(CLL) and diffuse large B cell lymphoma.

DLBCL
Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) is a cancer of B cells, a type 
of white blood cell responsible for producing antibodies. It is the 
most common type of non-Hodgkin lymphoma among adults.

DNA
Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) is a molecule that carries genetic 
information.

EMA 
European Medicines Agency (EMA) is an agency of the European 
Union in charge of the evaluation and supervision of medicinal 
products.

ex vivo
Latin term used to describe biological events that take place 
outside the bodies of living organisms.

FDA
US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is responsible for 
protecting the public health by assuring the safety, effectiveness, 
quality, and security of human and veterinary drugs, vaccines and 
other biological products, and medical devices.

FEMA 
FEMA is the Federal Emergency Management Agency 

Gene therapy
Gene therapy is the use of DNA to treat disease by delivering 
therapeutic DNA into a patient’s cells which can be in an ex vivo or 
in vivo setting. The most common form of gene therapy involves 
using DNA that encodes a functional, therapeutic gene to replace a 
mutated gene. Other forms involve directly correcting a mutation, 
or using DNA that encodes a therapeutic protein drug to provide 
treatment.

GxP, GMP, GCP, GLP
GxP is a general term for Good (Anything) Practice. GMP, GCP and 
GLP are the practices required to conform to guidelines laid down 
by relevant agencies for manufacturing, clinical and laboratory 
activities.

HSC
Haematopoietic stem cell

in vitro
Latin term (for within the glass) refers to the technique of 
performing a given procedure in a controlled environment outside 
of a living organism.

in vivo
Latin term used to describe biological events that take place inside 
the bodies of living organisms.

IP
Intellectual Property (IP) refers to creative work which can be 
treated as an asset or physical property. Intellectual property rights 
fall principally into four main areas; copyright, trademarks, design 
rights and patents.

LentiStable™
Oxford Biomedica has developed highly efficient packaging and 
producer cell lines, which enable scalable and cost-effective 
manufacturing. LentiStable™ is the result of more than 15 years of 
optimisation work. Our cutting-edge, automated technologies 
enable us to streamline production, minimise process risks and 
reduce costs.

Lentiviral vectors
Lentiviral based vectors integrate into patients’ cells and give rise 
to long term expression and can be used in both dividing and non-
dividing cells, to treat conditions such as immunodeficiencies or 
cancer through CAR-T therapy.

LOCA 
Localised Constructed Analogue

MHRA
Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) 
is an Executive agency of the Department of Health and Social 
Care in the United Kingdom which is responsible for ensuring that 
medicines and medical devices work and are acceptably safe.

MSDA
Manufacturing Services and Development Agreement

NGFS 
The Network of Central Banks and Supervisors for Greening the 
Financial System

NOAA
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Oxford AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine
The adenovirus-based Oxford AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine, 
Vaxzevria (formerly known as AZD1222), was co-invented by the 
University of Oxford and its spin-out company, Vaccitech. The 
adenovirus-based Oxford AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine uses a 
replication deficient chimpanzee viral vector based on a weakened 
version of a common cold virus (adenovirus) that causes infections  
in chimpanzees and contains the genetic material of the SARS-
CoV-2 virus spike protein. After vaccination, the surface spike 
protein is produced, priming the immune system to attack the 
SARS-CoV-2 virus if it later infects the body.

The vaccine has been granted a conditional marketing 
authorisation or emergency use in more than 90 countries. It also 
has Emergency Use Listing from the World Health Organization, 
which accelerates the pathway to access in up to 144 countries 
through the COVAX Facility.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial Statements181

Definitions of non-GAAP measures

Operating EBITDA 
(Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation, 
revaluation of investments and assets at fair value through profit 
and loss, and Share Based Payments) is a non-GAAP measure 
often used as a surrogate for operational cash flow as it excludes 
from operating profit or loss all non-cash items, including the 
charge for share based payments. However, deferred bonus share 
option charges are not added back to operating profits in the 
determination of Operating EBITDA as they may be paid in cash 
upon the instruction of the Remuneration Committee. 

Adjusted Operating expenses
Being Operating expenses before Depreciation, Amortisation and 
Share based payments and the revaluation of investments.

Cash burn
Cash burn is net cash generated from operations plus net interest 
paid plus capital expenditure.

Pre-clinical studies
Pre-clinical studies (also known as non-clinical studies) is the stage 
of research that takes place before clinical trials can begin during 
which important feasibility, iterative testing and drug safety data is 
collected.

Process C
Process C utilises perfusion-mode production, as opposed to the 
more typical batch-mode production. Process C works together 
with production enhancers (such as U1, U2) and has resulted in 
process improvements by as much as tenfold, without the need 
for an increase in bioreactor size, and yielding significantly more 
lentiviral vector per batch.

RCP
Representative Concentration Pathway

r/r paediatric ALL
Relapsed or refractory (r/r) acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (ALL) is 
a type of cancer in which the bone marrow in children and young 
adults make too many immature B lymphocytes (a type of white 
blood cell) that are resistant to treatment.

SecNuc™
We have developed a highly efficient way to maximise LVV, AAV 
and AdV quality by using secreted nucleases in co-production with 
viral vector manufacture (SecNuc™). SecNuc has the potential to 
reduce manufacturing costs and production timeline, streamline 
downstream steps and facilitates scale up.

SSP2 
Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 2

STAC
Scientific, Technology and Advisory Committee

STEM
Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics

TRiPSystem™
The TRiP System™ maximises vector production yield and quality. 
The TRiP System™ can significantly improve yield and particle purity. 
It also enables the development of vectors carrying cytotoxic 
transgenes, or those that inhibit cell growth.

U1
U1 is a novel enhancer of lentiviral vector production. Oxford 
Biomedica has generated a modified U1 that increases lentiviral 
vector titres and improves the P-to-I ratio.

UK Corporate Governance Code
The UK Corporate Governance Code is published by the UK 
Financial Reporting Council and sets out standards of good 
practice in relationship to board leadership and effectiveness, 
remuneration, accountability and relations with shareholders.

Viral vectors
Are tools commonly based on viruses used by molecular biologists 
to deliver genetic material into cells.

Oxford Biomedica plc | Annual report and accounts 2022 | Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceGroup Financial Statements182

ADVISORS AND CONTACT DETAILS

Advisors

Contact details

Oxford Biomedica plc
Windrush Court
Transport Way 
Oxford OX4 6LT 
United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0) 1865 783 000

Financial adviser and 
joint broker
Peel Hunt
7th Floor 
100 Liverpool Street 
London EC2M 2AT 
United Kingdom

Financial adviser and 
joint broker
J.P. Morgan Securities plc 
25 Bank Street 
Canary Wharf 
London E14 5JP

Financial and corporate 
communications
Consilium Strategic 
Communications
85 Gresham Street 
London EC2V 7NQ 
United Kingdom

Registered independent 
auditors
KPMG LLP
2 Forbury Place 
33 Forbury Road 
Reading 
RG1 3AD 
United Kingdom

Solicitors
Covington & Burling LLP
22 Bishopsgate 
London EC2N 4BQ 
United Kingdom

Registrars
Link Group
10th Floor 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds LS1 4DL 
United Kingdom

Company secretary 
and registered office
Natalie Walter
Windrush Court 
Transport Way 
Oxford OX4 6LT 
United Kingdom

Oxford Biomedica plc  |  Annual report and accounts 2022  |  Group financial statements

This report and its messaging has  
been designed and produced by  
Oxford Biomedica and scientific 
branding specialists thinkerdoer.

www.thinkerdoer.com

Printed by Pureprint Group using 
their pureprint environmental print 
technology, a guaranteed, low 
carbon, low waste, independently 
audited process that reduces 
the environmental impact of the 
printing process. Pureprint Group 
is a CarbonNeutral company 
and is certified to Environmental 
Management System, ISO 14001 
and registered to EMAS, the Eco 
Management and Audit Scheme.

www.pureprint.com

The papers used for the production  
of this 2022 report are certified  
by the Forest Stewardship Council®. 

www.fsc-uk.org

Oxford Biomedica plc
Windrush Court, Transport Way 
Oxford OX4 6LT, United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0) 1865 783 000 
enquiries@oxb.com

www.oxb.com